Professional Documents
Culture Documents
W. R. TAYLOR
COLLECTION
BY
MICROFO
P.
S. ......
"Arabic Simplified."
CONTENTS.
(Full Index will be found at
PART
I.
5.
Singular.
Interrogative and Negative,
Triliteralism (3 radicals).
7.
Vowels, Figures,
8.
Definite Article.
9.
I.
4.
etc.
11.
etc.
Wasla,
II.
Type-form J*
Nouns of Agent and of Object.
Verb JK" Past Tense.
Omision of copula.
Personal Pronouns (for forming
sentences) Exam, paper.
Singular of
27.
28.
29.
30.
16.
Non-joining
Ta
18.
Verb, past du
19.
Construct-State.
20.
Transliteration
&
plural.
jUall
&
etc.
E. Various.
31.
E.V.
32.
cjj^l by J
|
and Negative by
of Prohibition. Comparative
33-
34.
Tableof
pj5=l^ ^j*d.\j
Pronominal affixes.
35.
Passive, Past
&
also
Present.
(Present Future).
Dual and Plural of the same.
Future Particles.
Introduction to 3 Moods.
36.
Verb TO BE
37.
Other Tenses.
38.
39.
Subjunctive
40.
Conversation Exercise
^J^A^
&
E.
The
Six Forms.
Selections
Commandments.
from
III.
The Noun.
50.
51.
Examination Paper.
E. V. & E. God's Attributes.
Gender.
52.
54.
45.
55.
46.
56.
Ancient Declension.
Demonstrative.
Relative Pronoun.
47.
Dual.
57.
Agreement of
48.
Dual
44.
-49.
50
.;
in Construction.
Broken Plural
Broken Plural JU!
and
Examination Paper.
PART
E. V.
^42.
Revision of
17.
Examination paper.
41.
letters.
Tenses, "Moods,"
26.
Examination paper.
22.
25.
14.
12.
all
21.
24.
Introductory.
,/
PART
23.
|X"
Diphthongs, ix^
Solar and Lunar Letters. ^/^
10.
end
Case.
Adjs.
Noun
60.
Examination Paper.
of Superiority.
PART
IV.
61.
E. V.
&
E. Scripture.
62.
Noun
of
Time and
63.
Noun
of Instrument.
64.
Quadrisyllable Plural
65
Broken
Plural
J*U
J^*
E. V.
E.
68.
Masdar;
69.
HOW TO
etc.
70
Reading Exercise.
Examination Paper.
V.
Conj.
II.
Conj.
III.
Conj. VIII.
90.
91.
E. V.
92.
Conj. IX.
75-
Conj. IV.
J.I
78
79-
Paradigm of I IV.
Reading Exercise.
8o.
Exam. Paper.
Si.
E. V.
&
82
Coni
E.
"Lord's Prayer."
95.
>
99.
Conj. VI.
100.
PART
to" Weak" Verb.
102.
Doubled Verb.
103-
VI.
Hamzated.
105-
1 06.
Popular Story.
Exam. Paper.
Verbs.
IV. (Hollow).
117.
Conj.
JI8.
Conjs. VII.
&
VIII.
(Hollow,)
120.
Examination Paper.
121.
E. V.
&
E.
Salutations.
122.
109.
Derived (Hamzated).
110.
Exam. Paper.
III.
E. V.
112.
Simile Verb
&
E.
116.
Reading Exercise.
"Weak"
123-
Hollow
124.
126.
Weak
Doubly Weak
Ya.
127.
Wau.
128.
Nun
129.
Verbs
125-
Proverbs.
Derived Conjugations.
\
Defective Verb.
>
108.
US-
Quadriliteral Verbs.
104.
114.
"Ten Commdts."
Newspaper Exercise.
96.
98.
E.
Conj. X,
83-
Intro,
&
77-
107.
Conj. VII.
}
Exam. Paper.
101.
use.
USE A LEXICON.
Proverbs.
74-
forms and
its
Derived Conjugations.
87.
72.
73-
&
etc.
PART
71-
67.
66.
Place.
Plurals.
Wau
Doubly
130.
(Hamza).
of Corroboration.
N^ma
and Ya.
(Lafif)
of
Wonder
and Jii'sa.
Examination Paper
PART
131.
E. V.
&
E.
VLI.
More Proverbs.
PART
V.
&
E. Suras.
141.
E.
143.
Diminutive.
144.
Relative Adjective.
Intensive Forms.
146.
PART
X.
etc.
147.
Numerals.
148.
Syntax of Numerals.
Preps. Conj.
Examination Paper.
Interjections,
150.
PART
Exercises
139.
140.
149.
200.
Lessons 151
and Irregulars.
Collectives.
VIII.
142.
138.
IX.
Syntax.
complete Syntax
in
Arab
style.
Reading Book.
This volume is one of the best, if not the best, published for
the use of missionaries, officials, and business men desiring a concise
but sufficiently elaborated text, and thoroughly reliable for acquiring
the
'
official,
He
"ARABIC SIMPLIFIED"
A Review by
JAMES ROBERTSON,
D.D., LL.D.,
Emeritus Professor of
"ARABIC SIMPLIFIED
claims to be a 'practical'
grammar
it
features beyond
"And
all
praise
it
may
MiCROFORMED
>
PRESERVATION
SiERVICES
ARABIC SIMPLIFIED
A PRACTICAL
GRAMMAR
WRITTEN ARABIC
of
in
200
LESSONS
BY
ARTHUR
<
A BDUL-F AD Y
UPSON
AL- Q AHIR ANY)
T.
Author of
"ARABIC AMPLIFIED,"
etc.,
Editor of
"AL-BAREED AL-MISRY,
THE REV.
J.
WILCOX,
C.
iM.A.,
523168
REVISKD EDITION.
____rf"V
2 2>
_r
Ludgate
Hill,
BY
London, E.G.
4.
S-
First Edition
1916
Second Impression
Third Impression
Second
1917
1919
1921
less
In
May
to
was sent
to
is
virtues.
There are 200 Lessons in this course, which should cover the
ground required by students for both Elementary and Advanced
Exams, no other grammar being required.
It will be found that after the first few lessons the exercises
more interesting and longer, and the subjects more varied
while the Reader contains selections from books and newspapers.
are
study
differing
being
is
colloquials to
those
we
leave
the
a special study of
spoken dialects, but all words given in the text or in the exercises
will be found to be in practical use to-day
this is a strong point.
Our aim is to teach the Student, whether missionary, military,
educational, or commercial, to read, e.g., a daily newspaper.
:
for
FOREWORD
2nd
to
Owing
had no control,
purpose,
edition
many
have
now
to that work,
"A
have
my "ARABIC AMPLIFIED"
which
The
will
be a capital introduction
Arabic) after
"ARABIC SIMPLIFIED"
May,
A, T, U.
1921.
ADVICE
To THE STUDENT
(1)
(2)
(3)
Answer
(4)
all
way
to master Arabic
Syntax
is
to learn
many
Most important.
illustrative sentences.
The
Lesson
1.
X Xx
What are these signs
They form the Arabic word
?
1.
2.
first
is
pronounced
The pronoun
syllable.
"he"
is
How
is
this
Of
three
word
built
to
up
consonants and
different
corresponds
the letter
It
What
is
name
the
Its
a.
above
3.
He-struck, which
it
one vowel.
sign
is
.........
in
always follows
of this vowel
and
The vowel
is
written
pronunciation.
What
It is
is
the
like a in bad,
some countries
India more like u in
In
5.
How many
it
is
little
What
It is
word
in thts
in
Three.
power
J0
Dad
Ra
L^
Ba
is
cut.
Name
6.
Dad
like the'
we have
little
AW or O.
7-
Do
(In India
given
NO.
it,
giving to
a hard
z,
it
so hard that
it
as in "Ramazan").
these three
?
it is
It is
6
position in a word, because even printed books are, so to
speak, in "script" character, and most of the letters joined
and "running on". But
&
*
Pad
is
Ra
"
always
when
it
(^
When Ba
letter
previous
8.
it
takes
the
L.-^ The ra
form
final
because Arabic,
i.e.,
to the
is
of
which follows
letter
Why
What
that
it
languages
^>j**
To show
vO~^
left.
He-struck Da-ra ba
10.
when
i.e.,
is
Dad, Ra, Ba
9.
What
is
at the
it
with in aword
Medial letter.
is
it
is
N,B.
is,
Ba
that
first
vowel
in Italic
is
letter-
shapes
be
when
in
these
individual letters;
identified
by means of the
can,
In
however,
always
dots.
There are no
Self -Test Paper
1.
2.
What
What
is
capitals in Arabic.
1.
a Fat-ha
is its
power
(l
?
(l
Where
3)
:
exercises for
placed
(l
is
Revise
it
N.B.
2),
4).
is it
Lesson
1.
"He-struck"
If
changed
into "She-struck"
By placing
the letter
ta (t) after
da-ra-ba
^s*
She-struck
(Ja-ra-bat
vl^^-*
Because
and
-i is
The
3.
It is
4.
is-fhe
when
60
ba in
What
and
new
final
sign
is
But
6.
We
is
_>
form.
....?.
letter
....v.....
its initial
i.e.,
with
over which
sign
form
have seen
>
is
it
(in
Can
as an initial letter.
be shortened to
it is
Two sukuns on
Kaf and
becomes
ba
ta
is this
name
to
Its
? )
What
is
and therefore
5.
isolated
its initial
the Italian
It
is
isolated
What
it.
why has
how can U be
He-struck
But
vp
is
2.
2.
->
as an initial
wrote
She wrote
{He
In (b)
7.
The
we have Ta
Ka-ta-ba
^-^
(a)
Ka-ta-bat ll/xljf
(b)
as a Final,
and also
as a Medial.
which unites
a Medial
We
may
represent
it
thus
tH^
x,
form
to its
8.
9.
No
since ta has
two
it.
there
Is
it
pronunciation of Ka-ta-ba?
Yes
first
Are other
Yes
pronounced
is
when
fat-ha,
as
dad
the
is
it
that
pronounced
is
same way
Ca-na-da
like
we
there
that
is,
write
it
Exercise
(l)
He-struck.
Self Test
She-struck.
(3)
is,
however,
the
fat-ha
is
d).
He-wrote.
(4)
She-wrote.
2.
And what
2.
What
What
3.
4.
What
1.
til
N.B.
(2)
the right,
a)
Exercise 2a.
2b.
do
like doraba.
We
a long vowel.
Simply Canada.
Canada.
less
still
make H
to
enough
upon the
a slight stress
is
da-ra-ba
sounded
There
is
Sukun
sign represents a
Sukun
C-vT
^s
(2
letters
^/*
does
it
denote
(2
4).
3).
<^J C-U
*
and
then,
by comparing the
Exam, paper
The
lesson, in
is
to
results,
it
will
whose number
is
given.
There
will be
similar exam, papers at the end of Lessons 13, 20, 25, 30, 40, etc.
Lesson
PAST SING
1.
How
VERB.
of
we
did
she-struck
3.
meaning
2,
&
(m
f)
struck)
da-rab-tu
I
Read from
N.B.
the
strikedst. (fern.)
right to
Thou
left.
He
She struck.
strikedst.
This
da-raba
da-ra-bat
da-rab-ta
da-rab-ti
Thou
struck.
vowels.
in
the
is
struck.
Note that
essential.
What
Accent.
is
Accent
153).
of the word,
viz.,
by
....",...
thus,
receives the
If
ta.
accented
the
greatest accent.
shown
ta
The ^wo_Diphthongs
(Q
5)
are
The
vowel
is
fact of the
causes
pronounced
that
(c)
(d)
when
and
be accented
to
student
the
is
must
e.g.,
^\j~*
necer
say
The Shadda
If
consonant
darafrtu,
darab-f// because,
(like a
all
the
is
also accented (8
4, 5).
in
I:
one
is
slightly accented.
4.
If
we examine forms
presented.
What
3,
4 and
are they
we
shall find
10
We
We
1st.
2nd.
5.
What
is
see
..
below the
a fat-ha in shape)
(almost a
comma
line.
in
this
is
It
see a
like
in tin.
name
Its
is
line.
Kasra. Since
it
6.
What
the sign
is
...-.....
It is
as
in bush.
7.
has no sound,
read the whole of the verb-forms which con-
we can now
Regular Verb.
of
persons (singular),
its
This
Take care
is a
to
item 2 above.
What
It is
9.
Voice,
N.B.
heart.
8.
But
verb
the
Learn
is this
rakiba,
last vowel,
all
Some
II.
rode
In
damma
as the centre
first
thou didst
t,^
then
rakiba
rakibat
rakib-ta
r
of the K, then
in Exercise
b,
he-rode
she-rode
after
3a
that go
He-struck,
in
etc.
verbs take a
then add
it
anyhow.
The body
noting
rakib-ti
rakib-tu
by
syllable
Write out
proper
w5j
and
accent
pronounced
why
we must
for each
10
left,
back and
II
w -x
Exercise
'
'..'
(l)
He
(4)
Thou
(6)
(Second
wrote.
(2)
line)
She wrote.
hast
(fern.)
Thou (m)
(3)
hast
written.
written.
Thou
(fern),
(5)
He
didst strike.
(12)
He
didst strike.
(15)
She
struck.
(13)
struck.
(14)
Thou
(masr).
struck.
3.
1.
What
2.
3.
What
concludes
letter
all
nounced
(3
is
it
(3
2).
3).
What
is
it ?
How
is
it
pro-
6).
(i.e.,
writing Arabic in
transliterate
Roman
for
cha-
a short
really
Arabic
racters).
if
(3
Damma
Note on Transliteration,
time
"
ridden). (8)
Self Test
'
"
'
3b.
ride).
^*'
(3b).
needed.
weak reed
to
lean upon.
He
will
very
soon
become
ac-
customed
literate
to the
it
at all is to partially
you can
DICTATION)
If
12
Lesson 4.
INTERROGATIVE,
1.
What
the
is
The Mif.
2.
What
This
3.
it
What
it
form
With
of a word
the
hamza
is
is
(see
linked to a
is
it
In that
below).
a.
be explained fully
will
thus
alif,
'
he struck
da-ra-ba
may
it
be the
initial
letter
(see 10 below).
be negatived
past tense
How
is
ma
before
it
its
verb form
it is
(In coll.
for she-wrote
can
negative
6.
3).
(not otherwise)
wrote become
alif,
With
^J*
a verb in the
can
What
It
is
is
It
13.
By putting
5.
form
The hamza
the sentence.
a-da-ra-ba
she
its
Lesson
How
did he strike
4.
all
when
letter,
commences
in
in
is
form
its
preceding
case
first letter
is its
is
etc.
to
an
This
used with
also).
*\-'f)^
"^"
v
5.
7.
We
a positive
Can
it
can be placed
before
also
Yes.
Ma
ka-tab-tu
Have
Ama
Did
1
I not
written
ka-tab-tu
/
not-i-kte
'-?
^-
'-V*'
*"^
Ox:
13
What
8.
letter looks
The Lam,
How
9.
or L.
do they
very
differ
preceding one
an Alif
Initial letter, is
joined to
its
an
whereas
like
form when an
Its
much
its
its
alif
to
combination
this
in
of a lam
initial/medial and
we
J|)
three
get
possible forms
final.
He
11.
Now
word containing
This
not.
ate (a-ka-la)
is
etc.
(The lam,
which
i.e.
is
is
4a.
translate
written
is
"
-^
w'
'
cJVlU
"
Turn
4b.
(6) I
(4)
(2)
(2)
(3)
x-
cx^CJ
cxS'C.V
(f)
not eaten
(/)
Did she
(5)
(f)
not eat?
(12)
(3)
Hast thou
Didst thou
strike
(1)
*Z
- f t
O->7 ^N Ul
*<
f
C**0 J
*
by ^a.
Has she not eaten?
Hast thou
Has he eaten?
(m) eaten
4b.
J<!l
"
>
O'.^r^'\
V ciViCl
ride
Qur'an
then the
first,
x-
(l)
in the
then correct by
> **
cJS'll
Exercise
or
sometimes so used
the down-stroke,
= No,
* la
alif.
written athwart).
alif is
Exercise
the Negative
jfl
(10)
No;
(f)
not
Thou (m)
No; she did
(8)
4.
14
Lesson
5.
TRILITERALISM.
What
I.
is
of languages
Root
three*
letters
or Radicals,
to express variations of
'
What
2.
Past Tense
verb form
in
the
He
Aka-la
He
3.
And
has eaten
ate, or,
Nouns
Thus
The
-^
^""
^
ur
also built
Food
uk-lun
Battle, or fighting
qita-lun
a book, a writing
A
kita-bun
4.
a writer
kati-bun
We see
first
letter
new
iiuj
,
'*\
Heate
He
L?
wrote
^jfcf
here some
Root
*K\
What
is
this
6).
new
Qdf and represents our Q. This guttural consopronounced with a vowel by contracting the throat.
Say Kaf first naturally, then with a short a sound and contracted throat, like the cawing of a crow. Qaf is pronounced
Qof or Qawf because the letter Q is one of those strong letters
which alter the sound of the fat-ha (Compare 2 10).
It is
nant
the letter
is
a Quadriliteral one.
See later.
root
letters
is
then
called
15
*>
What
5.
It is
\1
new
the
is
sign
or
Pamma
written double,
How
6.
pronounced
is it
Like u
7.
in
push.
name
for N,
and poetry.
or in
What
8.
It is
is
never pronounced
conversation.
which has
it is
in the
<:
A Damma
damma). (See 6 6
:
the
is
the single
9.
naming
(Practise
is this
in
alif
tanwiii).
with hamza.
third radical).
it is
10.
five
person forms of
Exercise da.
>
translate to English
'
Exercise
To Arabic
5b.
(afterwards correcting by
(I)
(4)
Has
(7)
Self Test
she
book.
Paper
(1)
What
(2)
How
(3)
What
is
not killed
(8)
She
(5)
a).
(have eaten).
ate
Did
kill
(3)
Tanwin
Pamma
(5
8).
pronounced (5 6),
nftu-ation and when is it employed
is it
(5
Food.
Fighting.
(6)
read.
5.
the
and when
is
(2)
7).
16
Lesson 6.
TANWIN.
i_TrasljieraJLe_ the Arabic for "book". _JKi-Ja-^unj! _
2. Why have we put a mark over the a here
?
3.
To show
it is
How
we
are
the long
a,
know when
to
it
is
in kataba.
it is
"
>\The
What
It
is
Damma
is
hamzajukun, and
Tanwin Damma, once more ?
vowel
(or short
is
not Ihng
alif.
5-
Tanwin
Damma VU-)
Tanwin Fat-ha
Ki-td-bun
Ki-fc?-ban (Note the
^*-T
added
alif here).
Tanwin Kasra
6.
Have
Yes.
The presence
noun
is indefinite
clinable noun,
(1)
Ki-td-bin.
V^-f
The
i.e.
Also that
man, a book.
it [is
denotes
that
noun
is
sentence=The Nominative
(2)
The
"
(
over an
Object of a
Case.
The
Case.
(3)
a de-
the Direct
is
verb = The
Accusative
(See 9 below).
Object
(governed
by
N.B.
single
damma,
Nomi-
17
7.
What
English
of
8.
J,
will a
is
it
"A man
When
it
It is
in
man, ra-ju-lun
in
^]J>-
Egypt.
j and
wrote a
will a
letter".
is
Man
is
in the
man
as, for
Nominative Case.
wrote a book"
lll-J
may be placed
Singular
when
Exercise 6a.
(i)
6b.
first,
it
precedes
To
its
^j?& U
Self Test
3.
^I_j
ra-ju-lun (2)
first,
kataba (1)
but the
is
put
Noun
in the
correct by 6b.
li
Ii5
^-^-5
(/)
2.
in the
wrote a book.
(5)
1.
is,
subject).
translate
(3)
When
> ^
(The verb
for emphasis.
-j
Exercise
is
alif)
J>-j
ki-ta-ban (3)
The order
Its
N.B.
ft.
^j>-j
"A man
sentence,
is
in the sentence
is
form
initial
form
the
is
Accusative Case,
10.
The
its final
damma
form therefore
9.
found
it >- is
When
When
7T
this sign
is
(6)
He has
A man
(8)
(4)
?
read a book.
man
6.
How
What
18
Lesson
I,
7.
111!
Alif
19
s*
Tanwin Fat-ha
.....
TanwinKasra
;"" the in
sound.
4.
u u v
Vocabulary
to eat (he-ate)
a-ka-la
food
(4)
uk-lun
(5)
qa-ta-la
ma-li-kun
'
man
man
(8)
(9)
ra-ki-ba
(accus:)
^>-j
l^:.-5
L5j
\'j
struck a camel.
5.
A man
a book.
^
I
8.
9.
10.
kill
"*
J..J
v-r *
k.l
xe
?
?
12. I
>
*M
man
Did she
II.
read a book.
Translate
7.
J*V
' '
^J>-;
6.
B.
At
^1* ja-ma-luncamel
4.
^--w
3.
king
pen
qa-la-mun
^\
da-ra-ba
7 A.
lll
(/)
(10) qa-ra-a
2.
>
(6) ra-ju-lun
He
tK*?
1.
battle, or fighting
ki-ta-bun
Exercise
(3)
be easily learnt
7.
(1) qi-ta-lun
(2)
\ A
may
to 12)
l*
5Uj ol:
>j
^t
x <x^
Jfl
20
Lesson 8.
DEFINITE ARTICLE.
1.
Has Arabic an
Yes
because
itself,
It is
prefixed.
a particle
Give an example
noun
a part of the
composed of an
which
to
and a lam
alif
man
it is
Jl
man
ar-ra-ju-lu, the
What
are they
1st.
for
it
marks the
indefinite.
2nd.
3rd.
written obliquely.
What
is
Tashdid
not
its
form.
like a small
W only
It is
?
It is
which
act of
is
it is
ra-ju-lun, a
But
or case in
2.
Article
The
wheUu^Jji^jy^i^
is
called a shadda.
How
In this
way
sukun of the
the shadda
first
of the
two
a sukun
letters
-j-
a vowel, that
is,
the
coalesce together.
>
^ ^
In
'W'J
ra,
and
^j
the lam of Jl
then, secondly
jl
finally the
assimilates
we
two
think of
r's
itself, first
it
of
all,
and pronounce
coalesce and
we
write
it
to the
it
as
Ji^J
Do
by
.-...?....
when
prefixed, viz.,
The dropping
1st.
The dropping of the sound
of the tanwin
2nd.
of the lam,
3rd.
the Article
;
and
is
21
No
only the
1st
How many
has
It
28,
letters
su&Kft
upon the
What
What
will
thus LAlSsJ
be given
we
already
u*
Dad
is
It is
new
forms.
gives
What
are the
and
Sh,
Power
S, of
and
12.
(^)
What
is
Ra
Ta
of
shams happens
forms are
Initial
Name
**v
.**>
Sin
-**
***
Shin
**
(Jf*
be of that class.
to
^^ sun
Medial
13.
>
and three
last letters in
full
letters
word sun?
Their
^V^
Final
Sh
name
its
which the
Separate
^.
7).
Mim
/e
Jj
know?
first letter
first
letters.
this?
sham-sun
It
Lunar
later).
Solar letters do
Lam
11.
10.
other 14 have a
letters.
names
la??*,.
The
Article.
Solar
of
letters,
Qa-la-mun, a pen.
2$^*
*>
an
office,
study
camel.
22
14.
by sukun but
make
Exercise 8a.
Exercise
(l)
Translate to Arabic
8b.
sun
Did
the pen?
man
(ll)
(14)
No
"silenced"
\j
ra.
^S he broke.
(v)
head
it
US
up the English
c;
(4)
the head
(fern.) strike a
(5)
head?
the sun
(7)
No
(8)
struck a head.
office
is
man
j The hamza
(3) a
(6)
translate, covering
o> C V
US
(A)
(13)
(15)
(12)
The
at (in) the
A man
struck
a camel.
Self Tests.
(1)
(2)
Article to
(3)
How
is
letter
(4)
(8
3).
(8
Where
is
(/
what language
4).
Answer
(2)
Constantly
all
a Solar
6-8).
a similar practice
(1)
home
revise.
exercises in writing.
is
there
23
Lesson
1.
2.
How many
How many
9.
Arabic Alphabet
is letters
28.
which must
3.
Which
III)
The
Medial
Final
Separate
is,
which
Mame
Initial
Wau
4.
Why
and
are these
Because
the
like a large
5.
wau has
damma
practically
whilst the ya
wau
like
remember
below
one form
only j
it
is
is
it.
ou in house.
ay like ai
in
diphthong requires
paid
and jl
*'
^ju*>
*>*
j
sai-fun
\ since
f
9>
follows the
sword
thau-run
/
<
...
a bull
SP
since
heterogeneous
follows the
:T....
heterogeneous
are the only three short vowel sounds
I
7.
Wau and
letters
two
Thus
6.
two
to distinguish
Which
possible
in
(a)
diphthongs mentioned.
24
8.
Why
are these
three
sometimes
letters
called
letters
of
prolongation?
9.
Examples
ba
Ls
^>
bi
ba
bu; while
y =
bu
while
j =
bi
while
T>
**
'ij
10.
Do
bay
and
No
geneous (akin) to
homogeneous
(is
Learn
mursa-lun missionary.
Exercise 9a.
(l)
bi,
To
Cl':_<r
Exercise
these
bi by, fj
ii,
*r "
to)
.....'. .....
^>
^)-*j
homo-
is
it.
only lengthens
->
bau
vowel
II.
^j
English
To Arabic
A man
(i)
(4)
to
me.
ti;-',
i)^>^"j
(r)
I'-
(o)
J/>',
'^ (0
'J>'/ ^3*1 (0
(2)
An
apostle rode.
(3)
missionary
to,
wrote to me.
wrote a book.
//,
li
;A:sfcu_<
"
9b.
by me,
apostle or messenggr,
(6)
Didst thou
(5)
(fern.)
The
write
25
Leseon 10.
SOLAR & LUNAR LETTERS.
1.
Into
The
2.
Why
are they so
named
3.
In
first letter in
Qamar-un
what way
is
a Solar letter
The sound
to be
^j^^> sun happens
first
letter
5).
sun
**M
r*
do we prefix the
The moon
>' '-M
al-qa-ma-ru
***
there any
the
falls
^>
-r
sham-sun
article
5.
10).
j+9
Lam
>
ash-sham-su
Is
10).
of the
The sun
How
4.
letter
moon
(see 8
divided
letters
to
article
its
moon
full
qa-ma-run
Lunar letter ?
Lunar letters are of such
'&
*
way
value
(i.e.
the
'<*
**
of prefixing the
article to the
Yes
the
a nature, that
is to
say they
such a shaping of the channel of utterance, that the
enunciation of the Lam in the article is helpful in re-adjusting
:
require
rw%i
Thus
is
TV
is
is
is
it
easy
never found
easier to
pronounce
Article to Solars
The Lam
111 cL * I
ash-stem-su
While
What
ci
al-s/ic??72-su
But
6.
~ Cl
is
and Lunars
i.e.
it
solars?
dad <jf
and with
its
sad <j*
26
shin
sin <jr
<J*
etc.,
C>
tha
ta
th)
(t,
etc.
(Note that this /// is the sharp th of the word "think", or "thousand", which is
sometimes lisped making it more like s. The sad is a very strong s almost like
ss
it gives a broad sound to its vowel, as d&d does).
;
On
Lam
the other
of utterance
by
throat, lips
and
What
It is
8.
is
the
What
new
the
letter in
L-JL.^
Fa and corresponds
letter is the
Somewhat
Fa
to our F.
like in
= sword
saif
form
which however,
is
more curved.
Fa
In
1st.
As
when
<j
bi
Diphthong
To form
the
What
3rd.
is
byme
li
<J
its
homogeneous
= to me.
a
after
heterogeneous
another
way
saif-un
in
a sword
which a Ya
is
if it is
used
preceded by a fatha,
17,
vowel
takes a Suktin
'iju**
19.
_o.
be used
<
vowel kasra
2nd.
the letter
Ha
to,
alif."
wiUq
is
it is
called
To be explained
II.
Exercise lOa.
27
he-killed
and conjugate
like daraba.
it
Transliterate, translate
The sun
(I)
The
apostle
The man
The
gate
The pen
The paper
The
fighting
The missionary
The
trader,
merchant
The sword
Note
The accent
Exercise lOb.
Self Test 10.
falls
if
one
is
present.
10).
1.
Which
2.
Why
3.
What vowels
4.
and
are they so
(b)
named
letter.
(9: 7, 8).
Give examples.
are homogeneous to
with a Lunar
'
to
(10 3,4).
(9
j and to
8).
(a)
(9
10).
with a Solar
28
Lesson
1.
What
2.
What
is
is
As
new
this
is
allied
to
diacritic point),
we
is
it
C-
awkward
5t
5*
IX.
3*
form and
in
pronunciation.
the
them
will give
by gh
its
together.
Ain
*
-
What
in
another of
3.
letter transliterated
a letter
Ghain,
WASLA.
S$f-
ghu-la-mun
It
11.
Ghain
gh, or ghr
Ghain ?
It represents a gargling sound from the throat similar to that
made by an r roughly and well down in the throat. It must
the sound of the
is
Write
Arabic "A
in
man
struck a youth."
ghu-la-man,
$.
Why
has
Because
^^U
it
is
ra-ju-lun
^'
- >
become
U^U
before
we can
we prefix
that j
is
Before
a Solar
write
the Arabic
and
9-
Why
has
and become
U^U-
and so
(See Lesson 6
its
Article to a word,
a Lunar.
We
sign
is
5, 6).
darab
7.
6.
da-ra-ba
>
that
we must
is,
note
ar-raj-ul ul-ghu-lama.
its
tanwin fatha,
2Q
What
is
Wasla
the
It is
that
a sign written
is
word only)
the alif
commences
the alif
has no vowel of
tion
above an
show
to
its
then
What
(when
its
pronuncia-
it
alif
9.
Article, sine
it
is
If
the
commen-
it
A>^0
Wasla
(We
the exercise.
ghu-la-man
word meaning a
it
avoided
To English
Exercise lla.
k
AX^j
colloquial for
is
it
link, for
it
This
seen
is
links
in
in Ex.Qa).
ra-ju-lun
J>-j
^>j*
da-ra-ba
(i)
(2)
ul-ghu-lama
da-ra-b
ar-rajul
*'
>
0*
->^
"
'
J :JI
>-V
-r-*i
Jp'
3^1
Exercise lib.
(l)
A man
To Arabic
man
killed
man
>'
(4)
J :j
(5)
3 :; ^
<
6)
struck a youth.
(3)
(4)
a camel.
What
(2)
Give
is
all
a wasla
(ll
8).
Am
and Ghain.
(l/
30
Lesson
I.
What
2.
But what
3.
What
is
new
the
is
sign
first
Ardun
..... : .....
Hamza
really the
is
It
is
HAMZA.
12,
The Hamza
letter of the
we say
When
When
5.
Thus:
without a hamza.
alif
Letter
simply a
is
it
Prolongation
show
alif
And
hamza
not the
is
hamza
that the
is
superfluous
v^v
book, ki-tabun
attached to the
is
used as a Consonant
alif there is
if its
object
is
and stands
merely
to
Yes
show
the
that the
alif is a
consonant.
Thus
the Article
'
is
same
the
What
as
:
'
it is
>
That every
7.
is
Is
the
No
viz., Alif,
But these
letters
letters
alif,
In
Wau, Ya.
or
"""^""
given or no.
the
Arabs
call
that the
Hamza
it is
..>....
is
or
"Weak",
No
,....r.....
it
case of an
8.
what way
is
the
Hamza
hamza
weak
letters are
used to
consonant
It
10.
We may
have
Where
the
is
31
..........
hamza placed
How can we
11.
a kasra,
it
its
but sometimes
letter:
letter.
?
By
ice.
This "breath"
make
Owen" by unedu-
and say
a breathing pause
12.
the consonant
is
Mister its
Owen"
subject,
The sukun
is
Thus "she
e<*
^^
"
0<*
*\j*'0
"
fern., sing.,
The preposition ^*
in
is
exceptional.
Exercise 12a.
To English
Exercise 12b,
To Arabic
(1)
(2)
The sun
(3)
(fern.)
(6)
()
(4)
(5)
tl^e
book,
Thus J>jJ!
is
dis-
*'
its
sukun by
<j*
Lesson
1.
Commence by
2.
Where
is it,
32
13.
HAMZA.
is
it,
Hamza.
that the
Hamza sometimes
When
it is
of letters.
advent
last in the
Examples
it
is
5.
33
ba-'u-sa
ba-'i-sa
sa-'a-la
ra'-sun (head)
bi'-sa
But
why has
Because
the
the medial ya in
always drops
it
hamza
to sit
dots
its
when
it
no points?
becomes
a prop for
Arabic grammarians
in fact, the
upon;
and
4 (2nd)
call
it
May
hamza and
the
longation
(a) After
Certainly
It
After
hamza with
letter of pro-
mas-'ul (responsible)
(b)
vowel be followed by a
here are two examples
its
A>\
"
A>t
Jj*~*
or
'
Jj^~*
may
But can
prolongation
I
may
such
write
Then what
alif.
two
be found
It
alifs
will
be
is
of course
be the homogeneous
Alif.
together
in special
with fat-ha
will
words
Yes
very
occasionally
we
are
concerned with just now is that we usually write one alif over
the other without the hamza sign, or, in a few cases, with the
hamza
9.
How
after this
is it
double
alif.
is it
called
It is
called a "Madda", a
It is
"
> -* >* ^
10.
it
thus
Is
the
Yes: sometimes
words
j'y'
in
in
the diaeresis
English books
*1
and
in
in the
To English
Exercise 13a.
34
.P
ul
(o)
5ti
^^"
^MW
^ pjj^TJU
j**
"
\)
Note that
-i
means
Faith in (by)
by or
God
iman
we say
In English
i/i.
'*'
"believe in".
?r
'\
vJU
billahi
To Arabic
Exercise 13b,
He
I.
Advent
of Cbrist.
(3)
Coming of Christ.
From the beginning.
in the
(6)
Christ.
(juz')
I
(9)
Hast thou
of the Qur'an.
(2)
He
(5)
believed in
believe
She believed
(fern.)
(li)
He
believed in God.
(12)
God ?
the
(8)
(10)
(believed) in
From
in Christ
Faith in
A section
nothing
beginning,
(lit.
she
EXAM. PAPER
(Send for correction, with
A. To English
19.)
13.
full address).
>o w
(0
(r)
B. To Arabic
I.
3.
5.
The sun
2.
4.
6.
Lesson
1.
How
14. -
35
PEON. AFFIXES.
and Verbs.
2.
Give the
five singular
i=ee
(m.
1st
person
N.B.
thee
f.)
(f.)
ka
ha
hu
her
him
2nd person
3rd person.
What new
thee (m.)
ki
&
me
tf
3.
Pronominal
letter is this
right to
left.
sound
the
the
of
ordinary English
aspirate H.
4.
Separate
Final
Medial
vA
^4
la-ka
la-ki
li
to
me
What
to thee (f)
strikes
That the
to thee
from right
How
la-ha
to left,
examples
La-hu'akh-un
To him [there
= He has
it
its
(in
(N.B.
Read
the forms in
J used
as
3rd. masc.)
a brother
in
Arabic.
permanent
signifies
cannot govern
a brother
kasra
To Have,
\
is]
him
the following
la-hu
to
commencing with
To supply
in
to the preposition
to her
(m)
6.
ha
to:
5.
Initial
in
Accus
^-1
<!
!!
possession.
(b).
La-hd ukht-un
To
Li umm-un
(c).
To me
=
(d).
[there
is]
a mother
have a mother
A-li-shay-'un
Have 1 a thing ?
=
Have I anything
The
N.B.
square
Can
the
but the
8.
So
9.
alif is lost.
What
case
Nom
What
ma din a
Why
not Accus.
is this
or
J*
wvj
form
Lesson 4
case
Exercise 14a.
4).
^
II
A.s-X^X'
What
(c. f.
l^
TTTI
j* What
is
case
shay-unf
To English
*>
TT7-7
is
u^V;
,\
-^11
Why?
Why?
-?/
(r)
(t)
Exercise
14b.
(hal).
**.
not
Yes:
a mother.
U ma
are
Jl
11.
them
words within
the
in other lessons.
-#O^L
*'*l^*
It is
(i)
?
expressed in English.
7.
37
Lesson
AFFIXES
1.
Its
2.
word
meaning
is
(contd.)
Sultan,
Emperor, or King.
is
15.
introduced
a strong
N sound. The
ta
k
k
J,
(hard)
Ji
z (strong)
ta
?a
nun
-t
N.B.
is
an
makes the
No
beneath
in the
We
now
will
like
aw
in
tawny and
zhd.
It
^
is
4.
sound
explosive
fat-ha
Initial
Nun
(the Initial
and Medial Ba
and the
is
->
Sing
Plural
5.
N.B.
Read from
What
letter is
right to left
always found
The Ha
(See 14
2) hu,
and learn by
in
and
heart.
in the plural f
hum, hun-na.
~ 386.
And what
letter is
The Kaf
7.
What
is
kum, kunna.
are accusative
They
to a
ka, ki
if
Exs. of accus.
'
how
is
*>
with you
if
genitive in
>
j+S
'**
Exs. of gen.
affixed
1,1)
sultan
broke
it
The
^ o
Our
if
'>"
>' 3
*Z
lf%i
>
But
noun or preposition.
*-' '
8.
'
>
\
sultan of us;
the apostle of
^*J
c. f.
God = God's
his apostle,
apostle. ciUjI
and
~*\
the
of
him
name
of the king
= his father.
9.
king's name.
(Explained in detail
in
are, in
sentences,
we,
N.B.
tol
I,
the father
'
Lesson
These
10.
= the
19).
etc.,
etc.
j^
daughter
<CJ
name
or.w.te,
--
twa<fem.)
^-
son
two
'/:x,J
J> J
(m.)
N.B. In our vocabularies and in many places (but not in full reading exercises)
shall also, as soon as
we may drop the grammatical tanwin un.
possible, dispense with transliteration.
We
II.
Note
that
^1
v.*jj
A
'
missing
is
supplied
**
'
thy father.
12.
when accurring
j/
in
39
of
Omar, omits
its
alif,
To English
Exercise 15a.
Ahmad
genealogies, as
o
thus
t
>
^j ^
(v)
j
(A)
(r)
(r)
(t)
v^
(n)
>
^.remse
To Arabic
15b.
(1)
(2)
We
have a son.
(4)
(5)
(6)
Have you
(7)
They
(8)
We
(9)
(3)
(10)
She
(IT)
He
(12) Is
(m.)
have
ate
(m.)
[there
[is
is]
king
is]
? )
a son).
there] a sister)
a father
and mother.
emperor.
(f.) ?
&?// T
(1)
(2)
15.
What
is
first letters
of v' and
J-l
Lesson
I.
16.
40
REVISION OF CHARACTERS.
Let us learn the whole Alphabet in order. Also vowels, signs, etc,
Translit:
Detached Final
Medial Initial Name
Alif-
4.
The Figures
vr ->>
5.
6.
as in
S V
> iYN.
English : c.f. 1917,
1921,
The numerical order and values of the alphabet (i.e. the use of
the Arabic consonants as figures) will be found at the end of
our course.
is
It
Hebrew names
the
119
th
Which
^*
But those
this
stage to
Psalm (English
characters
7-
left to right
Bible) with
J )
* *
this order
of
Arabic
T*_^
following them?
To
these
has the
8.
Medial,
Initial,
Medial,
Initial,
Final.
Separate.
Final.
Separate.
we may add
alif
Vocabulary
Memorise
A^
Day
fyaumj
abode
(ddr)
religion
or,
judgment
(din)
Islam
(al- Islam) *
gold
(dha-hab)
carefully.
la
43
Lesson 17.
TA MARBUTA & ALIF MAQSURA.
1.
Does
No
in
conclude
this
all
forms of the
its
form
final
the sign
many
of the
is
written
two
One
letters.
Now
this
of the masculine
the
is
letter
'
is
which
generally
affixed to very
because while
all,
*^ e
is
J>- j
2.
letters
How
is it
shown
that this
<
is
\j>\
is
A>^
It
(daughter).
dropped as
/ibna.
it is
^
Similarly
is
always
pronounced
is
'
4o-X*
madina
al-medina
e. g.
(a city)
(city
A>-^
where
tribe).
Mohammed was
Note
Compare
buried).
a corruption
3.
But
is
then the
is
is
4IiJ
?
sounded (Explained
The daughter
of the judge
prophet's city
in 19: 10).
,3^!
Madinat-
TVT
The
tribe of Coreish
Qabilatu-
The
prophet's word
Quraish
Kalimat-un-
(epistle,
The chapter
4.
letter
message)
of
"The Cow"
'* *
Ibnat-ul-Qadi
un-Nabiyi
The prophet's
Qabila (a
above
The
of the
4^5
A>
bint s^i)
also
'
J;*J
''
C"*'
'
tg
t*'***-\
"-
Risalat-
un-Nabiyi
Surat-ul-Baqara
ta
5.
44
What
is
special
name ?
The^
the long
(in other
words
is
But
is
is
make
its
Exactly, so this
under a
a second
alif.
The
can be called
first alif
The ya without
dots
and
alif),
W.-^"
Give
is
is
(shortened
Guidance
hudan
the guidance
al-huda
fever
al-humma
a youth, lad,
fatan
when
mata
to,
(interrog)
towards
What
*>-
u>
ila
upon, on
^ala
characteristic
9.
maqura"
ll),
7-
8.
root, 15
common
is
at the
to a
and
preceded by a fat-ha.
the fat-ha sometimes written "upright" ?
Yes this is the mark which shows that an
Is
is
to
be pronounced, though
pronounced
alif of
It is
prolongation
quite
common
vowels written,
not written.
its
alif
chief examples
ar-Rah-man
fat-ha
It is
not
in
to fix
and
later,
was
be
to
now much
:
4
*>
the heavens
as-sama-wat
- I'
*~>\
tl
**J
'
45
that, those
this,
but
(demonst
these (demonst
dha-lika, ulaika
hadha ha-ulai
but he
lakinnahu
lakin,
life
(Quran spelling)
hayatun
life
(modern spelling)
hayatun
salatun
salatun
Exercise 17 a.
A*J
.0
.*
^
v
Exercise 17 b.
I.
3.
Did he take
4.
Yes, he took
5.
What
6.
His name
/.
Has
8.
is
this
his
it
is
name
a camel.
young man
2 Yes,
that lad's
Mohammed Ahmed.
a father
and mother?
sister.
saw him.
Lesson 18.
& PLURAL.
DUAL
I.
Return to the verb forms of the Past Tense, and learn the
Dual and Plural.
Dual
Plural
-^?
Singular
f*.
Ul
2.
r-^
What have we
new Person-forms,
that
is,
Eight
endings
viz,
lr
ij{
they
they (m)
(f)
(J
you
they
two
you
two
r
you
(f)
I'
we
3.
&
f.)
there
4.
(m.
We
is
first
to break.
fVJf
Is
No,
it is
not pronounced;
its
Exercise
47
/.sv/.
M'V
v*
>'"
>
V.
*'"
*j{j~0 yo
'
"
".
X,
M:
TI
Jl
^
'""
1)
"
^'^^'-^ x^i T r *
db] J*^
^AJ>
(r)
^^^ J]
(i)
.-J f
Jl
f /
JU^l
^1
f*\
"
/\
-U-1
l"
(o)
^o
oJU-1
"
^)
*^
'"
I-T
J**^-' 'Jij-^l
JiA^
>
0)
".
^^
t'l
\<
f^ J*
tf
c-a**J
^^
"
'"'
>'*>>.* <**~*
-:
aliAi-l
Exercise 18b.
1.
Did you
2.
Did they
strike the
and
it.
it
And
3.
to
(pi.)
killed
my
Yes;
we took
it.
town.
5.
To your town
Yes to my town.
What is his name
My son's name
6.
4.
is
Ahmad.
They took
it,
and
ate
it.
TO STUDENTS.
(I.)
It
has
come
instructions
to
my
most important
answered
(2.)
N.B.
ht fv.ll,
i.
half.
both
e.
"From Arabic
to discard
Please
Ex
let it
only.
and Ex
to English"
This
is
Ewvlw
mu*t If
B.
it
A.T
48
Lesson
NOUNS
1.
What
IN
19.
CONSTRUCTION.
is
The way
which
in
it
Give an example of
How
possession.
to the
is
here
Arabic
;
l|
How
_ _
Arabic
in
saif-ur-ra-ju-li
What have we
effect, etc.
3.
common
in
(alone)
is
therefore, here
4.
What
It is
is
it is
word has
not ^definite,
said to have
happened
called
is
independently
it
it is
alone
sword
stand
cannot
It
it
"One-annexed-to."
the
tanwindamma;
which
i. e.
lost its
It
can
first
we do
"the-sword-of".
But
Because the
noun
defined by
first
its
What
first of
term
<*-*?*
is
is
by
employed
which
word "of"
first
noun
is
sufficiently
to
a state
which requires
The
is
not
"of."
the English
Why
article.
considered to be
juxtaposition to ^>-J\
genitive as governed
5.
So the
first
noun
in a State of Construction, as
it is
second noun.
Why
not
tanwin
J^J*^^
has J>-j in
*
a
>
>
6.
49
damma
Because
7.
8.
"A
may be
it
Case
Genitive
said to be in
^J&f* L\
name"
book's
the
in
is
it
and
if
"Everything"
name
give the
*l*JT'
So
Genitive Case
that
they call
Q.
the
*>^ Dative
^
Case
^..^^
the Ablative Case
Oblique Cases.
{the
shall
we say
How
The
N.B.
one
is
The Antecedent,
Definite Article
11.
the Antecedent
See
in
in construction
Article
4.
It
or "Possessive"
not,
may do
so,
but only if
it
is
into
people-of-the-Book, al-kitdb
its
In the
was
by
Oblique Case, as
is
that
shewn by
it
replaces
The-people-of-the-house.
^^
>
The man's
family.
The
king's children.
The
Nom-
the kasra.
>
Exs.
the,
therefore
12.
J*l
originally definite,
inative Case
phrase ^-ll5ol
'
^'
jo
J*'
>"
*
'
13.
the
possessing
^^
as
article
-^
>
>
-jO<^\)
\
&-
(then
it
>
Noun
a Proper
is
will
already
50
names
names not
foreign
>
so
'f*j}
(Lesson 52
8)
The people
'
^<a* ^)*
upon
They broke
its
case,
upon
i.e.
its
vowel depends,
Its
J^J
>
The sun
**
'
(jf
'
>
strike his
head
**
'
1
'
J-.>-
^j^
>
i-Jj
***
May
noun be
antecedent of another?
Certainly
>
W^V
One
^{
15.
..
.^..-
J /r**-''
rc~J!
We
A* JJ"
\, >
J^j"
Egypt
Gelert's grave.
of
the
(at
same
time) the
*?>
-'
dJlLj!
^V J
^0
What common
error
name
of a
man"
Noun
-^?-
C^X^T
J u*O
I
in the prefixing
name"
of the
Think not
in Construction.
'
<J
7-c-^J^X.)
> ^\ s*
'
,/
<U....Ji)i
of "the
^^ J
^-**-*-''
I/.
y=
Jl
c.f.
19a.
51
Wales, Pennines,
etc. in
In
etc.
To English
(A)
!el*i
Exercise
o *^
t
The-day-of-judgment
The-abode-of-peace
3.
The Emperor's
4.
The-Sultan-of-Egypt.
5.
6.
The-religion-of-Islam (Mohammedanism).
7.
8.
9.
No
The King's
n.
Did you go
12.
bl.B.
went
Dar-es-Salam
vizier's
(r)
(E. Africa).
pen
it.
letter.
to the
to
Dar-es-Salam
son.
10.
(r)
1.
IS
r)
2.
(0
Lr*i
(u)
To Arabic
19b.
etc.
>*rrS
^r J]
Welsh
1:5) is to
It is
Geometry.
52
Lesson 20.
EXERCISE IN TRANSLITERATION.
A. Arabic to
B.
Roman
Roman
characters.
Correct by
EXAMINATION PAPER
To
A.
A.
20.
Translate to English
\)
(v)
ij
(T)
(r)
00
dlLJJ
B.
Translate to Arabic
(1)
He
(2)
(3)
Has
(4)
(5)
The sun
(6)
(7)
(8)
Have you
(9)
Did she
struck a youth.
ride
(PI.)
book
[any] food
in a
(10)
The-day-of-[the]-judgment.
(11)
(12)
struck
C.
What
is
[off]
the youth's
a rnadda
and what
a wasla
(t)
53
Lesson
EAR EXERCISE.
How
is
word
the
^i
21.
pronounced
It lias
deity.
2.
How
\\^l
al-ila-hu, but in
"^
'
How
Allah
English word ah
written
is
After the
which
<u)l
it
correctly
is
alif the
and
u,
the
fat-ha
a contraction of
mean
it
It
has a
begins a sentence.
word
is
upon
the
it
4^1
ahh.
Only Deity.
is
when
what does
i.e.,
Allah pronounced
The middle
is
pronounced
How
when
But
"
like the
4.
god or
'a-li-hatun (deities),
^^
"
do we write
still
3.
means
It is
like
still
transliterate
preceded by a kasra,
as, for
aw
in
we must
fatha also, so
first
we
pronounced
is
it
allah.
example,
much
lighter,
and
J J-
is
sounded almost
al-Hamdu
Example:
4Ji>
preposition
meaning "to"
is
lillahi (Praise to
prefixed
and joined on
upon
the sentence, to
Exercise 21 A.
(a)
make
the
is,
shown
The J
in the
in writing,
N. B.
PAUSE
God),
We
omit the
last vowel
of
(like Quran-readers).
Ear" Exercise:
usually,
"Verb before
the Subject,"
(c)
Now
(e)
54
Keep on day
o e
wal-hamdu
&
I.
Bismillahi
2.
'Abd-ullahi
3.
Kataba
rasul-ullahi risala.
4.
Kataba
wa
lillah.
Jui^
<&f
ra-sul-ullah.
>j
P
d^ J L^-J
LS' Ll^ -
A';* jl 4)Lj if
diuf
X
*
^^fi
^
5.
Jj'-/>J Al*
4lll*j4l
-*
&\
-^
x-
6.
Kataba
^ j
il-wazir.
risalatan
rasul-ullahi
-
^3^' J ^.^
1
^*"
ila-bn-il-maliki
bi-qalam^
J' ^^->
t>J ^
> '*i*' ^>"J
x
r
c
Ba atha rasul-ullahi kitaban ila-bn^l-malika.
^-^
"
'
V^ ""^
7.
^iJI
X
1
8.
/>
*^
X
Jl Ibj*
^^fc
3 -^L.J* Il)
^
if J J-3 jt
"
4Jftl
*r
9.
10.
Yadullahi
ma
al-Jama
a.
ft- ^
C
"
^'
In the
wazir cut off the head of the king's messenger. 10, God's hand
is with the company. (A tradition commending unity of action).
55
Lesson 22.
names
the form
is
and 3rd
used
Ji
supplies "model"
letter of
2.
Thus the
And
2nd
And
3rd
This root in
any verb
is
named
its
^
^
Plural
(Ain)
J (Lam)
must now be
,,
its
(Fa)
farther.
Singular
* r*
3.
4.
fa^al-ti
fa-'a-la
fa-'a-lat
fa-'al-ta
fa'a-la
fa-'a-la-ta
fa-'al-tuma
fa-'a-lu
fa-'al-na
fa-'al-tum
fa-'al-tu
fa-'al-tunna
fa-'al-na
We may
"
upon
we add an
(or
we should
call in
this
form.
We
2) to
it,
and thus
its
verb.
(See Lesson
etc.
words on
radical
Model)
J*i
this
which
Type-root"
23).
^^
a clerk,
(or
the -i
and
measure)
(
or
first
- 565.
Is the
It
"
"
Model form
all
to think is Conj.VIII
some,
is
etc.
on form
we say
J:il
that
J-
on the form
Vocabulary 22.
The man
"man"
what
(masc.) ar-rajulu
jl
why
,5
JLJ
Exercise 22a.
limddhd
there
mddhd
is
not
u-V
To English
(0
(r)
T-oi
(r)
'^
-'^
x**
L>U!
oi; c^e^
^i
sl^jf j,
'.".
:s
.-Vt
<
11
>
".
J*
(t)
(o)
,'
^9 J*
W >
jl
(v)
(A)
To Arabic
Exercise 22b.
57
1.
Has
2.
3.
Has he
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Why
9.
Where
a son
woman opened
son.
it ?
[is]
it.
kill
it.
His daughter
10.
No; he has no
when
there
when
where
where
how
(interr:)
LJ
(conj:)
then (conj:)
(interrog:)
A
(relative)
(interr
very, (much)
:)
also,
again
What
to
do
special use
(22
is
made
of the
Ji
4).
x *>
2.
Write
3.
Similarly
out,
from memory
^ji Singular and
L/^
(18
l)
Plural.
(22:3)
Lesson 23.
How many
The Verb
2.
What
Three.
al-fi'l
The Noun
al-ism
The
al-harf
Particle
can
It
includes
the
3.
How many
1st.
2n.
Two.
The Noun
The Noun
uuf^f
of Object, or PassivePartiririleJ
]
Give examples of
one-whc-strikes
i.e.
this
Active Participle or
f">
>
\\
-**'
pronounced is-mul-maf'iil
4.
>^
>
f*-
Noun
of Agent.
da-rib
a striker
one-who-does
a doer, labourer
one-who-kills
a murderer
one-who-writes
a writer, clerk
one-who-d wells
an inhabitant
one-who-is present
"Present! "(roll-call)
one-silent
silent (Adj.)
5.
What do we
We observe
Noun
that each
of
Agent
is
an
3 s.m.)
J> we
observe?
say
in Ism-ul-fa'il.
by adding
'ain
its
of the
Active
last is the
6.
59
)
j
Exercise 23a.
bo
"
"
'
"'
'
(0
J
UA U
'^li
C-
-^>- *A
(r)
"
tf
C.
(A)
Exercise
1.
Have
2.
3.
Is
4.
Yes; he
5.
Is the
6.
Not
is
9.
His book
life is
is
very
We know
6).
is
the Universe".
Is
His
"The Origin of
8.
is
him.
7.
(lit.
What
10.
Of
he wrote about
course.
it ?)
61
Lesson 24.
"VERB TO BE".
1.
Is
Yes;
it is
called
2.
by
Does the
It
their
alif of
The
of
3.
sing
he was, (since
permutations or changes.
wau
jo
in
is
the place
disappears, in others a
Now
scientists call
Tense of
\)
are
it
of
Remember
wau!
In
this
some
re-appears, an example
"Reversion to Type."
j
Dual
Plural
verbs
what
all
alif of
"persons" the
it
masc
causes certain
point:
jO
Singular
5-
But
the Arabic
is
62
Verb jo
What
6.
In
often takes
its
place
its
present tense.
is
This makes no
not written.
Example:
"I" (see
"I
Lesson
25),
and katib
lJ
is
I- U
is
difficulty,
form of speech.
the-one-who-is-writing, but
it
"am"
I
is
not written at
[am] killing
or, I
all.
J UU
[am] a murderer
..s>/,
Thou
dwelling
[art]
The man
nice
[is]
The Pasha
[is]
or,
(i.e.,
thou
[art]
a dweller
"bonhomme")
a good (pious)
man
(Words not expressed in Arabic are put into square brackets; those in round
brackets are explanatory words.)
7.
What
The
its
Substantive
tanwin
The Adjective
same gender, number and
follows
8.
if it
and
by
J'
is
of the
when
No;
Present only.
a sentence,
in
it
we
In the past
When any
Examples:
r"
one
(if
J^~s
N.B. "Bread"
is
them)
JO
a'^Ji
0>
to
is
(Jamma
far (off)
jO
use
its
**i^**
**L/**
to the village
or receiving
is,
does.
this
is
substantive
its
Does
ju
*>.
>
10.
when
<Uo
it
means
literally
WORD") which
as in
Home
Masculine, then
is
Exercise 25
on page
c,
it
it
may
65.
2.
What happens
Vocabulary
to the
copula "is"
(24
(24
:
3).
6).
24.
Jesus, Yasu*u
generous
owner, sahib
O men,
To English
Exercise 24a.
J j-j
<y
JL>-
l>
glory,
majd
thanks, shukr
>
>
<>
jSl
Arabic
in
<jo
(v)
A- liJ-
(r)
(t)
To Arabic
Exercise 24b.
(
The queen
[is]
God
The
lesson
[is]
(4)
The
writer
is
good
(or, a
good
one).
generous.
[is]
understood.
[well]
known.
The-owner-of-the-book famous
[Is]
Jesus
the
is
(9)
We were
(9)
Glory
(10)
Thanks
Son
(or,
[be] to
of
God.
been,
O men
God.
to the prince.
64
What
is
word
the Arabic
for a Personal
;><i
its
plural
Pronoun
Remember
j\c*
What
is
that all
in Arabic.
They
as
These
words.
separate
are
r
'
ofc
>
r'
til
4.
Roman
transliteration
from
to
left
(Ana
right
is
Singular Pronouns
5.
6.
Two
Interrogative
^^ and
l.
Each
is
of suitable number.
Exs:
Who
Who
is
What
is
What
is
What
is
art
thou
the writer
thy
name
5)
(Revise here 24
6)
0*
or )
^j
man
fj-
7.
(fern.
45to)
is
^
"j% may
>
expression "so-and-so".
As an
Adj.
be used,
65
EXAM. PAPER
25.
A. To English
*T
*
\
J^-o J
4)Jl
'-tt ;
4
^AJI
^,
^s*)
"
-^ \ ^i
**f
'*
J^j*
Jr-r
Mr
if
*l
To Arabic.
1.
C.
She
is
was near my
2.
3.
My
4.
You
5.
6.
Where
village
is
village.
is
my
book
man.
?
"
>
'
>
-a
Why
Exercize
..'tc.
(Correct at home).
'
f -*
4dl
^
x
"tT
J^AJifel^
Exercise 25d.
Translate to Arabic
St.
John
I, 2.
i^t"-
"-
66
Lesson 26,
1.
What
are the
And
the Present-future.
Arabic
in
be performed
to
and
in the future
And
is
future (that
(i.e.,
to say our
we
prefix will be
call this the
for
2.
it is its
we
shall see,
to represent a
employed
that an additional
later,
Future Tense.
Imperfect Tense.
Al-MuAdri'u 9 jl*kj
> ^
Some
name
He
do
will
She
will
yaf-'a-lu
do
J*i*
taf-'a-lu
m.
3 f
'
S*'
Thou
(m.) wilt
do
taf-'a-lu
Ji
-
Thou
(f.)
will
do
wilt
do
taf-'a-li-na
m.
f.
'/>Lir
*^ ^
>'**
I
3.
What do we
af-'a-lu
notice here
J*i
to
say,
the action
it
in the
which
is
an
affix
verb form
ist
That
places the
its
full
verb
atives."
and p
Past
its
Present-Future forms.
finished
is
in
(It
as well as a prefix}.
in taf*alina there is
4.
67
We
He
She
yam-na-u
3m.
tam-na-u
f.
Thou
tam-na-*u
m.
Thou
(f.)
tam-na-'ina
f.
5.
hinder or prohibit.
to
>'*
to gather
'"
>
to
ai^
^t ^
to
to praise
r-J^f
rOu
6.
Why
the past
ss
>7t**
o ^
to raise
"
?Ob
open
model.
this exact
s
*+>-
^+
*!
am-na-'u
go
^*-X>^*.3
to appoint
J*ii J*>.
That
is
is
the
from now
^^
Meaning
<J^
'
J**l
J*
68
N.B.
consequent
is,
Ji>
after...
in Accusative Case.
The
behind...
above...
behind--,
beneath...
before...
in front of..
between...
with,
\>
JJL*
at...
But when they are used as Adverbs, not Prepositions, and stand alone, then
the final vowel of most of them is damma
where
(rel.
below
adv.)
To English
Exercise 26a.
X
'.
(adv.)
*\
above
(r)
JJ
X
Ox-
dbo J] ^AAT
(r)
(A)
*e
To Arabic
Exercise 26b.
1.
He opens
2.
The queen
3.
Entrance
[is]
5.
What
What
the hindrance
The boy
4.
am
forbidden.
hinders you?
[is]
(youth)
going
7.
8.
Thou
(f.)
9.
Why
do you
10.
Under
(adv.)
(or,
[is]
(f.s.)
the earth.
praised (commended).
go) to
goest to
my
house.
thy house.
not open the door
(o)
69
Lesson 27.
Give the
rest of
c.
of
Dual
^Ox
Plural
2.
Singular
x-
xC x
yaf-'a-ldny
S.f.
2.m.
taf-'a-ldny
/.
Note
taf-'a-ldny.
The
2nd Dual
and Plural
is
Common
to both
4.
af-'a-lu
6.
1.
taf-'al-na
2.f.
Note
If
yaf-'al-na
he will do.
naf-'a-lu
shall do.
we
shall do.
(3)
No
S.f.
naf-'a-lu.
5.
S.m. yaf-'a-luna
in
Arabic there
verb preceding
subject
is
its
&
its
subject does
is
an important
subject
quite near to
may
it)
it
f.
pi.
(both in 3rd
pupils study
The
girl-pupils study
(if
the
"*
*LJJI J^>-^>
\
The
etc.
RULE OF SYNTAX: A
out
2nd).
&
CA
- f
70
The
Do
girls
they
(f)
of their lessons
their (its)
to collect, in full
'-
'"
(1)
(2)
(27
7).
6).
Exercise 27a.
'
-'*->'->.
pjJ'sV*
,o
j^
^ e^^ x
ss**^
- ^X-
dU^VcdllLi
,x-
fl
fj'
(A)
tf^'.
,,,.
Mi^j^
>
(i)
Exercise 27b.
of
(3).
(4).
We
that.
(5).
How
(6).
(7).
know
(8).
We
(9).
Do
(l).
(2).
meaning.
will prevent
them
(f.)
all
my
from [doing]
them
(f.)
The
(f.)
lessons.
(Sing. Fern,
(lO).
its
(its)
meaning?
71
Lesson 28.FVTUKE.
I.
How may we
To
distinguish Future
a prefix only
<J*
word
What do
and forms
<j*
al-mudari'
we
prefix
is
or the separate
saufa.
(j*
and Lij*
mean
may
be paraphrased as "soon."
is
now denotes
3.
^/It
2.
Time
will
swim."
>
o^?~v
'.
>
'*
^C*
"
Cr
P
7CA-**U
4.
who
concerning unbelievers
word
is
later," etc.)
This
r
'
>-
5.
What
are
AA or fatha
fatha verbs
?
x 8
damma
or kasra
*-*'
Give a few.
-
J-i
in
/-
Ji
sow
to fascinate,
<A;
c.
charm, bewitch
to transcribe (a Ms.)
or, to abrogate (supersede a law)
>
fr
to
make (manufacture)
to
pardon (forgive)
to
overcome
72
*i*a>
-:
*!.,*
xx v
7tJ*
to intercede
be useful to
to
*JU>
6.
is
quite
therefore,
"artificial,"
propose
expressions in quite
meaning
to
in actual use
common
we
it
use.
several
We
most
useful
actual
the word.
Noun
Modern meaning
a victor
indicate
to
show how
modern use of
to these verbs.
formed may be
Etymologically
of
A. or Obj.
Verb
73
Vocabulary 28.
>
to hear
an hour
PL
Jut
of
Exercise 28a.
*x
at 2bb. for
(Look
ears," will
come
cJLJI
r
rr
H
oU
5^
J!
Lesson
in
-*tti**.*
4*U JUi
coming
"
^^.^u
;
*T^"^
4jol
*^
(fern.)
thy two
48.)
e;
ti*^^H\/^^
^)
(r)
j^-ui^
"TTi
o>
(i)
j^H J]
t-
"
^r
r >^
^^
>^\>"~
<u)l
(tri j -j 2
^Ml
(o)
b^'u.
(v)
tbii j>Cai
C*
>
'
"
i^Ju
(r)
til;
(\)
'^
1
"
'
'
i VI ^I'T
(A)
Exercise 28b.
1.
2.
3.
God
4.
God
5.
Thy
ears hear a
6.
They
/.
will
come
will
to
you
after
[later on].
an hour.
His servants.
word behind
thee.
articles)
idols).
but
Put
"
few "
in fern. sing,
i.e.,
10.
The
verse
sing,
is
Neuter
fern, sing.)
was abrogated.
house,
74
what "Mood"
In
The verb
the
"Mood
What
is
in the Indicative
been conditioned
2.
is
other
Moods
are there
(a)
Subjunctive, ex.
(b)
Jussive
"In-order-to go"
it
3.
the last-mentioned
What
are these
"States."
a
Each
of
Moods
in
importance
go."
(i.e.
to us at this stage,
after the
Weak
its
The kasra
Verb).
damma and
Noun, and
may
"Go."
the
he
"that
little
called in Arabic
distinctive vowel-mark,
vowel used
is
is
will
As
Nothing has
Mood, or
Verb and
is that
for
is that
for
Subjunctive Mood.
4.
Name
Indicative
Vowel
Arabic
Name
English
Name
Vowel
Arabic
Name
75
6.
How
By
can
f-j
UtJ
Tense be negated
"He
Ex.
-
which has no
>
"
effect
what-
DUVDLS'V
V ij L V
L'i
DbS/
/.
uv
What
is
the Past
which
is
Tense called
It is
called
(al-Madi)
^I'JI
Give a
(i)
Explain and
list
to
I, 2).
illustrate the
in its
to
declension" (29
5).
reap
Exercise 29a.
^ Oj
*'j*
*>^
\2lljAi5LoJ
(r)
(r)
(o)
Exercise 29b.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Why
(4)
(5)
[prayer.
do)
sow an d
- 76Lesson 30.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
I.
we know when
to the
Moods
in
Lesson
How may
28.
memorised now.
Meaning
it
to (that)
in
order to
>
not
in
Subjunctive
Answers the
2.
(in future)
order not
lest
"
o%
particle
*,
? -
Subjunctive
'$
Particle
l'
(.
What
if
in that case
>
t
= O^>-
^.>
until
(a)
the
"to".
It
Learn
this
may
^1
\J
go) L**i!
to visit
(b)
you" (= that
means
doing) an action.
"I
U\ *>'
(or,
or simply
i.e.
J^J>'
that he
"I
wish
visit you).
The
present "not"
is
*.
jl? T''*-*!
He
>(
j'
>
does
>
not,
-
ji O^Ss
and he
will not
go
in the future".
>
it
will
not
happen
that...
77
J and
(c)
(Palmer gives
'
'
and
jJ^-J
* -'
<*
dJI
<^l
The miser
^luJ "that
'
Let
<^ ill
See Less: 32 4
^^
O^.^.*- or -^JJJ^
j4iJ
came
in
When
<j
not used.
is
(d)
!W
(lest) is
compounded
Vj J
of
The
first
>
negates
3,
that he
Conjugate
'
ji C V
>
may
ft^
O ^
it.
eat (as in
.
t^
<
V,
5-
i,
J> 5 ji
4.
U and j
in
The
etc.
Plural.
are
It
will
sufficiently
retention of the
be found that
the
numbers,
in 3rd
and 2nd
Fern.
PI.,
For further
may do
,0.01
M
1
1
as being
6.
Examples of
It
is
for
good
\
the paraphrase of
is
^^
<J
^J*J> jl
good
for you).
^*i j J *j\>- It
go = my going).
I
<j
me
for
good
is
to go.
is
(for
the
me
to
go
word used
that
in the
"
jv>*'J$
thy good").
}
""
7.
Always use J
order to"
*ar
J:
"j>
^SJ
What
(j)
as in
[^Q
(eat), or
or
is
**
J-A>-
"
to
express
"
(See
(eating).
in
2.c.)
L^ jl
and
(30
6j
7 ).
Exercise 30a.
(0
"
~>
v/l
IjJb*^) VI
(r)
(A)
(o)
Exercise 30b.
I.
wish to
have food
3.
5.
Jesus
"
6.
/.
"
9.
10.
came
2.
to eat.
"
4.
[in order] to
To
fast
is
do not wish
to (that
good
we)
visit
(Proverb).
you to-day.
(lit.
bow down
He
that he
B.
wishes to
(=
may)
visit
for you".
save man.
We
8.
"
eat.
to} God."
you always.
learn
the
phrases
at
the
head
79
EXAMINATION PAPER
A To
~x
English
*"
"
^1"^
"*
x-
30.
^1
^'
^iSuif^^V
(r)
\;\
f
B.
jpji^.-liC,
(A)
ju
(o)
(v)
7o
the writer
(1)
(2)
(f)
may
will fascinate
of Egypt.
wish
to
know
(3)
(4)
The "People
(5)
Do
(6)
(7)
This
(8)
The miser
(9)
(10)
your
wish
is
the
name
of a hook, please.
children go to school
(fern, pi.)
to visit
you
(sing:) continually.
my
Lord.
C.
Answer
these questions
(India).
Noun
(1)
(2)
forming
the
__3C
8o
Lesson
31.
2l).
Jui^
4A)
' '
'
4 are
^
T
O^
4JO
at
**
\
II |
'V r^
Jlfcl
4\)
Exercise Sib.
1.
2.
In the
To Arabic
name of God,
:
4.
5.
6.
And Mohammed
3.
is]
7.
8.
God alone.
God and His
Scriptures.
9.
10.
Is
abrogated [verse]?
God knows
(lit.
God
is
more-knowing).
81
ADVERBIAL PHRASES.
*
"
Had
been
it
Of
J>
his favour
Instead
of...
Continually
In spite of
Immediately
For example
Sometimes
Ol5 *N
4l^J /
...
UU"
Exactly
Lesson 32.
1.
Mood
It is
let
of
that
Command
"
or Jussive
It
.''
is
the
"
them go
What
29.
Let him go
her go
let
prefixed to
it.
apocopated,
(i.e.
the
nun rejected)
in the
2nd Sing.
is
then
Why
Plural also
Because
3.
retention
What happens
is
off
its
The vowel
4.
the
is
there
is
no nun, as
in 3rd
masc. sing.
majzum
or
marked by jazma
(29
4).
Mood
of
Let them
this Jussive or
Command.
(f)
go
let
them go
N.B.
they
must go
(f)
is
said to be
if
is
let
them
(2)
go
let
her go
let
him go
they must go
they
(2)
must go
she must go
he must go
5-
82
it is
the lam of
i.e.
com-
said)
? ?
^
It
Note:
Carefully distinguish
sukun, thus
then
in
May
Yes,
all.
Lesson 30 ^ and
^i
JL.)li
2c.
word "Jussive"
the
him go
let
it
which we learned
accustom the
to
When we
Better to call
it.
epigrammatic wisdom
for
we
+*>
\**
I
(second verb
is
Give
193.
common
really
the persons of
all
r^\
o
every-day one
o ^>
fi*
U.*
^
'f'~
*'\
jj
it
**
c ^-
^-
jj
t
J
r
^
'.1
it
l^4>
e
But
"-
Surely
"e
'
J (not)
is
--t
***
SYNTAX,
many;
Lesson
9.
0>
passive).
Yes,
8.
^
JW
7.
f Jj?0.
it
^
cannot mean "he did not open"
does
^l
mean
that
Learn
The
particle
not only negates the action of the verb but also converts
(In
Hebrew
c.f.
vav conversive).
o -
l*J
me =
j**->
(J ***)
^^
(c./
34
6).
83
o
B
Give
10.
II.
all
>",'(
him go out"
"let
Can
Certainly, that
is
how
it is
Remove any
derived.
an
and supply
alif
particle
vowelled
and
as
We
>.
12.
Why
the
damma
Exercise 32
damma
the Imperative.
rj>
in
9-
*.
'
J .
;liJI
take a
damma
i^^
LI
in (2) see
>
a.
^.X
N.B.
next page.
n^
<"
Jl ISU
-84
Exercise 32b.
Why
1.
2.
(present).
4.
What
5.
He
6.
always
Did the two princes understand
him
visit
am
me and you
said "Seek
'I
when he found
me"
find
his
meaning was
here'.
never understood
it.
(or,
his
at
it
all).
A SIMPLE STORY
Exercise 32c.
0> I|,^>Y-
*\ >' f
>
(I)
^ ^
he wished
see
equence of Tenses.
did not
One
know
'
el
"
^e^^^,
^ _>^V
i
^
(r)
^!i .v3& i^i
|'
'
"^
/^..^
<'
(2) who.
Lesson 36).
He
'
i|
Sr
i?f
'"*' o *v
x
..
G.
A;;
^
C 36
^ N
was wishing
-^J^
(or,
>
it
'
^
>
*-"
A*-"|.
"past continuous"
^ e
Ufci*JI
<jfc*
Lesson 33
THE PROHIBITIVE V
What
is
The
prohibitive
verb,
which
particle
la
"
do
not,"
Thus: "He
is
'
not
(f.)"
^*
called
is
^ "Go
1-^-ij,
from the
V.
-*>
Distinguish
la
This particle
carefully
it
we have shown,
they
"to knock".
_/
(f.)
ox-
f'
e -
x-
let
not knock
let
not knock
.-
i-V
do not knock
do not knock
(f.Pl)
o
let us
3.
knock not
(PI.)
(f.)
not knock
t,
(hardly necessary)
are the
plural of the
Let no-one
"^
4.
Is
first
person.
a particle
which
is
know
>
\)
JU
>
There
is
There
is
no
<^
In
what case
(a)
Always
is
<
dJJi
noun negated by
the
in the
Accusative
will
now show
moods by means
three side
by
(b)
We
Id
we have
at the
beginning.
l>
SJ
we learned
the similarity
<j*
of a comparative table.
side
*J 4J
6.
-*>
existence in totality.
strength
i^'/^i
but in God.
5.
knock (m).
don't
"
method
e t
(
'-
ir
>
I-
f
i
art
Exercise S3a.
.*
JT
>
^
l5
if vi i j
iLkcA V
LX V
(r)
!>>"V
(r)
(A)
Exercise 33b.
-I.
Let them
^TTZ^
to the city.
go
3.
4.
Do
5.
They do
not
6.
There
is
7.
There
is
8.
No harm
2.
to
know
you
O my
mother!
everything.
Cheer up
).
in
God.
Lesson 34.
1.
2.
To
(1)
To
(2)
(3)
To
his.
i.e.
14-15).
Show how
y^^
he struck her.
from
the preposition ^
(or,
some
united to
of) is
>
from them
(f.)
from him
from her
dL
from thee
(f.)
from thee
(f.)
from thee(m.)
b,
from us
4.
What
is
The
preposition
and
the
first
me
from
noticeable here
nun between
it
This nun, which in this case is rep^1 S& and, from me L^.
resented by the shadda, is called the "nun of precaution."
5.
Is this true
Yes
they end in
if
or before,
6.
Does
and
<j
as for
example
(away from,
damma:
7.
or, off
j-ll
from).
Yes
pi.
thus <J
arfcfe
t*.
wan and
homogeneous
ye struck me).
to the affixed
Dual
Plural
O.
past
becoming
pronouns.
Singular
4)
'
1[
d,-r
S
L,
J.
--.'
8.
In
which person
is
88
made
a change
kum
etc,
<J
lu.
Where does
It
same way.
dU
U<1
the shadda
come from
dL
^
(in the 1st Sing.)
prolongation.
mu allim (teacher)
When we wish to
c
of
Accusative
the
nun of
we
in the
say
"
my
teachers
or
Jjl*
rf
How
(s)
>
means
in the Accusative.
whether Nom.
or
removal of
to
Mifallimiya.
the.
(o>
pronoun
-^
written as
sns
me
do we prefix
ala
the plural
^dJU
two hands
beside
12.
**
my
a letter of
II.
"
is
<jy^**
j^i*
of <J
on, or
and
upon and
means
to,
is
at.
2JLI
Ul
-89
INJSlA.
upon the
y^o^ and
in
i.e.
:)
is
'
o
As though
But
I,
thou
s"*?\<*4
'"''if
w
u !<
he, you... J
>
That
...
she
he,
tiljl
...
<>
...
*
JjJ
Because
he, they... *
*,
After studying Lessons on Syntax 151200 (and " thinking orientally ")
the above will become clearer.
The words that, because etc. are useful
for our exercises now.
Exercise 34a.
(v)
o
x'
"<..
>
*'
IS"
(r)
Exercise 34b1.
My
sins were
3.
4.
Why
5-
2.
come
me from
6.
They
did not
/.
They
(f.)
8.
9.
10.
took
it
to
my
me.
Truly she
is
a pious
woman.
entering
hands.
thee a thing.)
go
Lesson 35.
1.
What
THE PASSIVE.
sitive
2.
we
l-^i
e.g.,
if
He
tran-
is
>
killed her,
We
Transitive verbs,
"
killed.
damma
damma
"
first
instead of fatha
3.
How
thus
he was killed.
^jlJ
The
first
''
. '.
he translated
if
the earth
verbs,
the
it.
is
shaken.
distinction
translated",
J^^i\
and
the
(In
tell
much used
was
of
in
is
>
"it
'**j
'}
quadriliteral
Active
unvowelled newspapers,
etc.,
lies
the
as in English, for
it
is
more usual
72)
to
with a
passive signification).
4.
&
5.
Form
We
etc.
->
damma and
to
)'>
the penultimate radical a fat-ha, thus
*-+*^l
it
will
be
or, is
written.
*i>
he will be killed;
Change,
In
is
the
damma
over the
ya.
sentence
is really
Give the
full
7.
Can
Yes;
formed
>
let
him be killed
*
t
Also with
if
the
ambiguous.
>
J*y
damma
Pres-Future Passive.
a Passive Jussive be
'*
initial
?
-
OJ
'j**AJ etc.
This
he was not
killed.
is
quite usual
r *
we say J*^
to write (35
(2)
(35
Exercise 35 a.
&
of the
same
4).
6).
b.
CACT
:i
(v)
b" -i;
5*
(r)
(A)
(1)
They
(2)
In order that
(3)
Was
(4)
(5)
The door
(6)
(7)
Was
(8)
will
the
be-shown-mercy
I
may
owner of
is
forgiven).
written in Arabic.
open.
owner ( f) of
Yes, she was killed.
the
(i.e.
(ministered to;
Lesson 36.
NEGATIVE OF
1.
"TO BE".
Is there a
means
laisa,
(j-jJ
"it-is-not," or "he-is-not," or
Can
it
be declined
which we learned
I
Lesson
32.
Write
it
in full.
(j~j
--
^u
may mean
How
By
"it-is-not" or "there-is-not," in
meaning
more personal
limited to a
is
negative.
4.
in
could
we express
prefixing
"he-was-not,"
suktiri).
etc.
To
Remember
Be.
to the
meaning
5.
Example
always
u J
he did not
>
or
we
>
i.e.,
<
he
>
is
.
eat.
>
*.*
>
Lesson 24
Notice the
4,
wau and
the
damma
J^-5
in the
and the
above
letter
wau.
pres-fut. tense.
93
6.
be
will
this
7.
nun
If
'f
Suffice
115).
then
when we come
studied
fully
wau
the
it
falls
jazm (apocopation)
this case
in
upon the
disappears,
write out
But
is it
Jy^ Ju
What
is
leaving
its
Why
is
Because
(to
Yes, that
is
md and
an alternative way.
The Predicate
10.
when
final radical
to the
8.
not, etc.)
,C 'f
Note that
was
J (he
of laisa
always manub.
is
is
(Sisters of
Here revise 24
(Lesson 34
as kdna.
Thy brother
is
not sick
Akhawdt inna
is
sick
Akhawdt inna
But he
sick
is
^f
Akhawdt inna
As though she
[were] sick
Akhawdt kana
She is not sick
Akhawdt inna + akhawdt
But he
is
not sick
*- J
94
Self Test 36.
2.
I.
3).
6).
Exercise 36a.
on
p. 97).
'
(0
**
'
l)
J"
f ^J
(r)
(r)
.>
<u!
"X
.
>X
LJ'
^>R
'*
^* J*
'
jV
(t)
1?
Jl
(o)
'.'.'
t>
'
(.
Exercise 36b.
1.
2.
3.
Why
4.
5.
Was
6.
was he not
she not
8.
10.
ill.
yesterday ?
the
boy did not attend (or, was not present)
Yes, and
yesterday, and will not attend tomorrow.
Where
9.
ill
7.
there to-day
is
his brother
is
Is
he sick also
some
of the
They have
And
95
Lesson 37.
OTHER TENSES.
I.
combining
(a)
+*3
Thus we say
he went.
he has gone.
(b)
(c)
'
>
*-*
(d)
\S
<1A'
"
to go.
'
''>
*-**^ -^ JjSsi
(e)
2.
(or states)?
The
particle
tense
gives
it
I^IO
3.
How
is
Ox-
jJ
is
prefixing
JO
to translate
by
itself).
?
e
>^
By
it
the
J&
is
that
Both
He
They
had gone
"?
(f.)
You
(m.)
You
(f.)
We
4.
"-./. .^
Thou(f.),,
had gone
*~
sT^
God used
to
do".
"What
is a
the Apostle
>\
96
'.-
ju
he used to say
J*
jw
he used
to do.
to
do
(J ji.i> 'j> IS
97
Vocabulary 37.
**
Vi
*
from to-day
since the beginning
from the
first
fore-noon
after-noon
Exercise 37a.
v)
or ij~*
%
\
i
--
98
Lesson 38.
THE SIX FORMS
I.
Is
No:
early as Lesson 3
(See also 23
some
2.
of
What
There are
6).
w^J
we introduced
six actual
forms
its
the present-future
it
sible.
Three of
may
first
and
last not
may
these, however,
3x3=9
middle
its
theoretically pos-
The
open
to succour
D4
to serve
>J
to
learn
will
vowel,
to
we
them now.
As
'&
>
be generous
Non-existent
;
i
'>
5*.
3-
&
y>
Non-existent
to
understand
rf
to consider
3.
How
can one
This
is
this
little
tell
[Hs
which of the
perplexing at
six
first,
o^
>
Some
lexicons print
it
in
99
xOx
to
open
to
open
(Others, again)
to
full,
thus
jcli
** **
The
point
open
whether Al-Mudari*
is,
lexicons, or a fatha, or an
s
viz.,
shown
A>x
formed from
the Past
4.
is
always
Take another
^^
triliteral
root of jamila
find
is
a verb
it
Damma Damma
None
is
It
may be
a verb
J>-
(with
damma) must
take
damma
pretty".
now
be easy
>
to be difficult
5.
What
will
verbs
More examples
be generous
to
be rough
?
in
each case, a
clear
to "forms", can
to
of
in
>*
to lesson 26
guttural or ha
shown
as
The importance
Turn back
It
new
of all
hardly be over-emphasized).
to
all
classification
and
case "to be
in this
(Now
Lesson 26
else,
in the Pres.-Fut.
for this
in
in the Present.
What
distinction at once).
see at a
>^^x^x
to the class of
and damma
You can
You
J-.>-
belongs
it
meaning
some
as in
full,
that
given in
4^>-
example.
the
is
X-
c**
and
in full),
a,
tli
100
6.
o * and
Note on
mean
of doubt).
is
is
'S'^
~*
in
not an
is
used
shade
Continue revision
Recapitulation.
Lesson
42,
of
From
previous lessons.
What vowel
the Imperfect
in
expressing qualities
2.
What
(38
(Muddri)
is
taken by verbs
4).
(26
and 38
5).
Exercise 38a.
yi\
;.
(Y)
(r)
(A)
*
JU>
(i)
J
Exercise 38.
matter
difficult for
1.
Is this
2.
The matter
3.
[It is]
4.
And
5.
6.
The
is
on the pupil
price of
books
yesterday.
8.
9.
God
7.
10.
We
is
i.e.
bv night.
good
deal.
by earthquake.
(o)
101
Lesson 39.
THE SIX CLASSES (Contd).
-*
>'*;
I.
What
verbs take
J*i J*
*'
Verbs
y*^ S A}
like
are a very
ar S e class.
':
^-**J,
"
y*
>
They
to succour, or
*-
>
and
(b)
"verbs of motion"
Examples of
(a) Transitive
>
J^
'^
Jso to enter.
>*'
to create
to enter,
to kill
to
go out
to
run
to
bow down
V-
'<-
-.>0 w^-.-J
to write
consist
'
go
in
to see
(in
2.
worship)
to sit
Give
verbs
of
examples
present).
down
(fatha in past, kasra in
classified,
..
to
sit,
or
sit
down
A^
in
2,
learn
>'
shew mercy
to
Examples
to
understand
know
when you
'
'
to
know
to
to take captive
Give examples of
As
to bear, carry
to strike
Examples
'
^.
but the
r**-
-.
to
hear
to bear witness,
r/
testify
>\*' -i-
f*
to
keep
-V
102
.....
4.
Are there 7
Only a few.
verbs
;r
The
mentioned
first
To
sound verbs.
The student
consider, or estimate
will gather
'
Ji
***>
^-*~^;
of this
examples
example from
the only
is
To
inherit
and
the
alone, a kasra
is
The
is
fifth
case
open
written,
pronounce
'
.
from
course,
tlj
listen
is
**-*J
expresses
it
no imperative needed.
"
derived
its
and as
to be generous,
j**m f j*
There are, of
to
kasra.
is
Imperative
with a
vowel supplied
e.g.
act
that in
every
forms,
generously").
>
The
one
last
'*
and
damma.
6.
'
>
j**+i j~&
worship
come
in
it
will be seen
part of the
get out
is
to
>^
'
them
"to
to
certain
Arabic verbs
take special
bow down"
worship
is
(serve)
is
but
thus 5^
...
Ja**
to
Thus,
bow down
He worshipped God.
-X>***
i.e.,
"
he
left.
after
prepositions
to
means
J?***
"
anyone,
Similarly Jj*
W* he heard
him
(ty
*JI
"
^>
he listened to him.
(J
he brought
(lit.
came with)
her.
i.e.,
103
7.
NOTE
also
Vocab.
to
become
39
Passive by
He
decided
>
He arrested
the thieves
Vocabulary
to
W'
SWh^}
upon a matter
^Lfc
//
jfr
by
was brought
^'jl
was deci
Decided u P n
01"
were arrested
to bring (a thing)
come
to prohibit a thing
to bring
to listen to
to grant to
to
doubt concerning
to trust in
to
be able
(i.e.,
with)
to attack
upon
Exercise 39 a.
"'l>
4jol
l/
bJUftl
v)
'^T
j-4tl
(A)
--
X-
Exercise 39b.
1.
We testify
2.
Who
3.
He
4.
is
to you.
the sorceress
7.
Serve
God
8.
"God
is
9.
to.
6.
10.
to
alone
him.
Get out
God
at
and
Him...."
once!
preserve you
(salutation).
not".
a spirit,
who worship
5.
..
wa*5
^^*Vfr
worship
to decide
may
preposition
preposition.
>
39.
transitive
"
means of the same" retained
they-
104
Lesson 40.
Conversation
04)
Exercise.
colloquial dialogue.
I.
(2)
left.
idiomatic meaning of single phrases, rather than single words and then, as soon
as possible, drop the use of transliteration and also of the literal word-by-word
rendering (which
The
is
(3)
Read
aloud.
(4)
>.*'
Q"
-JjU,
mubarak,
blessed,
Well
bni ya
0- my -son
haluk? Kaifa
al-hamdu-lillah. Taiyib,
praise -be -to- God.
Naharuk
sa'id,
boy.
J*
'alaik
abadan
al-haqq
You
are wrong.
la
No. never
|
v L^v
baqaratak li tabl'a an turid Hal
thy
No, never.
cow
to
Do you
wish to
sell,
sell
me
your cow
C,
W"
as-salima ma'
with safety
'alaina
ma
Nothing against us
Al-Haqq
against me
'1-an 'alaiya
The
right's
now
I'm wrong
Never mind
Goodbye
Revision of the Six Classes, Lessons 38, 39.
!
Passive Pres.
Passive Past
Imperative
this
time
Imperfect
Sahih
True,
True,
Perfect
EXAMINATION PAPER
(B).
40.
N.B.
I.
IDS
Copy
I.
Give examples of
2.
What
is
..'. ...... ^.
verbs.
come
in"
Give
Translate
II.
(b) alif
maqsnra.
Arabic:
to
1.
Why
2.
They
will
3.
Why
wast thou
have
left
(f)
5.
6.
/.
8.
There
4.
III.
marbuta or
am wrong
is
son).
nothing
in
my
Translate to English
hands.
(r)
'
(0
OJT
'>
jTIlf 'jrlill
jj
(v)
(A)
N.B.
Please space out your lesson hours to as to allow for Revision of earlier lessons.
io6
Lesson
41.
...
i^ V
<
jYf
e>"
,Qf
dlj *;^r
C3 'c^
"
-^
Vf J C*
tf
'r
if r.
:i"
v/
tf
1 C /^
'
"
The Rules
tf '
."
1.
2.
La tana'
wa
uratan-ma (pron.
la
6.
tasriq.
literally translated.
[am] the Lord thy God... there shall not be to thee other gods
in front of
2.
Do
not
of
what
Me.
make
to thee
[is] in the
[is]
in the water
3.
not
because
the
Lord
for the
6-
Kill not
7.
Commit not
adultery
8.
Steal not
Lesson 42.
1.
2.
GENDER.
4260.
Remember
that the
How many
noun includes
(a)
there
(c)
etc.
no Neuter Gender
is
Adjective,
in
Arabic,
its
place
7 note). There
are,
and
1st
upon as
4.
Rel.
(incl.
How
i.e.,
may be looked
Common
Gender.
'
The Masculine
is
called
<
Mudhakkar
^*
the Feminine
is
form
mim
the
word following
it
is
is
What words
are
Feminine
(i)
&
Jai>
(i.e.
meaning).
Fern,
(ii)
latter first.
by
Fern,
by
(i.e.
by
<_->
Words feminine by
>
(a)
Names of women
Exs.
oU
'A'isha
(or
M's
Ayesha,
- t ^
favourite
(b)
UJ*U
(his
sister,
(c)
wife)
mother,
Names
JU*
daughter)
r'Ji
'il*
etc.
^
be
female appellatives
>-
daughter,
pregnant;
Exs.
'
^>-
*
'
etc.
'$'''**'
*''**>
oJxyJi j-e* (Dear)
Tunis;
LJo j
Egypt
J^'^
<U^J1
Algiers;
lil
4$^
Mecca
(the honoured).
(Damascus, or Syria).
io8
^
A> o
(d)
Exs.
eye
(or,
spring of
A>
water);
foot)
(or,
6.
^3
shoulder
arm
pjji
oil or
<ji
Ji
ear;
hand;
leg
j-j
*iJ foot.
(a)
neuter),
we speak
of
<&jl>-
immortal
<j*y
souls,
(i.e.
The names
(b)
etc
(c)
There
also a
is
words said
of about thirty
list
war S-Mi^l
Which
(a)
UO
is
o''
* .<*
c-> .i^M ,p>j
earth
word;
by Termination"
o
<>
vowel
j>-
a picture;
titles,
i.e.,
*U
grandeur;
J+*
desert;
Those ending in
Khalif (Caliph).
^^
as
red;
^'j->-
*'j-X^ a virgin
*Mi|
(adj.) white.
^X
>
_$^>-
most
beautiful
(female)
jj^
remembrance;
^>
Salma
*^^-}
(^.
x8x
Exs.
to
(c)
i*^
men happen
of
x* "
(b)
as <>*U*
The word
o^
garden;
end
wine
A>^
/V>^
(c./.
fire.
jl
Exs.
a chapter;
Sjj-*
j wind;
words ending in
all
*>
Masculine)
are "Feminine
Almost
.'>
I-
the present
"jU
^^
be
to
fever;
Jj'
(adj.) first
c5
($ i
J,
Jo
greater
(f).
8.
What
It
is
needs no feminine, as
-
but
of
it
stands, for
a vague expression
it is
<.
?-\
(in
J>lj
Construction) one
of... (c.f.
ig
(one, adj.)
The
in construction.
>'
-X>
feminine of
is
"
L-^
thus:
*
,-
One
of the girls
One
of
them (masc.)
>-*>-
(About Damascus
Exercise 42a.
One
t^~J\
of the ladies,
s*
J-.~
'
s*
them
of
sf
(r)
A
o
3*
I'
>iiM
(0
(.)
J*
(-)
^^ 5^
(v)
Vj)
cisr
r A)
Exercise 42b.
1.
My
2.
Where
3.
Is
4.
It is
daughter wishes
has seen its picture.
little
it
is
Damascus
like Cairo
5.
7.
The Khalifa
8.
It is
in
Syria
(lit.
Country of Syria).
6.
in
to visit
intense there.
is
The
desert
is
yellow.
i.e.
Damascus.
How was
that
his city,
no
Lesson 43.
1.
add
is to
to
but of course
it,
rule
"^
So from
from
we
doctor)
loquially,
2.
Can
this rule
Certainly
as
lj^
able
(f.);
be applied to (what we
<-*^
big(f.);
4**lj*
sick
3.
there
:
it is
>
^JL*L
ilyuu
?
'*s*
o*
So ylUNl
(f.)
(or, col-
greater,
the greatest
^s 1
jy
Feminine of
X
Yes
wise
and from
Si^Jt
are
(f.)
>
Is
(f.)
and
'^x
Adjectives
call)
we must
*-[* queen
^^
from
learnt
good
get
<UjU and
Note also
4JL-.U
we have already
lady-doctor;
4*:^*"
physician, doctor
we
vilL.
4+J prophetess
get
**
it ?
(j&
greater and
c^
makes
the smallest
first
4.
(f.)and
What
is
(f.)
j'
that
!Jj>Sfl
the
the
to the
examples given
Masculines
are
is
preceded by
once be recognized.
the form
^y.**
first
(m,)
common
Firstly,
and
that
alif,
all
59)
in
makes jjSfl
(f.)
See Lesson
59.
the
is
J*i
may
all
not at
upon
is,
maqura
is
affixed.
a I
5.
Is
'
J*
Thus
>^
.*>
'
>-"
red,
<5jj'
^o^
blue,
'
-- III
^
The feminine
blind.
we
& j***
that
is,
is
o^
^>
on the form
red;
The madda
(Lesson 58 :4b.)
6.
is
is
Common Gender
blue:
*Ujj
*^*
*\
Thus
blind etc.
nouns
we say they
so that
condition
state,
C->
r-
finger
a.>
"E.G
*>
way
road,
Exercise 43 a.
Tf*>
-*
JU.
Exercise 43b.
1.
Do you
2.
3.
Fatima
4.
The owners
(f.)
know
is
is
is
little girl
of the largest
6.
but 'A'isha
the smallest
is
girl.
girl.
stores
Son.
better,
L)J^
stores
more beautiful
owners
introduction (to a book)
premise
(in logic)
112
Lesson 44.
1.
How many
Three:
How
for things
2.
NUMBER.
which are
in pairs
is
usually
by adding a special
by breaking up the word and
more servile (i.e. weak or "servant") letters
(a)
introducing one or
among
its
radicals.
in English, (a)
(Compare,
adding
s to
boy,
animate beings
the second
is
for
and
is
and
is
one of the
may be "broken"
in
many
We
Arabic study.
difficult sections of
different ways,
shall
Lesson
3.
Nouns
Plurals of Derived
49.
in
Lessons 62
6/.
THE RULE.
From
endings, tanwin,
etc.
the singular
for
Nominative
the
Case, or
Example
<j* ina,
peasant
-> and
is
3 '
0^^
accusative
>
plural
*1
'
peasants (nom)
(evangelist) forms
j~*
Similarly
ijjj~* and
i/
4.
and
(jr
^^*
jj}*->
and
and
also
./
+>(
its
nom.
*>
j^j* (mis-
jfOU^
&
j&5
Is this distinction of
of the Plural
Similarly
O^
is
it
is,
*
*
'{'**.
*"'*
-~ A *
\->
-*
H3
5.
But
in
What
It
is this
we
by PL, so
to
In
change
to the
single-?-
accusative
when
is
word "Plural"
quoted;
it
is
word preceding
quite easy
all
plural of the
7.
represent the
is
plural
Arabic we use
in
7).
r-
an
is
sign
is
it).
the
it.
Use two
or
three pages for "Regular Masculine Plural", and give the three
columns.
Meaning
Plural
^
An
Singular
&'
aviator
peddlar
A pickpocket
A
An
teacher
inspector
worker
Absent
Entering
Leaving
Defeated
'.
Useful
winner
>
by
\*
114
Exercise 44a.
pV'l-i
<j
*j
(r)
L.j
Exercise 44b.
J.
2.
But
3.
4.
Some
many
of
them were
killed.
is killed.
the inspectors.
5.
Not
all
("Entering"
is
governed
in
Accusative Case by
but,
laisa,
Many
One of
of
them are
the ladies
is
quiet
and doing
living
as
their work.
among them
for she
is
a doctor^
woman.
8.
g.
Her work
Condition),
is
honourable, in
any case
(lit.
upon every
us
Lesson 45.
1.
How
MASC. PL.
To do
we
this,
first
in
of course,
is,
Examples
affix.
in
wau
or ya, while
This applies
in the Genitive.
A^jJUi >4**
*+
in the case of
3.
When
is
"
always used
(for
(c.f.
carefully 34:10-12).
ending
be used
Mohammeds.
(as
c.f.
4'
few
Examples
and
in
if
is
used when
namesakes)
ends
in
the feminine
from
the verbs, -
if
they can
make
their
from
j^L~,
n't.
real, original
(i.e.
*J\& an oppressor;
*
do),
Participles derived
feminine
*>
(b)
euphony);
placed over,
is
<jj.U>*j! the
'
and a shadda
speaking of three or
,",
(a)
If,
''\.\*
>\'>
*
OJT9 * o^+i**
"my teachers
*pjJj**A ijJ>-
as in
J^.i*
<J^.*t^
O
The
J^f** j**i
What happens
t.
2.
a pro-
be a substantive or
nominal
Construction
<
>.
,.L~.
*a Moslem;
*>
'
O^**^*
participles of the
believers;
>
iJjJtk from
-\
Oj+>^* *smners.
in
Lesson
76-
116
(c)
is
-~i -A***
Other examples
preceded by a kasra).
Syrians
Syrian
Chinese
Chinese
Ja panese
Jap
Christians
Christian
last
word
|"
is
'
>
The
a ya and a
the Messiah. In
'
and two
(d)
Certain Intensive
(e)
to
Forms
"
denote
Superlatives
7-
more excellent
-r
the
J^-*
Jl5
a pickpocket.
These take
A>
is
very similar.
^>l
is
and
their Plural in
i.e.
professional
one whoisalways-snatching,
saint, takes
always-hawking-for-sale,
<-K*i
always-flying
is
Ljij
4.
who
who
i.e.
&U
>
\j j~*\
<j
and
<j\^
and
(j\~
rule. (But,
J^
no
'
for one
aviator, then
i.e.
used of one
!*
greatest
word
written,
to
show
special meaning).
worlds
(in
universe
Quran)
sons, children
son
T-
J^*
year
years
N.B.
The word
<~*
noun
a feminine
is
form), so
(in
often
^ \"^
j--*
->..
pi.
(46:3).
Exercise 45a.
T J>-
(r)
/
(r)
'
'
>
jV
/,/
*L~*
-x^
^* J
1
r
b
;
'
<rr
*.rr\f
l^'J V
'cjjjO
x
i,f
4ft!
>.
>
JjU J 'j^^^
i
J^-
".
4
i/L
"
Jj
>
if
)!
(n)
'
V)
.'
2
cr
*!
Exercise 45b.
1.
2.
The
of
the Believers
(true) believers in
4.
$.
to the Chinese.
6.
Do
fellaheen
of
not
insult the
Egypt
8.
Go out in
Some of
Q.
The children
7.
are
my
the
3.
ft.e.
out.
(peasants)
for
I).
the
fellahin
teachers.
went out of it
at the
nS
Lesson 46.
I.
How
The
is
the Regular
feminine
regular
C>'
crrfote
if
no
ex.
Fern.
OOj*-
pi.
Which words
Almost
(a)
at for the
a vowel,
^j*"
C>^
^^
for
but
it
is
the other
two
2.
Ol
*>^
substitutes
plural
fj
or
FEM. PL.
Note
II
all
words ending
-l
fern:
r-
4..U*
by adding
o^X*
takes
Fern. PI.
1^.
*-
'^\''^
'^ .,
*,
:/).
fern
(Revise 42
its
OUl**
Teachers
by construction) of
OuJi
o
in
a masculine, forming
'
its
article or
Ol^\
Many
<-
Believers
^-
Ou>.
Garden (Paradise)
'*
Verse
(of
~-
r-
Oui
Language
Some words
The
(c)
(d)
alif
ending in
maqsura
Proper names
is
women
(if
*^*>k
<
written as a
of
iij
5i!
7IS
A>
(b)
A;^
^x^
OM
Quran)
//a,
fever.
c*-*-*"
forming yat-un.
real Arabic)
Zeinab
OuLj r ^i
Fatima
C*LJli
/ew;
7-
PI. is
gentleman; Mr.
i*
stable
i.L>U
^
CA>lj>-
*>-\
7-
O^^iC
j>-
pasha (Turkish)
7-
LiC
H9 ~
A few
(e)
names
3.
names
of the
Yes
make
the following
months
etc.
in
sister
Words ending
adding
mother
year
,.
If
verbaljiouns, the
e. g.
heaven
4.
altered
is it
when taking
5.
Can
when
it
chamber
blow
UU
darkness
a village
noun be placed
a fern. plu.
Yes
in construction
is
made
is
to
called
the
in
or,
J>l%
6.
of
company
or
the
king's
sisters,"
is
dUuifCil^'lg
,' *
(OliJl) C^ j>-Nl %
Vocabulary
*
^
1 he
mother of the
46.
words given
in this
and
previous lessons.
meaning must
all
sisters, of the
be learned together
"
in
Self-Test 45.
'
>
Principal
Oll>
<-xjj ^^-i-O
>
*>
^j
director
*
I
(Explanation
A>
Sj'^ f Jt^
(l)
Write
out,
masc.
pi.
later).
pi.
noun as
l).
(45
3)
(45
4).
120
Self -Test 46.
If
construction)
fern.
plu.
what happens
Exercise 46a.
"
'*
to
it ?
(46
-
.*
OUJ ^ jAT jl
!U!
"
r^if
OuJl
~"
'''
4~jJi
5).
'
>
^
/
" -
r.
jJiSr <>
x*
? /
c*Uyj ^-jur
^^-^
(Y)
(v
'
of>&!$
^
i^u. /jl
-'d
^^3^1^'^-^'^^
(v)
**^
4A) l
J^<JI5
SO^P
j j^\
CJW^-AI ^JJ>a*
(A)
Jix
Exercise 46b.
1.
2.
at
the
Languages
"
(The verb taught", being Conj.
II,
is
avoided here).
The
4.
5.
6.
The
3.
7.
8.
9.
10.
girls' school.
little girls.
[absent.
(f.)
are
few blows,
121
Lesson 47.
1.
What
It is
is
the Dual
pair, or a couple.
and
2.
Number
DUAL.
How
to
is
The Dual
is
common
to all Semitic
General Rule
add
it
is
Nominative Case.
will
end
dropped, as there
What happens
Rule for
if
is
For example
no tanwin whatever
the noun
is in
4.
in jll
oj
a daughter,
two daughters.
3.
languages
Greek.
in the
Dual.
to the Singular to
add^jv
form
F,
Nominative
two men
one
man
two women
one
woman
one
man
one
woman
>
M. Accusative
F,
Accusative
wo men
->
two women
M. Oblique
with two
men
with one
man
'->
F.
5.
Oblique
with two
women
with one
^short vocabulary
woman
"
two nations
two languages
<j
(.
XX
two masters
two days
two nights
(jl
two months
two years
<j\
jll.
122
6.
Is there
Yes
Affixed Pronoun
Separate Pronoun
&
e*
e*
(Al-Madi)
e*
Uli
Nom
Al-Mudari' of Verb.
''
Verb
Noun
of
of Agent.
throughout,
and also
that the
between
difference
the
to the separate
7.
What
This
is
is
lated.
means "then,
frequently preceded by
matter
Example
of..."
V*
in our exeicise
him hear"
let
8.
It is
is
the
word
word which
used
in the
titles.
of
(See 32:4). ^J
<J*Vlj'
iUi
fi^>J
-
him
y&>
literally
|f*'
Whaf
transis
--
"As
a conjunctive particle
jk^Jxli
J^
".
it is
always
iv
we say
politely
but
pc-JL!l
if
Similarly
we wish
to
speak
we never say
to a
-.x
gentleman
to
J^>
English we had
pronunciation of
it)
better
render
presence. In translation
"
Hadratak
by "thou" or "you".
"
(colloquial
123
6.
Why
is
name
titles
as
State.
X-
greatness-of the-Sultan-of
/xx>
A more
rendered
is
)
"The-
as antecedents
J/z's
formed by placing
is
Exercise 47 a.
.
l'^
^>
"
.
l
li
(t)
;,x
>
;i
21JS [jjj
x.
"
(r)
X. * X
I.*I>1
olo
A!
B '
/\
0<
(t)
()
,4
(-\)
(v)
Exercise 47 b-
$.
6.
The language
I.
I.
3.
4.
/.
8.
is
(i.e.
high) Ministers.
in
124
How
To
is
noun
in the
place a Dual
the nun.
Dual placed
Noun
Example
in construction
as
is
$j)lj
we remove
"two parents",
o
is
in construction as antecedent
QN)
>
v-^T
<J
!j!l}
jT^II
is
write to
>
your parents.
2.
marking the
of the
Dual
after
part of the
<j'
definite.
The
walida-1-walad.
is
or
accusative
would
oblique
be
walidai-1-walad.
3.
*.*
L~ s
f"
out of the
Harm
"
Why
in this sentence ?
^iil
Because before wasla the sukun has to be replaced by a vowel
is
(here kasra) to
4.
possible.
(Revise 12:
that
Two
Thus:
virgins
Two
5.
make pronunciation
What
alif
The
is
done
(nom.)
deserts
o*yj***0 and
in the case of
thus
^i
Similarly
writes
writes
radical must
is
rhangecl
$**&
be restored
in
()\+&*
its
dual
two
staffs.
two fevers
jj^e-
into wau.
^y
Ua& a
*-
j!jTjJ
hamza
e
the
\\
12).
(c.f.
.*>.
a fever, restores
Jul*
wau, and
its
ya and
2 b.)
125
*>
6.
What happens
to ^L*
and
a father,
a brother
r-\
defective,
*"
>
/*"
wau,
a final
Two
fathers
jp*- )
<jiy
u^J
used like
to
which has
to be restored,
mean
7.
Is
c.f.
46
3 for plural
of "sister".
Pronoun
"They two"
f**
l*Z
is
At
What
this
in full:
Singular, Dual,
Common
These are
I'*.*
and UST
Common
both
Gender.
Gender.
Exercise 48a.
>
oV;^
/j*^" jif
*"*f*
j9
*"*
^
-
6
'.'
A)
*r
^ /
--
>*
.*
it
'
^ r>
It I*
>
II
(jlkLJl
(0
^ '*"$.
**
t.
AjaJ
^ jujT^'uLli U
Exerciser.
**
3.
\J
^.J
x-
2.
'
-<
0)
st,
1.
two
o\'j>-
brothers,
54:2).
(c.f.
sick
**
(\)
(y)
one of them
is
virtuous,
and
About
because
5.
6.
two ministers.
Has His Highness the Sultan a son
The two sons of the Sultan are big.
7.
one of them
the
ligent
that,
is
intel-
He
126
BROKEN PLURAL.
Lesson 49.
Nouns not taking
1.
2.
Why
".
plural
this
name
What
They
servile letters.
in
"
>-
ll**dC*
x
"you asked me for her"; jj^s, being the 2nd Person Plur.
Past with the nun of precaution and the ya showing the object
me. Not all these letters will be used in Broken Plurals, others
will be
used
to
How many
Over
thirty,
for this
4.
May
different forms of
More
and also
72-95).
double lesson.
62, 63)
will
Two
at a time.
come
in
will suffice
Lessons
6467.
5.
"
Plurals of Paucity
"
i.e.,
in
they
number
may
be
(3-10).
How
does
The word
on
its
first
^j^
/jS being
middle
two
letter takes a
letters
wdu
and having
in the plural
Approximate Rule
this
sukun
"Nouns
a triliteral noun
for Plural
Using the
>
else
on the form
j(*>
This
is
it.
7.
127
Meaning
Plural
Meaning
Singular
Singular
sins
lessons
Ui
hearts
plates
houses
stars
money
letters
months
wars
; >
souls
kings
breasts
robbers
To
N. B.
Large-Hand Form
8.
may go
What do we
learn from
J,
all
may go
Jj*i
any remarks
That not
o-)
at the foot or
be omitted.
the
and conversely
is
it
jji have
in
L|
singular in
l*i
take a plural in
page while
vilU
7-
iJjL*
note-book the
Many
take
JUi
Lesson 50.
(In continuation of the subject).
1.
Of what nouns
The
Jlii
the plural-form
before
its
is
second
letter.
and
Give examples of
J*>
an
takes an alif-hamza
alif of
prolongation after
2.
inserts
)Ui
l[JU*
thoughts
rivers
works
verses of poetry
J-
tribes (Israel)
forms, diagrams
burdens,
times
loads
verbs,
flowers
deeds
papers,
pens
children
wealth
acts
gates
conditions
states
friends
nobles
3.
days
Why
in the first
"
their
>V^
ft
**
etc.,
their plural
Keep
The memorising
Why
little
to require longer
at
grammar
was
originally a wau.
difficult
asterisk
to
follow at
first
glance.
alif
which
show
a curious ten-
re-appears, followed
the singular
rules,
words quickly.
what
than
A>
three
to
of
list
marked with an
The
dency
some lessons
will
Also,
words given
of all the
_j
by
takes
To
case of
J^J amwdL
wau
the
^y
129
reverts to ya
Thus we have
Put the new first alif and the new intermediate alif and you
**\
v *'\
have *L_> I. But the two ya's coalesce and so we get A> days.
1
5.
will interest
It
considerable
to
supposed
now made
that he has
"
towards grasping
progress
"
f*
know
the student to
broken
difficult parts of
The-tongue-of-the-angels."
,e
plurals,"
e
-*
at
a time
x-
i^li
llv.-i
')**>'
Exercise 50a.
\' >
J^LM j ^
fJjLJI
is
most important.
'*
^NV
f ClO
o^.* j, j r
(Royal Children).
-
This
bit)
j j^ j j,
^j
ttl>ti>Vf*\
^v j j*
^e'
~j *
iyii
"
(\
/
(r
/L.V JlXil
ff
j,*
'
'
ui;V
d/ji ^i v
ti-j u jiki 3
ji<_i
>
.(t)
Exercise 50.
1.
Do
their teachers
2.
3.
They
And
their
two banks
(sides) are
many
which are
rivers,
and on
(i.e.
the
like our
children.
5.
Who
the nobles.
all
from [among]
130
EXAMINATION PAPER
50.
(l)
"
this one,"
darkness,
work, a star.
(2)
(3)
II.
a pupil,
To English
lul
^
Jb
jl
^h\
'
irl^I
oUS
(r)
(t)
(v)
^
III.
(A)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(l)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(f)
you
your parents.
N. B.
to
A.
Papers
etc.
The
translation
" to Arabic"
is,
in
before going on
every Exercise, the
Write
clearly.
131
Lesson
51.
A*
4*
Tj>
4) UP!
\> M-
J|
jt!^ L
3
'i^'i
jjb
>
4jo
>
^'l
3.
4.
As
5.
And
6.
Heaven and
T.
2.
His
for
word
it
shall not
pass away.
7.
is in
8.
And
the-footstool-of-His-feet.
NOTES
2.
the earth
is
heaven.
The
5.
6.
Zdla
3.
"
8.
is
"
Footstool
hollow verb
"
is
RULES
"
is
"
Noun
like
kani (Lesson 36
of Place
"
(Lesson
of this Exercise
See
21, 31
and
41.
5).
62).
48).
113).
132
How many
Three
Nominative
object
),
however,
2.
etc.
the subject
Accusative
),
Some
object).
the direct
authorities,
are
declined
are,
pronouns
3,4).
What nouns
(a)
What words
Nouns
3.
are /^declinable
linable
(b) all
words ending in
(alif
maqura)
are quite
indeclinable.
4.
What happens
It
He
is
an indeclinable noun
retains the
immutable.
to
notable example
a well-behaved youth
to speak,
(Nom
:)
<
5.
We
saw
We
Lo
the context
the case
tell
<
l>
(Oblq.)
adjectives
accom-
panying, and,
6.
7.
words)
to distinguish
Others
call
(a)
Ji
Note that
(1)
Nouns
of colour, as
ij&*\
(2)
Nouns
of physical defect, as
'
>'
(3)
Comparatives
etc.,
as
>".^
Jail
comprises
white
-r
'
lame;
".*
\
Jjai
more
excellent.
8.
(b)
133
Noun
Feminine of the
of Colour
etc.
(58
Oi
r-
"Llli
7-
Do
Then
There
is
Khalifas,
not trouble to
form
anbiya'u.
angry.
jl-Jase
0^
x"
."*
"
Mary
Examples P-^4
rx>l ^ Abraham
^
'
^*> Joseph
These
indefinite.
mosques;
will
~a
Egypt.
ft
'j*
- 6.
_>l/^ P rizes
fr
rf'-^
offices
;i>lT*
But
/M% declined.''
point
the second
shown by
single fatha
a
,
written alike.
single
in other
is
RULE:
that
damma,
words
while
both the
the
Nominative
if
is
the Accusative
and
^r^j
be studied in Lessons 64
9.
J esus
J^
J^i*j
x
(e)
and
'
(d)
for Norn.,
lL>j*<aI/
^AC-
vJSi poor.
>
Paul
white.
canon law.
divines, or doctors of
* liU-
intelligent ones.
(c)
Dul:).
* Cja*>
%
4)
I I.
in
2nd
learn
\
(diptotes, or
if
Jl
were
"
Giye examples,
II.
(to
134
We
went
to
many mosques
(Gen.)
We
entered
many mosques
(Ace.)
ju-Sj^LT*
llii
<J
}U*
We
We passed
That
it
More
fruit
may
(Ace.)
come
with)
more
fruit.
1>% /V"*
^jCJr
7).
S*
12.
But suppose we
to
prefix Jl
these nouns
r%*>
'
^J
*
not to foreign
names, of course)?
In that case a great change happens.
Nouns defined by Jl
"
or by
construct state" are no longer diptotes but become
fully declined three-case nouns.
We
above
to the
diptotes,
made
Let us prefix Jl
definite
by being placed
"^
Jb-LTJI l;l>o
s
We
went
to the
mosques (Gen.)
The doctors
We
are intelligent
(Ace.)
^AZ
^^
'la.*
In the
man
Exercise 53.
Y>-
>i
LJ
>
3*
x^
'
**
^\^
<J
'
'*'**'
***,;&
memorise them.
(Gen.)
>t,
I^JL.1
**
'?r'j
We
f^>
**
"
J^llTJl <J
' - >
The doctors-of-the-mosques
<J
If
L^i
possible,
135
Lesson 54.
ANCIENT DELENSION.
1.
What was
2.
j and
of declension
&
Do any nouns
do
five
Yes;
f*\
method
It is
I
the ancient
still
so,
when
this ancient
form
etc,
(c.f.
These are
"in construction".
first
four of these.
-.
^\
r-\
^1 father;
48
We
6).
now
will
fully decline
With
With pronouns.
In construct,
and
Let
are
.>
which re-appears
Dual
*'*>
brother;
keep
all
in the
and
*-
article. Indefinite.
Nom.
Ace.
otj
ol
Gen
3.
<iL
Nom.
Ate.
U-i
Gen.
How
It is
is
jS declined
a word complete in
The meaning
is orc/7/
&sed
is
iUI
itself,
the
wau
is
JujS Wealthy
Its
plural
is
man.
IS
jji and
doers of favours.
.x
Ju
m construction.
tf J
4.
What
mouth
'
If
136
?
^
'
used, there
is
is
":
Ace.
and Gen. J
<J
which
Thus
it
is
is
But, as a matter
etc.
>
pronouns
etc.,
to
With pronouns
With a noun
Nom.
With
employ
>
'
^i
*x
A
of fact,
is
'
>'"
also
Nom.
its
article
in
2.
Indef.
y*
Ace.
Gen.
5.
But
may
Yes
*>
Arabic
54.
They
poor people
il
n ^^
"
i
Another
polite
man came
^^O U P-J'
Jl V.>-!
^^ji
Egypt.
The "owners
of
Some people
studied in schools
Some people
Some people
-*
do not
*.
strike
work"
my
(i.e.
business-men) studied in
father or
my
-O 5
brother because
\"
t;V
'
offices.
(JT
God
does not
137
Exercise 43a.
to
Arabic
2.
3.
She dwelt
1.
in a
are intelligent.
girl,
a black slave.
4.
5.
6.
Istruck
7.
The Chancellor
8.
was
visiting
title
of Al-Azhar
Mosque
His Reverence
of the "Father of
(lit.
is
named Abul-Fadl.
Virtue) Prof.
Mohammed
10.
or
Exercise 54b.
x-
j^
i\'j&
"
jb
fl
JtJ I
U* J*l
(Y)
"
>
j.^
jiilf Cl
^^
x
l
-V
Vljil
jl
"
>
Jy.'-ui.l
-
..
(\)
138
Lesson 55.
I.
Apply
What
The
the rules of
is
real
Plural
"Case"
to the
Demonstr: Pronoun
is IS
(Sjli
"that",
Ml ~\ )
and
is
declined thus:-
~
7.
How
can we
Partly
(a)
tell
139
"
*Li
[is]
(b)
Since we
"
iilj"
people
in Arabic,
to
may
this sentence
article
J* "this (thing)
'
women ".
[are]
"Those
say
we may
the definite
of
thus *LJ&J>
Those
may need
U*UII.Nj*>; and as
"
Vj
the
[are]
people"
Thus we
These
say,
clear.
** *Nj*
(j*^\
Jt
lit.,
Uij\
8.
N B.
it [is]
One which
book"
the
we
use
i.e.
'.
jlJujJI
>'
This
is
Exercise ooa.
2.
I.
These-two
3.
He
4.
These
5.
That lady
6.
This
(or, this
U* JU
**'*,*,
!
Si)^!
is
&j>
\\
* &j
(chapters).
gentleman)
(f).
people (indef.)
ylj
in the book.
[is]
is
/.
Exercise odb.
and mother, so
his father
^
>
'
>
>
.' \l
>
.l^'ll
j^J< ^Axn
V J jl i>
and
^.>.l
>
jUU
jlj'j/JI
.^
*>^>.
(r)
(c).^^^!^
(0
'
i^ iC
Jji
'^il
(Lesson
76).
"ills
( v)
140
Lesson 56.
How
We
Pronoun formed
the Relative
is
Demonstrative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun
to
it
Plural
Fem.
prefix
the article
to
Thus we get
also.
and
or "which,"
Mas.
Fern.
as.
^ J!
thus declined
is
Singular
Fem.
Mas.
form Masc
of the
Now,
Dual
means "who"
alladhi which
shown
55)
is
we take
Norn.
Other Cases.
2.
What
is to
The
(a)
be noted here
five,
Sound
for in
to
Jkl\ illy,
carefully,
all
etc.).
(b)
shadda
the
have two
is
no difference marked
If (_Jil
means who
By saying "who,
"the
Similarly,
Thus, "the
his."
man who,
"
how do we
or which,
Write:
Transpose
write
it
"
thus:
4t>!
/^
*.*
to
A^jjji
'
^
(___
Note
(>
J/-21 ) are
account of
Ua>-
^JJl
"
son
"
hid
was
my
Jf Jr X 3::/JI
lost"
J^"-/'^
interested
old-fashioned
in
school with/>
at
<J
*r
Cl~O
/cill
then
their
"And
",
JlJlll
Sr-'
which "who...
in
is
widely separated.
(Those
etc.
may compare,
horse
his-horse etc.
languages
man whose
in the history of
write whose
wickedness
those who, on
6*
oAVj> ^;
"
5.
Whom
Whom = who,
serve."
serve him."
A/^>-
/.
who,
know"
l^i j*
thou lovest
>
sick"
is
^Jl
JJ
(J*\f
t^ \J^ '*J*
'
How
Yes;
rational
is
is
1.11
Feminine Singular
The broken
means who,
the
meaning of
learnt.
Do you remember
but
RULE
Recapitulate the
8.
"
^yl
whom
Thus we get
him.
or whosoever, while
Neuter. C.f. /2
i.e.
a non-
of
plural
6.
and
also.
relative.
Exercise 56a.
wish
1.
2.
Whom
3.
4.
to take
do you wish
to take
at school.
5.
6.
7.
8.
"The path
in the small
hamlets
Exercise 56b.
of those to
'
'\
\\
whom
\\\
whom
you
saw.
(s.)
writers.
'A
Jt
*T** \
>
\
(\\
J*
(o)
*
I
^
,,
'
juJl dl:J
Ci
^
L^
'
j^li^S
j^^i
/\
oti*
("i)
(v)
142
Exercise 56c.
x
t
\^
Jli
bl
study.
*"
*V-
^x-
IS]
i
"
r.
> v
*
i
I'
>
'
e ^
'
Vf> f
"
tx
r
\ /r
***l *^^
.
^*
''ui
-ii
i.
juWl
^
\".
u"
sv>
**
js
J >u
i;
Translation.
hear what
We
we hear
Parents
never disobey
theirs).
They
(lit.
love us very
much because
love children
who obey
them,
is
who
beloved by no-one.
People much dislike the boy whose parents do not know what his
actions are (what he
only
my
father
is
doing).
So
far as
my
concerns myself,
teachers.
obey not
143
Lesson 57.
RULE A
attached, in
RULE
ADJECTIVES.
When
of
Noun
is
the
Noun
to
which
its
attached
article.
it is
>t
j**^
f*i$
''
The
The house
of Moses
people
<?**
of the poor \
a hard one (f.) /
[is]
"
The condition
But
its
"
hard "
is
r*.if
I^-MI'
-jr
l
'>' U*f
subject).
RULE C
it,
above
struct state
desired
qualify
to
the
antecedent
by an
con-
in
if
it
that
adjective,
it
is
can generally
The
child's noble
The noble
countenance
*
countenance
child's
**
He
N.B.
j&&\
",
x 'j
is
"
in the
against that.
mark
"pood" Arabic
this
'
A^
7-^ill vlAj (J
(often disregarded
nowadays)
144
RULE D
Place the
first
"her",
etc.,
as consequent.
blessing of God.
(The power
the child's
"^
>J^
j^^yf
'"^
Jj'
'"*
if
$C>-
The
By
*4z^
'
blessing)
^j
j-jf
to
He
is
The business
May one
s^
'*
\\
is
'
great.
<f
is
no
>.\
j'
^*
difficulty.
He
Ex-:
"*
N^vjjf
.if
*1
^r
that
Yes;
,
of these people
The works
//'/ :
5.
(lit:
is
the owner of
"
stores
"
and houses.
6.
What
is
was
words
*>*
and
originally a substantive,
meaning
"ijood,"
and
jZ>
"
'
j^
ijvl
"*?
*
>
"
The-best-of-speech
kings' speech"
f^xjl
>
*'
j^>-
,\
>*
'
'
>
ilAJI
.*>'++*'.,
pU-1
j ^
Muslim."
7.
'
'jS*
is
How
is
JLCstate,
is
/%-V^^j
similarly placed
but
its
prefix
"un"
from
its
his brother
^>.
etymological meaning
he-who leaves
A.^ 4 ^.t
to be distinguished
J\c-
is
is
"other-than,"
(c.f.
j^Ji*J
English
"not-" or "non-."
Is
the
Quran created
'
145
or uncreated
?
A/
7
JA;^
I
<
>^>
_ _
^
X
'*_->
_
The
voice of
my
>o <4*.t*
(^
8.
But
why
is
marked with
JV.P-
mansub (24:9)
in
*".
<-
the sisters of
found that he
jfc'
is
(for this
all
is
always
/4
non-useful
(useless).
falls,
j\fr
(IjJu)
'
Uili j*te[~<*
l
ti^s
t%
^ti
3.
-*
in L. 66).
5.
6.
The
7.
king's speech
is
o\
(jui
4.
always Genitive of
2.
1.
(V
JO
4^
was useful
is
^_->
'
>-
jl$" (or
My
*n
J^-4vy^
JJ*'
I/
"
"
T?
the king of
[all]
[being].
not industrious).
speech.
576.
00
>"
\
>
(0
/. \
;j'ij3if2)V (o
if
'
Xvy, f iji
'cii'Ji
(v)
146
READING EXERCISE.
Ex. 57 c.
o.
^ S '*
.->
^^
(x
L:*^
jti'y
^'
5i'jf diir
i5-^i^i"i
jj
J^1
'
"
^ ^
*CVI A^t
jLiil Jl 4*33 -L>-^*:j
*
*
^
Ai.SJi^
*"
"'
Lis:)f
XL 1^.51 jf j f^
^ %^33 v^
^
<
^**
dlL"
j ^jjf
V*2s
JU.I dJUi
LKlf Js fJi.ijf
"""
;.
*"
**
jJil
57c/.
ve.ry literal translation :
There was with Halim (He had) a nice faithful dog [whicV] (I) the son-ofAnd he used-to-send him
his-brother (his nephew) had given to him.
constantly to the market to buy (2) bread so the dog goes (3) and comes;
to
the
him.
in
it.
And
(4)
house of his master, another dog saw (5) him and walked with
Then that dog smelt the bread, so he took from the basket one loaf.
So the
first dog sprang upon him, and all the dogs that were in the street
heard him, and attacked him, and ate all the bread that [was] in that basket.
When the dog saw (6) that, he took his empty basket and returned to the
Grammatical Notes
(I)
N.B.
The
continuous action.
see"
is
a weak verb.
yowels from
this
'
Ex. 560.
is
not written,
probably because
Suhjunct:
(3)
(5)
(I
f.
(3).
(2)
In the Present,
and
(6)
"To
147
Lesson 58.
1.
iu*)l
means
that,
is
What
one-doiny, and
is,
therefore,
verb
is
"to-be so
and
so,"
mean
li
Jc-
it
is
represents
does this
a transitive one,
is
little
if
the
meaning of the
We
therefore, use
but the
some
Arab
one-generous, generous
Adjective.
Meaning.
Ui
Verb.
148
(b) *Cil
*%*
taking
and
Plural,
J*i
is
defect.
lame
>.
.,
dumb
E,
one-eyed
cross-eyed
deaf
blind
(c)
Its
Feminine takes
thirsty
hungry
Do
not spend
*}
as
it
fact
rather intricate,
is,
it
is
sometimes
in
o-^^
feminine with
5.
is
4J^J
(But in
coll:
'i""
iJ^.J
is
usual).
triliteral verb,
which happens
to
elderly
good
dead
wounded
victim
is
classified here.
--
6.
It is
149
IA!
^\
ii -*
J>U means
Yes and
;
Ou
from
o -s
for
&
^^
example
mean "dead".
'
IM
Similarly Jf\><?
*& "narrow".
permanent
state.
Exercise 58a.
When we
in the
that
starving
them
and the
is
full
(grievous) to
them
[whyl there
thirsty,
as
no number
is
in
for the
this
hungry
33:4
ah well
(in
any
"
you are
Sir,
case),
'God
"
Exercise 58b.
J* ^jcil f;>
juf
^m
"
>
X9
&- j ;>
^*
p>
*'
\/
j ^^D J ^
\'*
(G:J)
Gl
'&,
&,.>
lU
V JT Af JL Yj^ u ^ V3 f
,
>))
The
'
f.
"
to
(in their
generous*
impossible to assist
is
of them; while
(i. e.
it
I'j
is
150
Lesson 59.
NOUN OF SUPERIORITY.
How
1.
The
a
is
noun;
it
is
called the
its
"Noun
comparative form
is
naturally
Uk'd
of Superiority"
2.
Yes;
derived from
etc.
that
to say,
is
before the
the second
and
first
in that
great
mightier, greater
mighty, great
more
distinguished, virtuous
7C
ugly
more
glorious
glorious
more
intense
intense
sweeter
sweet
In the last
reverting to
Can we
case
good, beautiful
beautiful
uglier
any
radical.
greater
virtuous, distinguished
first
third radicals
learned
more
more learned
(better)
3.
and vowel
letters of prolongation,
the fatha
Jv
triliteral verbs,
radical, prefix
below.
formed upon
it is
II
L\
r
"
permutation,"
itself.
than"
"
The
and say
?
"
l^c-
.>
L>
*
|
'
noun
or a single kasra
4.
How
J~ Jl
if
if
has tanwin,
J~
article.
"
than
would you say "redder, or whiter,
X
^
'
we have
Since
physical defect,
it
so
as
we must adopt
J^Z*
"
a dif-
or intense
strony,
"*
jji
comparative
its
two
""*
Ui
form
>**
and form
of colour or
is
ferent plan.
as a form
more intense
5.
is
[6.
(i.e.
redder
stronger as-to-redness
whiter
more as-to-whiteness
deafer
intenser as-to-deafness
Can
of action L:68)
>'
li'l
*"*
Theoretically, no
We
useful."
from
this
learn
word
is
is
"
to
in
Then
5>lil
the phrase
"
He
l^JL*
(&*
or) ioU\
As
this
rule
completely disregarded
matter of
fact,
is
>
This
Also
"
is
Then they
^9
"
that
(the hearts)
^
>^ ^
in-hardness." S^-J i^
^^
15*
di'S
[are]
<f;Ui-
^y
It is
"
t
is
^JM
less
"\
U*
juil
"
^^
69).
^
I
].
in
is
Al-Qur'an 2
similarly to
we
/*
x-^'
^->
commonest phrases
of the
IV
more useful
is
than she*,"-becomes
a
be
7.
the form
Is
invariable
^*i
Yes; when
e
Thus even
'
""
(j-
J*>
'.
-XI*
?>-' ;
f j*
'
How, otherwise
^Jk*
may be made by
"Mohammed
^J+'g-
might vary
to
according
Noun"
in Plural, as
the-best-of-men
[is]
gender,
A.JJ
thus,
and
is
way
this
9.
my
greatest of
"The Prime
"
10.
He
.,>
what
In a word,
11.
Can
(a)
this
It
It
is
jVjaJ^H
Jl>-
French);
^
Ji ViN
Jtij-^i
we
e.g.
Ex:
<!,
J^^l'
-^
^y^ll
Ex
give
(Revise 45
*
Broken Plural
j\S ^^a>-
>
.-SJ
*
I
<U
<->
JlJ
the
3, 4.
a regular plural,
it
3 d
>'
33).
quite possible to
J^O'J..-
j-^^
feminine in ,iA!
(b)
-
(Qur'an),
^^
(c.f.
">-
its
the
is
forms
* she
and get
J*^l
Ji!
'
Ij^il
j;*
m construction.
^Ji^^i
^.
it is
^JJ>^^^
the superlative
is
\'
'i^O ^Q
Minister attended"
But, in general,
L>-
is
is
>"
>~^
>s>*-s-
oN^
wives.
curious variation
"The
^^
is
prettiest of
JJL*
^ii
but this
the best of
\*%
example
"
tU
"Hind
Hind.
prettier than
than Fatima."
(a girl) is better
Mariam(Marv) was
J^**$
sort of superlative
J^j
we
iJ&'^JidilXji "Bind
say
can be used,
""
8.
152
it
thus
sometimes takes a
153
12.
What
absolute by defining
it
J!J*
with
V'
is
and
al,
the
this
comparative made
superlative varies
as to gender, etc.
To English
Exercise 59 a.
(r)
(t)
(o)
To Arabic
E'.rem'se o9b.
1.
Honey
2.
What
3.
4.
wf
iui
i
S-
is
is
And Fatima
is
lit.
on every condition)
am
stronger
the-strongest-of-us-all.
7-
8.
God
5.
6.
9.
10.
She
is
is
greater.
am more
154
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
(><>.
Translate to English.
.u
Uft.
uu
fu
1
JU.
(\)
(t)
(o)
(V)
(A)
(^
B.
Translate to Arabic.
1.
When
2.
Who
3.
4.
be peace after
the Caliph
war ?
(or "The Prince
this
(Khalifa)
5.
Salma
We
is
my
first
have been
to
wife.
many mosques.
8.
Q.
Fatima
10.
is
Yes, she
prettier than
is
Mary.
the prettiest of
all
the girls.
Questions.
1.
2.
of the
Believers,") now ?
"He whom thou lovest is sick."
The two princesses, whose abode (mansion) we saw, have
come home.
6.
7.
C.
will there
is
of Adjectives
155
Lesson
EYE, VOICE
81.
AND EAR.
GJ
j
r
J* J
jut
Later
at a time.
be
will
set.
y o/Jt, y r^j
**
,
dJl^^l'd^C
dU^
4^.3 L'jf
wj
Literal Translation
And
1.
If
as ye wish that
ye remain
my
(c.f.
(or,
the
it is
abide,
yours
(c.f.
4.
bless
As
6.
lift
for
24).
me and my house
:
thee,
we
will
serve
15).
(26),
(Joshua 24
/.
(v.25).
The LORD
peace
John 15:7).
The LORD
5.
3.
unto-thee
LI
lil
(o)
Luke 6:31).
wish and
Uy
(r)
(\
(Deut. 33
(L. 115).
25).
the
LORD
Lesson 62,
PRIMITIVE AND DERIVED NOUN
'8.
1.
What
One
is
a Primitive
that
is
A>
One which
verbal root.
triliteral
in
^l~
--
*>.
^>
is
0-
^x-
(j*j>2 to study,
3-
usual
<
2.
Noun
How many
we
get
from
a school.
i.e.
e.g.
The first
all
come from
of these
(1)
Noun
(2)
Noun
23).
A>^^0^
Noun
(3)
of Place
and Time,
Ul
of "Abundance").
etc. (also
(4)
Noun
of Instrument, on forms
(5)
Noun
(6)
Noun
(7)
Noun
(8)
Noun
of Excess, or Intensive
(9) (10)
and
(li)
Nouns
JUi*
etc.
(Lesson
4b).
Agent (Lesson
of Unity (139
;),
146).
of Species (142
What
Its
is
purpose
>
is
to
Noun
show where,
iv
-7
^-^
place
where writing
The
may be
derived from
is
done,
v^JL-3
i.e.
an
(lit.
to write
Farthest West)
is
the
name
6)
9).
?
was done;
office,
5.
and Time
e.g.
is
''^-'
of Place
63).
more
i.e.
But
either
colloquial)
West,
^a^\^J^
of Morocco.
g
"^*A*
vO*
office
store
altar
synagogue, j
conference J
exit
place of killing,
assassination
157
'V'
158
to corns
come
to
walk
to will,
to
throw
to
it
(he)
there
was found
is
wish
say
it
was
it
was related
(is)
said
Exercise 62a.
1.
2.
3.
With
to (can
all ease.
Some
of
store,
them are
at
your press
me some
4.
Well; send
5.
6.
7.
When
of
(in stock)
rule in their
Language "Academy?"
now.
kingdom.
Conference gather
(Verb
+*>-*
Conj.
And
VIII
means,
to assemble).
8.
They
sat
down behind
Exercise 62b.
"-^
>
;J 1
JJ
te
.
CJ
J
G
(N)
(*)
ij-i
G<j
(t)
(o)
JU^L'J
the
V> V'il
(A)
159
Lesson 63.
NOUN OF INSTRUMENT
I.
e>5^
is
done.
Now
the most
tool,
common word
for knife
When
it
is
is
is
desired to
UA JUi an
160
5-
What becomes
It
PERMUTATION
essential to the
this
:-
Where
*
7.
to
this rule
will help us to
etc.)
which
is
In
its
Passive in J-J
What
RULE OF
"\\-
Jjiji
is
great
shall
the
with
j jj
of the verb
accordance
in
disappears
most cases
wau
of the
was
(it
supplied to suit
is
it.
>
marks
Noun of Agent
Noun of Instrument.
To Arabic
,,
Excercise 63a.
1.
Patience
2.
This saw
3.
4.
is
is
The
another saw.
5.
6.
She
left
girl,
fire.
Exercise 63b.
To English
r-j^\
^
(Y)
>TfjClLi
^
'
*>
^ri^
J.'^
"x^ "^
'
'
>0-,0
j
*
^A)
Ij
^ L&k
J^ ?*J*
d O^
^0--
cJ^.
-^
But as the Noun of Place from a Derived verb has no separate form,
as the Passive Participle (88
(0
^^^-00-.^^
C rU:J Ij li
>
(>)
jlk;!!
10).
(o)
it
takes
I6i
Lesson 64.
Quadrisyllable Plural
1.
How
in
of
of Place.
quite simple
alif,
2.
Noun
Lesson 62
It is
for
JpU*
first
in halves
alif
this rule.
>
>
"S"
lSv.4
offices
-i"^'
>
libraries
takes kasra.
^^A
7-
v_^>
by inserting an
assemblies
law-courts
sermons
3.
What becomes
-r-
JaPi^*
of the final
in
It is
Ma-ka-ti-bu;
Makatib.
colloquially
name
of Quadrisyllabic
infer that
it is
Thus
all
plural,
unnecessary
European
its
at
once
But where
is
it is
therefore analogous
Has
Yes
it
it
anything else
in
common
with Proper
by
in
affixed
fatha
(c f.
Lesson 52:8)
What form
**
is
is
But when
fully declined.
6.
Names
it
is
162
7.
How
first
>
J^;"**
just as the
The one
8.
in
Noun
of Place; exs
will be treated in
"x-
^jL* and
Lesson
65.
>G;
the
their plural
>
on form
Of
plural,
163
Exercise
1.
If I
all
had (Had
would
visit
(have visited)
3.
4.
Yes,
2.
5.
wish to
in
6.
7.
Is
the scissors
and stay
It is
more
and they
have now been found under the arches of the old temples.
coins in the Nile [for the children to dive tor]
Exercise 64b.
(<)
M
'
Ci
Ul
-
.-
dll; Jjtli
x
" "
>
1 ; Sf
>
tc.
liiji'i (t)
0^
^ ^^
^0
J j^r j i jj^
j_
"**
-
j,^-
^.^
jU* j 3 jl
u;
JJ
Sunday
64.
**
\
> o
Thursday
Monday
<
>
Friday
Saturday
(o)
* (v)
l^
Vocabulary
"i
Tuesday
ClxLJ
'
*^
Wednesday
(A)
164
Lesson 65.
QUADRISYLLABIC PLURAL.
Form
I.
What happens
to the
A*
etc.
form
if
there
is
a long vowel in
word CAj-
How
As
in 64,
<_
5).
plough
Change
which
is
?-
kasra
thus
C^ }\-
we now add
a ya
to
J^^
Thus
syllable.
3.
(63
its
mini,
what happens?
Here fatha
See our Rule again
a fatha;
for
wau
We
is
d'etre", since
it
The
changed
to
ya
to
be homogeneous to
becomes mawazin
4.
<jo'j>*
it,
is
balances.
this
form
in the
Note-Book.
Form
Plural
Singular
^-U.^
a key
a
5.
a balance
Certainly,
have
plough
the
such as contain
weak
Noun
consonant,
consonants and
Examples
165
Exercise 6 da.
1.
(Construe thus
What was
The
66
"
The
subject
was what
Sunday
my
"
)
subjects of
fatlja).
Injil (Gospel).
3.
4.
5.
(lit.
teachings)
weeks
there
was
to
7.
your poverty.
On Wednesday morning
shall take
8-
who
many sparrows."
Exercise 05 b.
jl
jbJJi
Ub
C,l J
L^i
'*y
cUi^p
(\)
>
(r)
L^'Vl'v Si^C
i^j JJ 'JU
I
C.
C<J j
^^e^
o
((
b)
?"
<~?kUii
"j*j*
-i>-
C- U-U"^
*
i
'
^U jVl "A^
?
otr
(y)
I6 7
Lesson 66.
Plural
1.
and
Forms
plural.
2.
word, change
to
if alif
the four-syllable
Some examples
fc#
the Rule:
it
of
Wy
68
^-
4.
How
RULE
(weak
the
letter)
weak
after
letter
in the singular a
ttU
5-
W originate
'
"^
\o*Ui
alif;
thus
long vowel
hamza
for
we getJ*Ui
169
Lesson 67.
1.
What words
it
is
plural
nouns on
3<w
this
form are
strong
letters.
fully declined.
5.
Is
170
hamza
Yes, there are two, but both of them end in the long
hamza
written after
it.
L. 13:4).
The
first
*u>
add a long
is
-OLi
letter
(Used for
alif
(with
c
fu ala,u.
between them
active Qualities).
To English
Exercise 67a.
'
'
'*
t I
Wil
I
<->
V|
(ou>i)
To Arabic
Exercise 67 b.
1.
2.
Intelligent
men
Poets, savants,
to
our
Allies.
4.
in
and
in the
many
7.
Vocabulary
67.
f.
miserly
to incline
Germans (Allemagne) j
person
!A : *
J-j;
^-
JU
Lesson 68.
THE MASDAR
I.
What,
strike"
The
in
?
indexes
the third
in
the
"To
dictionary
person
singular
a transla-
is
tion
which
is
To
strike
".
Now
the
means
fact, a
and
as a noun,
&
But
That
always quoted
is
Arabic
very like
is
Lord"; Arabic
in the
**
Accusative \\j*0
"I
lexicons in the
the
in
Hebrew here
the
Also Luke
a great fear",
is this
means
Have we
the
Almost so
(look
it
up
the
is
erring
(l)
is
"To
Cognate Object).
it is
looked
the "source
is
>
<-
verb,
Grammar
'
of everything.
?
in infinitive form.
king"=To
II
English
in Meiklejohn).
gerund
wrong.
in
we have what
of a verb but
is
same
it is
(c.f.
Accusative.
3.
:cf. "I
waited a waiting",
What
in
is
noun
is,
"the-act-of-striking."
i
I.
is
strike the
err is
king
human,
Exs.
is
in
wrong
to strike
to forgive
human, the-act-of-forgiving
"It is
(l)
is
divine" = The
divine.
is
act-of-
In Arabic, the
173
--
5.
But
is
most important.
6.
What
rnasdar
is
Some
we
will
like <-?>j^
0--
I.
to strike
common
of
all
masdars.
V.
or
the lack of
it.
to fall
to enter
to
go out
to
ascend
to
descend
to
be tranquil
to
be silent
to sit
to set (sun)
VI.
denotes qualities,
-
> >
A
.'***?
'
to
be rough
to
be easy
to
be
>*
to be
to
VII.
be
^u*
Jr*
difficult
sweet (water)
cool,
damp
to
be safe
to
be charming
to
be eloquent
to intercede
7C*a3
175
VIII.
to trade
to
worship (serve)
to
show mercy
to
be plentiful
IX.
X.
to shine
to dissolve
to get excited
8-
Which
I
9.
Is
"V* IV
3*i
there a
There
is
J/i VI
masdar
like the
one which
in
Al^i VII
Noun
form
of Place
is
"t^
coming,
XL W\*JL
w\*AA
it,
is
is
called
"Masdar Mimi."
with
K
u
to
come
to
know
to will,
*>
wish
These
It
i.e.
'.
to see
10.
like
different; for'example
act of
Weak Verbs
II.
1/6
an Active sense
was surprised
There
l"~
".
>
^ ^^c-
<L3
lA; j
is,
noun!
to place
i.e.,
>
Zeid
with
in genitive
Here
-^
thus:
"killing
someone"
*^l5
*J
j^
..>
mean
not
used actively).
(i.e. it is
-3
vVA-wu
go
to
Passive sense
to enter
was surprised
"
>"
Jy>-3Jl;
^>
"
j^
l>
*
I
1-
** ^
at Zeid's
being-beaten
"
^0
>
"
being-eaten is not law- \
except to the priests" /
"Its
ful
12.
When
there
any
is
<^\\
^P^
^"
mean
<ll3
fttJ
fil
jvith
"a
'
;
use a Disjunctive
thus llvl
">
i!
i!
^ Ui
US
o^
$
I*
may
may be used
and
possibility
Pronoun
Nil
^
*\>}
&3
-^
means
UG1
may sometimes be
~*> ^JG
worship
Jfe,
"Mee do we serve
"
;
also in
Myself.
Exercise 68a.
much
time,
If this
they
takes too
this
Arabic Course
is
the uxabl<>nrxx of
177
E.wrci&e 68b-
Harun el-Rashid.
T>; Cu ^J^Vj
&*
oil
X
((
di's
"
;LJ j
jiD
^^
^^3;^^-^^
jlS^ 4lJj
j^
""*
-*
iijj
iJll
Jtjp>l
^
-JCkil
^ij^j i^tUil
I
^J
-O
^
X
X"
^^
1)
0^
'
^'^jl
=;
^"
x*
Ji^ ^Jl^
^
X-
"*^
UjjL-**Xj
J
X
'
' X-
Exercise 68c.
To Arabic
<>'
revise them).
-*x^
jl5Ci
.^
**
"
AUi
JLC-
e"
o5^'
^ o
jUJL*
>
'J*
-^
""
}>
4>
j*&
**
^rv->-
"
-"
4j
sJl
y\j
**^
U_;<^
\-
kings
(lit.
his city,
Now
it is
many
it
down,
Lesson 89.
USE OF LEXICON.
I.
Which
The whole
which
What
2.
for
it",
used
are
weak)
combination
in
l^,
may be
is
They
word
"Ye asked me
is
letters
with
the
radicals
(strong
How
Take
the
word ^- A ^
'
Conjugation
5.
IV.,
take
(b)
left
is
Take
the Dictionary
j and
having found
below
and we ultimately
it,
trace
find
mark of
the
II
IV * JS
and
III
'
I
under Chapter
ii
root > j
to
the
->
the
away
the distinguishing
is
How
it
Remove
affixed
4.
Conjugations
show honour.
j***il~)
remove the
root left
"
(b)
a] if
(c)
is
"
Take
^^ '~~
oy jLlL
from the
rj*-$
to
Here jj comes
centre,
77-
understand.
off,
leaving
j>-$
which
is
then
-j
and
finally the
long
^j ^
"It-was-rolled-away"
away, leaving
and get
root
comes
meaning
^^0^
"to roll
bi
(to
be studied
in 96.97)-
*^
>
*>
179-
(d)
keeping the
ta,
we have
a quadriliteral verb,
is
x-^a^
M*
left
which we
disciples" (from
6.
find
removing the j j
which
see
7.
a strong
is
"to
make
a pupil, or disciple).
***;
May
for
mean
to
-IV
^y
u-v
and
first
Take
strong.
Here,
they-are-asking-me.
we have
<_
left
C?
to ask,
verb.
tri-literal
it is
5 (d).
What
The
(a)
words
is
triliteral
root
in the lexicon
placed
is
first,
lexicons
and, in good
marked by an
is
To
its left is
always shown the vowelling of the Mudari* and, farther on, the
madar.
to a
word being
sorts of asterisks,
specially Syrian).
may be
that
would be shown
**
(c)
Then
the
(d) After
II
the
Conjugation
Ji
Noun
of
any); the
(if
I0th Conjugation
participles, or rather,
next.
jj -*
if
any
III,
IV
etc., if
look out
used.
for
the
of Object
if
Lower down,
the Derived
for
example
full
fairly
student
from
is
the
dictionary
recommended
for the
elementary
American
Mission
Press,
Beirut,
Syria,
fuller
Press, Beirut.
is
Hava's
latter.
(S.J.)
It
or
the
at Cairo.
of Catholic
i8o
New
9.
now obtainable
edition,
grammars
to
new and
original Syntax, in
10.
or
five
formerly
six
guineas
is
Some
work.
later
will,
need an
on,
"* "
The
Arabic.
plus carriage)
11.
one
Jesuit
is
For English
'
j'>J
summary
Arabic Dictionary
in
^V"
>
V j*
'
vo
(3
10
of all others.
"The Modern'*
is
carius (Beirut).
12
from now, assumed that the student can search his own
It i?,
dictionary for
new words.
Exercise 60.
The
may
dictionary
fuj
->
K$
'
A.'
tl
x*
*",
..
to Arabic.
->
S' <<>>'
'.
O^-
'
^J
V^
*U.*d
^>
I*
U)
'j
'i^~
(JJ\.*A}
"-H^
V'
^ JlJ j
O LJ
i'^
|"|
(J,
i'b
<j
'
^,
'
'l
/V 61
'
LS
V'
^^T-l)
VI
jlff'*S/'
^'\
^
(i**t\
o
\:A
Lijl)
*U
t:
i
r"
Sf
**
^J
.
lUu j^xJI^j
I
^"
.1
o
'
y^jU
if 'ale
usjf
jir Uflfj
jlf ,jjf
J
**
-r*
^"
UA
^U.
oL^JL!
'
IJi
>
u^
*f '
4^-1
C^l>-
(jl
"r*
viJI
Jj
4d^*)
ks
4)
x^
JU1
*^J
>
o.
ju.^
cr TJ^
;'A#
"
^-
Jj
^ Sv
S]
C^
'
'
S>
jCrT jCJi5r^.^rjy
"
J / ^
/r . ;,
^^
4jol
-Y e > "Y
Ji- j jiyj
40)1
IV^
>~+*
^JI
^-'
<-***JI
Ul
**
x*
St.
John
"*
18.
t^J
jl-
tf /it
182
EXAMINATION PAPER
70.
A. To English:
(N)
0)
(r)
J^lll
"
"
?y
-P
jLa
Si
J>.
Sf
Al
"Jii
'Jl Si
(A)
'
(^)
B. To Arabic:
1.
2.
This prize
3.
4.
6.
(l)
(2)
*4
my mother
to enter.
following,
&
.
brother, or
where possible.
my
8.
father,
/.
>
my
5.
C.
may
in
is
'*,*>
.%
<6U^
>>
^
"
AC-
<4
>
If
/.
^-
^1
'.
(J^
>
>'.
its
root also.
183
Lesson
71.
^.yjji
x o
Jito*J
x ^
o- j.
jUMl
X ^
-.
(\)
105L
(Y)
(r)
(0
()
(v)
(A)
Translation
1.
Patience
3.
The
The
4.
Patience
2.
5.
6.
is
beautiful
man
God is
(/. e.
a virtue).
safety of
[lies,
fear of
is
or
is]
in the
The intelligent
One thing by
another] thing
is
remembered
"That
re-
minds me of
7.
8.
9-
Whoso
a story").
findeth.
Note the two Past Tenses after
striveth,
Notes
N.B.
(3) \jr\j is
jb
is
Hollow verb
(JlA^
(7)
(8)
(9)
The word
Masdar
Mirai.
to live.
(5)
is
84 r-
Lesson 72,
DERIVED CONJUGATIONS
1.
How many
are there
Derived
them
2.
Write
Conjugations
found
all
marking
Verb
of the Triliteral
in the
the conjugations in
off the
full,
unimportant ones.
Meaning of Example
185
>
Reckoning
(.Vote
3.
What
last five
is
becomes
in II
the
We
shall systematically
may be
omitted.
right to left).
II. ?
emphasising
of
place
and reaHy
it
Exs.
one.
*
^ ^"^
j~~$
to
break
^~S
"
\
(o
bits
>ual
^
to
cut,
were written
it
15^
* Hi of
Write
in
Note
to cut to pieces.
enunciated as though
radical,
I,
to break,
as
r
5
What
difference
is
is
18, it will
Give (Al-Mudari c ).
>
wS^j
'*)
Here again the shadda makes the only difference, except that
the kaf takes a fatha, and the servile letter a damma.
7.
(f jj^l)
86
Imperative.
X
8.
AC.
teach"'
"/
Past.
Present.
>**
"
Prohibitive.
Do
i;Ju-'
not teach
"
!
Si
Imperative.
Q.
in Colloquial
Arabic
Exercise 72a.
Yi
r
.X.JX^jl U
A)
"
: ^*
.>,
x,
IjkA^ jl A^Ac"
"Go ye
them
then,
in the
name
nations,
and baptize
lo,
of the age.
all
Amen".
am
to
observe
with you
all
all
that
have com-
end
Lesson 73.
How
I.
The
do we form
Jpull
.*J
from Conj.
RULE:
(for
il
II. ?
from the
verb
triliteral
alif
?).
In the case of
damma, and
in
since
tan win,
*LM
jUiM
Is
^J
revise
,-
is
formed
Lesson 35
quadriliteral since
which
written
a teacher
<UX**
fern.
A<o
).
it
Remember
2,3.
J*
equals
* y
U*
'
that really
Then
the passive
is
J**i
>
Pronounce
of the Imperfect
Pronounce
is
J*i
it
uwi
like
>
the fatha).
OLl**
J*i
UU
The Passive
get
This takes
and
3.
we
one-bringing-forward, or presenting.
First
is a
&*
Similarly
one-who-teaches
a dual
JPUJl
Tense pjUall
c.
/,
35
noting,
vi
Uui
>t
this
C^
Li
AJ
4.
How
RULE
is
is
II
188
replacing the
from
that
is
by
we
we have
partly because
AI* (=one
N. of O. from
Noun
get
of O.,
i** (one-taught),
e.g.,
and also
JU*
of agent
put-forward, or
^-U*
a N. A.
learning, or taught)
its
distinguish the
to
"teacher",tt;/ze/i
Is
unvowelled.
3 (b).
the
different
The Masdar
Quite different.
with
Thus
he-is-put-forward,
pJ&
ahea*d. If
-j
the
to
fath:i
first
A^
masdarof
is
the
^A*J
verb
formed by prefixing
is
II.
and inserting
radical
triliteral
of
which gives us
ta
ya of prolong-
V^"
act-of-teaching, or (as
"-'
Thus
the
con-
it is
o^
fJS
is
the
act-of-putting-forward, or presentation.
*
A>-
There
is
in
having
to
clarify
js
second form in
As can be
or,
seen,
differs
it
Thus from
instead of ya of prolongation.
<U-*A>
we
^i^r
the
clearing,
of
act
or liquidation.
naming.
From
Occasionally
^^
a
to
strong
get
name,
^**-
verb
may
>-
i>c-^i
act of praising
^
it is
6.
much more
II
in
ya.
action); (c)
(d)
God, but
Denominative,
i.e.
the verb
i. e.
"to speak
to''
to
deny
<JA^>
is
^Jo
"to declare to
to believe (a statement).
be
*1>
89
*>
x
\
J
-rt.
TO
T3
o
c
io,
73
-s
^O
T3
*o
'
T5
O
4-1
S
O
2
"^
TV
- O
T3
M3- \i
v
-?-
>
Ti-M.
c
43
CJ
*-
'.'
+1
00
c
'-^
"^
CD
*-
IQO
Exercise 73a.
(
=il
Sign
U^U
4 'jj-tfj 'jy&
<j^
'j
(N)
(t)
(r)
U
f
o\a^
(t)
V4
(')
xrf
>..M
Jilt
>*
^
I
*2
U.J
<
Exercise
li>
^c-
<-Li
A)
u^.*,j u^Ssj*
-*
y*
j-X>^>
(A)
(\
73b.
1.
And
2.
3.
That-which
to
those
who
is in
Moses
speaking
(i.e.
God.
4.
That
5-
It
that
is
God sent-down
(i.e.,
God's messengers).
6.
God
sent
7.
He
8.
It is
GOD,
9.
We
10.
The
it is
down
Former
(painter).
good-news.
rumour
Note
oj' j^l
Students able
Arabic"
first.
to
to
Official (adj.)
to issue
Lesson 74.
Conjugation
I,
How
2.
If
It
3.
the
is
III
III.
Conjugation indexed
in the
is
the
meaning
of
s^Jo
Al-Madi:
\'~"\<^
U> O
5
..
i-j
4.
Lexicon
*~'C-\<^
^Ju O
;o ^ -
^xT b
IT
juiJ 15
'
9
1
5.
's'>
>
Al-Amr:
There
verds:
is
the
it is
"Verb weak
whose Jussive
How
There
do we form J&UH
a
is
the tenses
the sukun
Noun
of
good deal of
J\
from
III ?
similarity
between
Agent
is
and
in
II
and
III
in all
upon
II
thus
alif.
The
^Jl^*
>
^t
~>.
i"
\">
C-^-,-4
>
-Xc-L^.
7.
What
an assistant.
i$
the
masdar
For the
of
plural,
see 45
3 (b).
debater,
192
to
J*U*
but others in
fighting;
ally
we
thus
and
one verb
get
J*^
^'^*
take
<-M
v^U- takes
may
examples given
madar by
adding
thus
&&*
J^'
to
ht with
fi
contention
>
(p. 194).
takes
JtS
Occasion-
in
Lesson
their
students
its
JU
each masdar
study Lesson 75
JS'.terase 74 B.
(Y)
(o)
(A)
(v)
*
Ou"l5Cj
liP
~
(A)
Exercise 74 A.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(fern, sing.).
193
Lesson 75.
I.
Lesson 73
and
c./.
63
5).
>
>
>
to
^
>
2.
3.
From
As with
II
so here
Noun
-j
replace
is
of Object
by
^l
<jj*iil
is
reflexive to
III.
and the same end can be served by using the noun agent of VI.
Ex. of the N.O.
4.
The
a
^^UcJI
significations of Conj.
table,
which
will
Ill
show,
at
the
Sc
me
time,
means
how
of
far the
derived verb differs from the primary verb, and also which of
the
two masdars
ulary
is
the
The vocab-
derived
verbs
The grammarians
(a)
Attempt or
tion
EffortWe
upon someone;
(b) Prepositional
See exs.
(a).
indirect
object,
by
converting
to
direct
Qualitative
showing
(b).
one. (This use of III only occurs when the primary verb
denotes a quality. See exs. (c).
6.
verb, as
it is
meaning of
the derived
194
,0
An
interesting case
is
195
"
to bless,
iJjb
^ j.
from
kneel (camel)
to
Exercise 75 A.
1.
Every contravention
2.
They fought
3.
The
will be punished.
a great fight
(Holy War).
thief
4.
5.
Disputing
6.
They watched
is
the
army
O mother!
intensely
Assist me,
an intense watching),
7.
Bless me,
8.
father!
contra-
a simple
vention.
9
10.
Then he went
This tribe
is
to his father's
house
to ask assistance.
(amount) of
its
differ-
followers.
Exercise 75 B.
jJjj^C*
(Y)
(r)
o^-,
I
o^-j
^-Ai-
'
--
-i
f-J^V* (J ^^>-l>
-^
ij
^o^^^o
jtkj
jJ^^a^
a
'
(j
^i J
(0
'
^-.-^o^
ibUcJ
(o)
(v)
(A)
\
/
<.,!
-*
^
-
>=, /
'*
^0
-,
lJcl
>^
(
^
f N
IQ6
Lesson 76.
Conjugation IV.
1.
What
The
is
factitive
we
2.
in
prefixed, alif
meaning
to the
verb, though,
example which
in the
be
to
I.
means
originally
"Isldm."
may
It
II..
JU*
to
III.
also
"
to
become
mean
and also
to deliver,
make peace
modern meaning
local,
*-i
and
safe,
3.
to salute
JiL
with.
(to
a Muslim."
i. e-,
to
profess
.%4JU
>
LuLl
4.
Al-Mudari c
o >
>AJ
5-
Al-Amr
o
-f.
LL
6.
What
is
The Rule
prefix takes
IV Present-Future
damma
while the
is
"The
servile
pronominal
(in
this
case,
''The
hamza-
has kasra, as
in
the Present-Future.
A~ s
>
8.
As
is
the
before,
Noun
by
/*
and
V
>
l>
A>
possible
^ dU^l ^jTl
,
dl^il
Si
CJ dL, Ij
>
o,
o^3U
> > ~
1.
Evil
2.
Lead
3 (b).
A. and B.
o >*'
^X
{t^^-J
l;Uj;
L^ll
X<1
(Y)
lii
(r)
lf\
^y
ilfi
-. ^
^.^Jll^^i
To Arabic
company corrupts good manners
Exercise 76 A.
76,
to 45
r- )
J*i\
>
benefactor
to be
To
,A~.A
*'>
Exercise 76 B.
thus
tfj*
<j-~^
x
o'
*?
.X^oj
^tS*-.*.*
*>
u*
IV formed
of
of
>
*>
Muslim
^-.
Agent
we mould it upon
>
-^
replacing
a
Imp
its
learnt now.
may be
How
will
"to believe",
*1
7.
(A)
,
(V)
(character).
am JEHOVAH,
thy God,
who
land of Egypt.
4.
5.
6.
And
For
His
do good
to
thousands of them-that-love-me.
JEHOVAH will
Name vainly.
Honour thy
father
and thy
They expelled
with
198
Lesson 77.
I.
To form
the Passive of
IV
Past,
i.
That
formed as
s r eally a
in 35
its
passive
3.
f>
,4'*
is
IV,
O
3.
Form
Replace the
by -
servile ya
How
is
Masdar formed
the
fj^J
comes
to send,
^*a* reformed;
missionary;
4.
thus from
*U
J-*
we
one
get
sent,
rJ^
^.e.,
raised.
IX andX
its
ain
and
with kasra
A5
5.
How
By
can
in
this
this rule
fr
be easily remembered
^4//
forms
(VII,
**
etc.)
which
in
the Preterite
What must
It
a harnzat-qaf'a,
is
write
7.
But
if
uL>.!
^^
NOT
wasla.
c"
he raised up"?
199
In that case,
A>^
<
lit
raising
add
,
dwelling:
i>-ljl
What
This
giving of rest:
Hollow Verb
is,
form
tfU|
in
'
killing.
Lesson
117).
(making-to-do,
causing-to-be, etc.)
commonly used
leaving plenty of
Meaning
of
IV
to
mean
room
"to
become".
Copy
last
and
two are
learn,
200
EXERCISE
"
77.
>
rfj'{ i-l
evc'ry day,
was
in the habit of
my
(used to send)
> "
"
Jb"
sending
servant,
polite-ones,
<u*
And on one
he brought
with him,
of the
which are
in the market.
days
of the sinners,
beneficent,
And
the two
[informed
another per-
me
son.
for fighting.
[those]
in
;
our city,
x O
>0
c>J-iJlr
They-said:
And
"Possible"
is
the reform of
sinners
They
of
possible
said,
said,
said
to
them.
''How
is
that"?.
0,0
And by sending-them- And which
f ar
from
Where they
be
will
Which corrupted
will
them.
destroy them
their friends,
And by
o-
putting
them
And
into
their lovers,
the "Reformatory"
iJI^
"May God
said
under observation.
2or
Lesson 78.
TABLE OF CONJS I- IV.
I.
There
amount
a certain
is
features of similarity,
We
of similarity
between Conjs.
We
by themselves.
off as a class
II., III.,
shall
VII., VIII.,
Forms
To be
IV.
I.
PAKHCIPLES
Masdar
PRESENT-PUT.
PAST
Passive Active.
Passive Act.
No.
Imper.
Passive Active
>
.
A>,
etc.
^
JA 3-
A>
i
UA>
\JU
'u
w
iJV
II.
III.
-
l.il
2.
Ul 'Ul
>AJM
IV.
To be memorised.
out.
3.
These
details are
all
in
(already learnt).
This table
is
Exercise 78
B.
one
To Arabic:
to
A. Translate
to
English
he-was-honoured
one-praising
honour
honoured honour.
;
-202
Lesson 79.
READING EXERCISE
(from
II.)
0*
-^
x*
came-to-the-door-of-a-man
of-the-rich-of-Isfohan
and said to
Vol.
"Magani-1-Adab"
his servant
that a beggar
And-asked some-thing
And-the-man-heard-him
It is said
'
for God.''
JU rb
t"
\>
and Jewel,
say to Ruby,
to say to Jewel
Amber,
tell
j
el
> o .-
O Mubarak
and Diamond
and Turquoise,
tell
e
,.
thee.'
'
".1
urquoise,
j;
J
J*L
y,
IJ^I
>'
**
J^i jC>
tell
to this beggar,
Coral,
I.TJ
So he raised
And
MikaiJ
his
two hands
to Mikail
to
heaven
he says
the asker,
Say
"*l
*t
J^^ Jj
Say
to IsrfifTl
And
this miser.
tc-the-state-of-his-way.
Kikail
that he
And
to Gabrfiil
-K
1
;>
visit,
Lord,
And
say to Dirdail
MISER.
It is
rich
men
of Isfahan,
Amber
tell
Jewel to
to tell
Turquoise to
tell
Ruby
to tell
tell
"O Mubarak,
Diamond to tell
and said
"O
Kikail to
tell
Lord,
Gabriel to
tell
Israfil to tell
tell
Mikail to
tell
tell
Dirdail to
The
to
his way.
2.
NOTES.
-*
(1)
After jJ>
is
<
but
either
of
J^A!*
'
(2)
"Isfahan
(3)
The phrase
(4)
(5)
The
is
is
common
it is
in the East.
miser, of course,
servants.
may
o[ not
not,
(6)
"Turquoise"
a corruption of the
is
word
fairuz, possibly
(8)
(9)
(10)
>
^>j
ij
is
Quranic abbreviation of
Gabriel, Mikail
etc.,
^.j
my
Lord.
are diptotes.
names
to
rhyme
with "miser", but the last two are the actual names of the
Moslem "Angels
3.
MB.
All
of Death".
The
curse
was thus
if
bad one.
aloud.
possible.
Also,
204
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
To English
80.
*'
.
jj^c^i
(N)
,-0
(Y)
(r)
"*
I-*
>US
x^
^.
To Arabic
-^!y
-\
(o)
>
(A)
1.
Lead me not
2.
We
3.
"I
4.
5.
6.
7.
The
8.
9.
10.
^*
into temptation.
do good
to
difficulty.
Commandment
in full.
my
boxes.
allies are
"And
those
who
0>
.*
>^-
observe
to
all
that
have commanded
you''
words
^^
>
A>^
-
^ o
>
jK^l*
<U.**J
-'
AJ^S^P-
x o
^
x-
^ re
.x
i
A\jj
x
205
Lesson
81.
"EYE, VOICE,
>
>
"
^-^
>
e"
""
US".
yV:
*
'
>
'
Urf-
^JLlI
>i j
C5". uj;s Gi
-
-,
^0
y<J >.>"J
.
->
'
-9
'
^0-
>
UUtxT
^o
VJ1 u
VS
^ ^>s *
- o>
UJI OvJJ
^>
--
^
(J ^
JVOT ^^
7
(1)
cJ
from
is
when
alif (see
54
in
2).
u^**J
(3)
OCJ
Lesson
(5)
^-iUJS
70
(6)
Imp. of
^ ^)0
Jb^Jl j
^>
S^i!
(j>ej
Conj.
0*0
j dllj
Jl
(Lesson
is
^0
(7)
jo
Jussive of
is
"
come
in Less.
180.
to
"
^-
is
placed in the
124),
>
-^_J
Radical
(4)
is
is
is
it
vocative,
(2)
to distinguish
(Heavenly) Father,"
<*-->'
The
"
is
11.
116).
See Diet.
Lesson 127
3.
89.
Lesson 82.
Conjugation V.
of
I.
to talk, to speak".
of 'l<2;j
2.
"he talks".
3.
4.
What
is
Previously
marked by
we have found
5.
^. \
thus
4
What
The
fatha except, of
is
Conjugation VI.
6.
(c.f.
vowel
in
Lesson
84).
from
Form
As
the *ain of
is
^-O U^
noticeable here
radical
*''1'}
a speaker.;
a learner;
(c.f.
Noun
remembering.
of
Conjugation
/Jj& one-advancing(leader)
Agent takes
VI.),
a kasra
under
its
middle
Is
e.g.
we do
not say
'-li^'XSs*_j
Jvi
it is
"
it
said.
was spoken",
20/
We
whence J*^y
He
example:
in
example
to
^Jy
cause to die,
i*"
tuwuffi,
studied medicine
'
The Passive
t**
3**-
of
is
gli*)
**
science of
The
^*>
-^*'*
JtaM
What
is
(2)
Conjugate
f&^
Exercise 82 B.
^
"
^?)
Of,
""
t
'"> s^
^ d } ^,
*'-*'*
C
&-\
^'- L^-V^
S
^^^.o^
^ /-"^""
a
'
*X
( N )
/^\
(Y)
^-
^ ^^IxAd
4).
2).
"^
Tense
tf
y*
(r)
Sl
rx
^\
'UiM
^
v
(t)
/
'
s'
-^^^^
..^
10
1
"
^4
(0)
Exercise 82 A.
(1)
"Then,
when thou
causedst-me-to-die,
"And, whosoever
whosoever
is
(3)
is
is
just,
sanctified let
the
filthy, let
him be
let
him be
him
justified
sanctified
still".
still,
and
and whosoever
(Rev. 22
ll).
(5)
wast
thou
Whoso
first
is
to the
4).
credit").
will explain
that
may
act
as
jazmating
particle,
208
Lesson 83.
1.
What
is
The
fixed
ta.
This
type-form
and
is
VIII.,
Also,
II.
usually
There
translated
many
cases, V. acts
this servile ta of
Conjugations
to
is
II.
itself
like that of
is
as the Reflexive of
V., VI.,
is
in
by the Reflexive
"to
do
it
we have
is
even
in English, for
Thus from
and from
self"
2.
=I
II.
II.
remembered.
Give examples of
Meaning
of V.
this
(V.
:
is
said to be
"I
reminded my-
jlU* to
II.)
209
3.
few exawitlcx
Denominative force,
<>f
(c. f.
^*
^ ^
embrace Christianity^*,)"
to
Coiij.
II.)
Christians (Nazarenes)
X"
"
be Arabicized
to
to
prophesy
to be
4.
vG*
\t'..
named
to take a body,
become incarnate
How
Arabs
is
the
Madar
P r P het
name
_.
Flesh,
of V. formed
we form
As
>>
J~^
body
'
1T
Thus from
.,
,,
(./&
,,
V^
,,
plr^
Exercise
1.
2.
3.
4.
8-3 a.
we
act of learning
Ji*T
get
^r'-^"
sanctification
"
*iiT
advancement
"
'pS~J
rashness
(For missionaries).
A man came
is
sickness.
5
God
willing
we
and she
b.
>.*
>"
"o"
^ o^"i tj U v
,>> ju
S-'
A)
(r)
l:So 'Juri^j
I
( t)
V;.'
^'""
U j/>'
AM
^U j|
(o)
210
Lesson 84.
Conjugation VI.
I.
What do we
That
Tense
the Past
III
is
ta.
a garment,
to
^^"
y
".
*JL>
^
o
'-
ilk"
US&?
2.
Is
Yes
and
III.
in
III.
becomes
viz.,
a fatha in VI.
Give Al-Mudari*.
f V "
jWU-aJj
I
;rc>
>
c
U(
4.
Al-Amr.
"
"
"
"
If'-
'
"r
5.
Toformlam-ul'fa'iL
Compare
Sr'
*"
the
They two
6.
The
V*
->
jUdU^.1*
\"*
U*
Passive,
(a)
etc.
etc.
to
_>
for
is
is
on the form
followed (35
3)
J^jiT
but the
The
alif
wau.
etc.
Active
changed from the Present
^ - ">
*
>
thus from l?Ub we get
is
JTUJ3:
From
(c)
".
>
gives us J^ill
^1
->
c.-oUtl*
7.
ill
between
II., III.
and
IV.
(conversation).
78.
PRKSENT-FUT.
PAST
Passive Active
Passive Active
No.
Imper.
Passive Active
thus
PARTICIPLES
Masdar
V.
VI.
Examples
V.
IT AJU
ir
-7
8.
How
is
Examine
the sentence
4JO
jj
:>
^y>
^
literally translated,
first
It is
"one
not incorpo-
"That we
reads.
it
VI.
Very
when
Ur
upon
depends
their
respective
Ja
~-
Thus,
the
or
j>s\^.
**
Uaj
*&*
i-p****.
(a)
then
When
(jo*
the reciprocal
meaning
/s
ss
U^M
l-^Ur
Hf*j ^
W*^>
'**
J^-
^>-j>-
Lesson 85.
1.
(We
Meaning of VI.
if
the action
is
III.
mutual,
Plu., or Collective).
(b) In
There
How
^JI^Z* *U
do we form the
damma
Substitute
Past),
c.f.
83
77.
idea
of pretending the
to
pretend ignorance.
J*l^
"the leaves
fell
one
4 closely.
' "
the
is
sentence Ex.
C.f. last
of tsequence;
madar
j>
one
is
be exalted"!
this
action.
(d)
God, we use
May God
of
speaking
^UaT
"
"
,,
a mutual collision
"
"r
"f
in
sequence
chain of authority
(tradition).
Ur
>lir
4.
(j*
,,
UT mutual deceit(
^tir
,,
Title of
Sura
64).
mutual understanding.
kept him
off,
'
>
^V ir^ ^
of the matter
^.^7 J J
^ u^
is
J*^
;^
'
^-^
<J^
1
214
Exercise 85B.
- -^
.*
UJa-JJ (jiJUb\.lJ
>
-A
~
>U3
CiUi
Ja>.
(r)
olVj/l
(r)
4j*
(0
'
-Ull
JJCJJ
sU
&V(Air>.y^
'"
"'
"
".'
Exercise 85 A.
1.
to
English
2.
Arabic
(lit.
(v)
I^U
(A)
,*-,**
lj^>
first).
parties
came
(attended)
to sign the
sides (parties).
3.
The two
4.
The
5.
"That
6.
/.
"And
"Then
the
one
after another.
64).
sequence"
Q.
fell
(i.e.,
began relating
in order.)
The consecutiveness
(Acts
them
in
information
is
explaining
II
to
4).
(authority) of this
215
Lesson 86.
I,
What
is
formed from
(a)
That
alif
by which
to
(b)
That
the form
it is
it is
Ji
pronounce
it;
which
commonly used
is
2.
VII.
(This
is
instead of
important).
of the Type-form.
UiLu)
UU;
3.
Also
VII. of
's~^->} (Conj.
o
'^}-
"
"^
*^>
4.
Suppose the
first letter
and
a s//acfc?abe written, (
found
j&\
is
servile
<
(^^.^JNJ
nun?
is
a possible
JSJ
j~*
C> of
J^SC*
coalesces
'
with
I)
U^s- and
thus
^
Conjugate
suffix thus;
<j[
i^C- and
with
the
^ thus
6[
of
(
Verily we.
JaSj
to
be cut
(off), in
Al-Mudari c
JBUJ
6.
Can
Yes, because in
some
meaning shades
<^
Thus from
spend) we get
216
O^^
to
"
dismiss
to
"
to
(or,
^ ^^
$*
"to re-
^--
lease",
we
get
J^>[
From u^-a^ we
to
be
let go, to
depart.
"Go away".
get as Imperative:
^2.)
7-
How
In the vowelling of
8.
Q.
Jc-Uil
Take
-.4*1
etc.,
and
V and
from
pjvJail
and prefix
differ
c.f.
Lesson
78.
UiJ
in
77
5,
insert a long
O
as usual
* -
alif
VI
Jt*w
--
(cutting-off)
me
o
"
grieved at being
from his father
*j
>-
.r
^
<^
..NJ
/'
Exercise 86a.
(\)
J
tyi
Exercise 86b.
I.
^i
(Y)
the
of the Opposition,
(overturning, revolution).
(immersed)
2.
the Party
217
Lesson 87.
I.
I.
4.
in
We may
Lesson 36 that
only
'
<0*
to this lesson
we learned
Tense.
218
Preterite.
^S*\ " K
j^So j ^c. U
meaning
"*',<u>
'
Have any
"What
Yes, three
verbs
has
perhaps, in
in
a-^U- JUil
<j-jJ
,^f
<J& j
Defective Verbs.
is this
to
%J
only the
the
This
"May God
sense
also
likely to be."
.'(e.g.,
the coffee)
** *
and
f%i*
come
Plural
of
has
heal him."
OU give or bring
Past
Lesson 88.
Conjugation VIII.
I.
UUil
2.
How
does
VIII. differ
from
VIL
(b) In
is
preceded the
it
^^
was nun
radical
first
in VIII.
and second
it is ta.
radicals.
"
"
3.
first
VII.
"
\
Conjugate ^>^_I*J
to think.
^0 ^
aj!
tense of
*}*$
x-0
Form
As
JfrU)
with
II., III.
from
etc.
>
letter
7.
Can
and
VIII.
s-
he works
to abstain.
using
5.
6.
.*I^1
prefix
Js"*? V'->
J"-^
* thus ^Sx-lA>*
^"
Yes, to some verbs, not
all.
>
'"
*-*-^
borne,
it
is
possible,
220
8.
Can
of
with
Passive, just as
its
I. ?
forma-
VIII. in the
(Revise here 39
I.
6 on
Top
.,
Thus
Verb).
J>II*
*Uc-
"It
The use
"She
is
of
it
(will be)
(lit
4-
.<,
be begun l^JUjC**
will
"
l>
then
it;
-^e
\-&^ Similarly
it)
o
.-
x-
L^-i
^S^-la^
thought about"
J>
the
Passive
>
*.**
\"\
I
^*jt.J
formed
?
""
Take
shewn
in
^
^
^&
.
a preposition
This matter
looked-into
is
prefix p
-,
possible of occurrence.
and
7
-
thus
J*^
>
*1I*J
I
I
'ihe
Those borne-testimony- to
t
10.
trusted
Form j* J*ail
Turn back
and X.
in
'*o
>..
woman
The
Uli
of
\~<
to
in
L*I^J
its
How
is
the
madar by
of Place
Same measure
this applies
is
Form
(b)
Write
Js-UH
*J
f-jlii'
of
^'
(63
/,
from
and J^ill
^-l
(88:4).
footnote.)
Derived
alif-kasra.
formed from
as Jj^l'
^Tiil
to those
sounded by
jL-o.I*.4
final radical"
Noun
A^Xc-
o,^^"%
Relied on
Lesson 77': 4
forming
4*11
"
'
221
Exercise
88.
"'
'r
r.
*,v
U 3;b
o-.v
i,
;_
o
<
>
jlT'ol
(r)
l^'i 0>
()
>
UU' '^
(v)
ii jl j
Exercise
88.
V^'^X-^
1.
2.
"We
travail night
3.
L.oJL.15CJ"i
"If there
and day."
be anyone
who does
let
him
5.
idols."
7.
"Then
6.
let
all
Verily we
notice).
God
and
if
ye
shall reveal
you."
are God's
Lesson 89.
1.
What
(b)
to
of I
is
"to do
it
to
do
it
one another.")
(c)
2.
write one's
(f.(j.
name
subscription
list)
ilie
Passive,
Changes
223
the
in
of VIII.
3.
the
to be agitated
first
where
is
the
or
\?
__
(which are
all
of
)O
Mil
becomes
is
This
I?.
written, Ex.
may
to
5 \?\
be driven
Or
4.
Explain
to
?-5j\
as in
the
off.
J*
If
or
5.
the
first
This
as
radical be
may
;>
first
the servile
^>ol
radical be
i.
Explain
Look
of
"Uisl
first
is
radical
or
changed
if
that be
to
;>
it
vl>
as
"^Jl
^~
^o^ (89
Words
under
be stored up.
to
unites with
s>
or j the
yol^ or
Suppose the
Then
:>
4).
Difficult to
2.
Explain
Find.
(89
3).
To Arabic
Exercise SO A.
1.
2.
We
work
What
4.
The
is
(liable to catch
Coptic Church
3.
224
prices of
God
of
in the
(Nation).
that prevents
it
Kingdom
fire).
all
women's work
war time
in
6.
war
knows
Pay no
attention to that
person
being-religious.
8.
By examination
9.
man
(trial)
is
To English
Exercise 89 B.
honoured or degraded.
girl to
(rash) in her
be hasty
J*
4.0,
:.v
zil
'
vi dii's
jfiil,
(\)
'
LS >iki
Sf
ji^jl
^;V
c'
0)
jCJ! c.'^
il*
ill dl'i
^,
Jl
C.
(r)
jl,
(0
tfjji
o>ir
Si
(i)
Si
(v)
(A)
i
N.B.
ft
i^
xjj.
ft i
is
Su t.isC.
from
means "man,"
its
'ij&l
fern.
IV.
ol'Jl
to
insult or
and
indef.
degrade;
^l
fern,
\ .J
'
225
EXAMINATION PAPER
A
Translate to Arabic
90.
1.
2.
in
believe in me,"
was wishing
to
3.
4.
5.
6.
It is
7.
8.
9.
in the
What was
for patience
a virtue (handsome).
is
woman
Sunday
yesterday.
at present.
last
Coptic Church.
B. Translate to English
Khutba
in the
mosque
0)
(r)
'
'*,
JO!
JUi
^f
.LU
I
C-
A
"
**
(o)
IS.)
^
U^ j>^
I
(v)
i
j^
/,\
(A)
1.
Which
is
2.
Which
3.
Which
for Reciprocity
Form
Give
illustrations.
226
Lesson
91.
is
I'l
WI
jjLl
iiUj
,l:)
^ O.^l
a , ^^> V ^ j!
x+3-
l^
Oil
*++A>J ^*.*~
U^^ A:^ V
*+**
Ji
j^J
ox-
^b
^U dill ^
<u*-uiJ iji^uJI
dli^ ej^U
GL^i
(*^
jl
il
dll
pU
* dill
<L
jl
227
Lesson 92.
Conjugation IX
1.
is
Memorise
fixed colours
to
become white
white
to
become black
black
to
become red
red
yellow, pale
crooked
become crooked
to
to turn pale
and
to lose
one eye
Inflect
*>
one-eyed
to redden.
i'.
i.
>
-'0
tr
4.
j 's
come from
in
2nd and
1st
persons
This
sukiln, thus
is
>
;
fled
ox.
O jj
t
final radical
she touched
5.
6.
the shadda)
feasible)
in
"
*~*
:
We
has
to brar
Lesson 102
he fled
^
;
to
Is there a
7,
Passive to IX
228
Noun
The
of Object.
Reddening j+-
*.*J
on measure j***
jj!UJ
Redness (inflammation)
paleness
8.
How
Use
r-v>-jftj
II
is
..-
it,
on measure
crookedness.
make
"to
white, to whiten"?
factitive or causative,
>
she blackened
J>'j^
He made
it
white
$'
5 j*
word
(
for cochineal
Lesson 144
o..
-:.-
is
kermes',
*>
Scarlet Fever
it
?*~.Al)
thus;
.-. >
:;
;
by adding
violet
coffee-colour.
Exercise 9 2 A.
1.
When
she heard this news her colour faded (she turned pale)
As
know
your sins be as
3.
If
4.
Her
[snow.
it.
scarlet,
face
^>
'0
^ 0^
/\
0-^5-^x-
';
c,
\)
oj
(t)
ir"oj
Lesson 93.
Conjugation X.
1.
The form
of Conjugation X.
is
of
^A!*
which
'
J*A^*
first
formed by
is
of the radicals.
0^0
.
*4*l-J
(H*:^
o^
>H A.
4* *
3.
Imperfect of
****'' J
"to seek
ask information",
to
knowledge,
"
>
JU^J
I
g v^
00S*
'
>
rJul->
4.
Imperative of
;"
0-0
j*+
The Noun
With
Thus
ask forgiveness".
0^0
f'
jj^-J by*
5.
to
of
Agent
.AI~* one-asking-pardon
temporary husband
6.
The Madar
00
Alx*
approval;
7.
Can
to legalise return to
divorced wife.
one-who-approves
,>~?cl~
.^00
examples jU*Z
inquiry;
there be a Passive
x
i
*l
-XsI^
employing,
utilisation.
It
**
>*
y^^.Z^
>
I
was drawn
out, extracted
> '
8.
(he)
><*
.
It
The Passive
of al-Mudari
e
:
-r
etc.
j>^>
was approved
>
i
'* >
~>*Z~J
230o
The Passive
9.
Compare JJL^J
Exercise 93a.
is
Participle
= that
x-ft^-e
on the form
^>d*w9
which
Uftl*^
is to
recapitulatory Exercise.
o3 i
TV jr
Exercise 98b.
"And
will
Exercise 93c.
> o
To English
"
o"[
c^;^:^
i
<u
>
*,
>o)|
1
^.
He
^0^0
l~
Is
way
to
will cause-to-act".
"
>\^"\ >^,<<
^
-*fl
jjJc~J
>
"
"
^||-M
o,"
*fSU
tli jj ly
Deliver thy
^
J
(j
0^ 0^
*_ji^i
>
-'
I
j^uu-J
-^
i-,^0
ULi ijl JU>
^
-^
JLrf
"
}*
\"~*
tj Ui
**||
-ui
(\)
/
Y)
(i)
To Arabic
Exercise 93d.
1.
The king
>
So he
said
approve
3.
it
"If
in the future",
"Then know
that there
They
is
will
said
it.
(i.e. I
"If
God
will".
forgiveness for thy sin and for the believers (m) and the be-
lieving-women".
4
In the
book
sharp 'rmistahiir
many
to
stories
divorced
about
girl
on
but
fell
in love
first
231
Lesson 94.
Conjugation X. (Contd.)
1.
2.
What
meanings of Conjugation X.
(a)
To
(b)
To
good,
(e.g.
(c)
:
etc.)
(Various).
232
you get
4.
From
93
6 and
^0
jULLJLJ asking-permission,
*l^
in
and
asking-to-be-excused.
or,
j^+
(~-
't
Compare
\[)\ Lessons 77
and 117
7,
An
13.
additional alif
**
is
made by
^
**.:
uprightness, straightforwardness,
To English
Exercise 94 a.
\>-\
thus
rest, restfulness.
j^+#\
s
/
_>*
-o -
-I.
-.0-5?
-^i
vi
*t
^^Ij^:^ JUIIj
.1
>. >
^
t
*
"*!
J^
"I
U*-i
>J>>
I
xt
^ "
^ *^
~*
4MJ" J^3
j^-a>-
To
b,
(o)
Arabic.
2.
3.
Inasmuch as
(Since
person referred
attendance
^J
1.
(Y)
<_^*
01,;^^
Exercise 94
"
<lUu*l
it
to,
was
I)
was surprised
at the
reception.
presence of the
said to
me
(I
was
told)
to-morrow.
5.
6.
We
Don't
make much
trouble.
of this matter,
for
it
is
233
Lesson 95.
I.
Derived
of
VII.
Conjugations
X.,
with Examples.
MUDARI
PARTICIPLES
PAST
No.
Imper.
Passive Active
Passive
Uiitj
Active.
Passive
Act.
'U
UA!
Forms
VII.
VIII.
3-.
o;o
-*
UA ***
>
X.
UA*^.
Exs:
VII.
s
- o
JUiS
VIII.
&'9
J^
/*^
\
2.
}X.
O-O
k**A*
'
the following
Study
Then
your lexicon.
*,
Jv>
i"
'
X.
A
I
the aid
correct by
page
of
235.
^4U
x*j
--
*\f^
.
J>
"
I'
l^
^4
*
'/SiiVl
l//
**
j r^
234
Lesson 98.
QUADRILITERAL VERB.
\.
We now
is
3.
How
is
is it
expressed
We
doubled.
How
(a)
By
(b)
By repeating
(c)
From nouns
(d)
By expressing "he
Copy and
to roll
is
a bi-literal
of
sound (Onomatopoeia);
away
letters
"
(Rare),
say that
5.
How
formed
the Imperative
is
Like
III,
^>J
'
6.
translate
"
rj>*
s
roll
*j> prove
The Noun
*
of
Agent
^ "\S^' >
J\'
Similar to that of
>
and
IS^*
^r J^-
(Satan);
Oy*
is
We
c.f.
is
8.
gave
Conj
II.
Does the
a Derived
last
.
note also
9.
employ
to
Form
remark * apply
.
{.
C*Uj
How
can
to the
Noun
iljlj
of Object
3.W
visual
thing
Yes, but
book.
earthquake
we
For
Look under
(a)
'*+>
a ta
translation;
marbuta to^^
Verb
(in
Lexicon)
"
for 2
>
'}
See 2 above.
bi-literal
10.
j*\
2).
a translated
'<J*
*s*
tr>-J^*
one ~
explosives (Neut.PL)
in
>
f^-^
7.
'>
one-proving;
~^*
interpreter;
>
<j*
Compare
III.
mumbling. An ex of inanimates,
and
II.
Q "">
whispering
>
letter.
first
two
sparkle (whence
(b)
letters,
The
thus
'
to glitter,
Sj
a pearl), see
Exercise 95b.
ENGLISH
The
The employees
(officials)
of
EXERCISE
M.
Sinai peninsula
(///.
so anxious for
it
with
a boy had
like-island).
that they
began
to inquire
Special edition).
were
;
inquiries,
but
when behold
(i.e.
reddened with joy at the pleasing news, and they showed (there appeared upon
236
Lesson 97.
1.
the Derived
What^are
JU^r with
(a)
Forms
of the Quadriliteral
Verb
form (Quad.
II.),
,---
J^J with kasra prefixed, and the second lam doubled Quad.
(b)
III).
,--0 -0
(c)
2.
JM**
We
'
Lesson
said in
compared with
96,
that
Quadriliteral
of Triliteral
II.
Conj.
may be
""
similarly treated ?
""i71
"*."
JwJ is similar to J**r (/>. J**-^
V. of Triliteral
--^0-0
may
3^*J
example
This
3.
last
is
be compared to IX:
it
^J^\
form
(c),
(the
jLi
may now be
a girdle
II.
be shaken, or
to
be shaken, shake
to
(a)
(<2al) J^-J
^
demonstrated
to
solitary
^ ^ 0^^
to be
its
dismissed.
^>---
wear
VII,
to
^
~
^-^
quake
f'j^'j
<* **
^ '
to be translated, interpreted
4.
Thus:
^^V^l
> '
'>S\SS ^
^^^
0*^
it
sparkles, -J^aJUJj
How
is
the
6.
^ at
intelligent
comparison of V.
he wears a girdle.
is
Madar formed
The Masdar
by
w ^h
*'"
^-^-
of Quadriliteral
II.
would be
wv*
*\\'~
^*AJ
'
(/c\
Examples
Quad
III):
Masdar
N. Agent
Impei
237
Past
Present
Meaning.
come to nought,
cease to exist,
fade away
to
to shudder,
shiver
to be tranquil
to shrink
(with aversion).
7.
What
is lo
(a)
Three things
(b)
Two
tive
"Doubled
^^
P-jUai'
be better understood
will
(or Surd)
Verbal Noun.
Exercise 97
JcUH ^*i
which
oJ UP
be learned
to
In
Verbs
To English
a.
the Impera-
Lesson 103 on
the case of
jwUVI mean
and
after
be tranquil, both
to
peace of mind.
tranquility, or,
^
*>" t"
-^
^
*
f-'
^1
^^
f
-?i
'
o-o^, ^
"-^. '
'
j
Exercise 97
The
b.
pupil
began
'
^-
JJ jo j
jj
to wail bitterly as
>
>-m
\*
>+
<5uyj
'
j>-
^\M
V!
though he was
Our
friend
(lit.
(shining) girdle,
(probably)
(teacher)
with
it
it
Mohammad.
the other
and boxing.
was wearing
a polished
him as
a gift
He commenced
to
and out-do
-238-^
XEADIbG EXERCISE
Removed-his-clothes,
98,
on-a-day-of-snow,
>
black-one once,
And it-was
and-rubbing-with-it-his-body,
said-to-him,
and began-taking-the-snow,
o
.5
JLS
In-the-hope
become-white,
dUs L-"
He-said,
that-I,
body-with-the-snow,
Si
Then-a-wise-man-came-and-
O this-one,
Don't-trouble-yourself,
said-to-him,
&
"**
^^
>
^f
^
increases-not-except-in-
that-thy-body-blacken-
and
it
blackness,
the
that-the-wicked,
is-able-to-conupt,
good,
for-it-is-possible
the-snow,
meaning-of-it-is,
Over-the reforma-
(he cannot,)
and-as-for-the-man
tion-of-the-wicked,
he-has-not-power,
the-good-one,
black
to take the
began
said to him.
'That
to
his clothes
"Why
may become
and said
ENGLISH.
his
body with
it.
Someone
Then
a wise
man came
snow
yet
it
itself."
the good
one,
239
Lesson 99.
POPULAR STORY FOR READING EXERCISE.
JUj
;c;
iu^i
2-; )
ib
VCj/j
<^ilj fc-
r Vi
lr
li5*j
"U^o'
JU
JlS
7-^i
4>l
J^
jJ^j
f/^ j
^uji Jis
Ijb*
- Jiv
^^li
l?
jUcill
\^
"-^
^ ^
_
V
^rli
j^r-^^l;
,
e_,
-5
jr^r
if
JU
^JJI S
Tin's
in all
jM> r|>
Egyptian collections,
A certain
number
is
to be
of vowels
grammatical notes
Jafrl
^jl
(see 25
^ a
'-*
literally,
unpointed.
give a
IV.
To be
/eztf
7).
modern Egyptian
silver
coin=one
dollar.
A>
We
CT*
is
the Imperative of
*>!
(Lesson 104:4).
c.
1,2).
240
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
To
English
#0^^,
>\^9
*-A)
100.
#0 x
.P llx^u
/t*-**
>
fc
>
"^
^x
x-
'
^^*^
<
w
/W^M
Jj
o-
l^u
. i
'
>
^>
'N!<
^^
(^H J^*
11
_,
"*>'>
i
J **31
0.0
VV
"
'
>
)4^x^ ,'^3**^i
MJ
rt
UJ)
1.
2.
3.
The
^t
\
j
x-
y
To Arabic
^s
xO -
/^.
-^//'v^
4**
-x
^-.stS- ^J J
- -
AX.IJ ,*^
(v)
were shining
stars
And
his disciples
4.
sins, as
we
for-
Honour thy
5.
on the
6.
father
and mother,
may be long
earth.
/.
8.
g.
C.
dav
week
newspaper
rnule.
month
year
library
Plural of this
book
fathermother
church
brother*
house
dog
in
Ex. 56
sister
cow
c),
Lesson
101.
how many
Into
JU
classes are A.
VERB.
?
te.
\^ Sound (or "strong")
free
JL>
B.
j^ J*$
B.
(a)
>
or quadriliteral) that
triliteral
are devoid of
Not-Sound.
have
own
their
Letters,
special rules.
--.
sub-divided into
is
radicals,
v^r,
wan
or ua.
>
Under
*>
(a)
we
shall study
j^f Mahmuz
.>
Muda
c-ac-Ua*
alike.
ll*
(b)
and
ya.
Under
we
(b)
shall
have
MW/&
'
Qtf^.U
it
2.
Ajwaf (Hollow)
wau
or ya or
Ndqis (Defective)
zta?/.
or
to
and
learn
or
//
at the end,
whence
list is to
be turned back
//c/
in the middle.
//
to for reference.
the
It
is
not essential to
will
I02I2/.
Why
"Irregular"?
Non-Sound
the
242
.sT
fa
*\
>
s
03
'
f^
^
"3
:
'I
-1;
3
O
*N
t
rt
s
o ^
S
Lesson 102.
DOUBLED VERB.
1.
What
A
2.
w^
is
simple
triliteral
When
are the
They
are contracted
when
sign,
when
Thus Ju
Thus
noun-Affix).
JL
has a sukun,
it
he extended
before a Pro
(e-y.
I
extended.
^
3,
Inflect the
Preterite of -U
<
4.
What happens
RULE.
the
first
If
01
5.
radical
is
is
3J*j
we
get
^^
to flee,
and
**."."
for
he runs away)
damma)
"
.
"jA>
vowelled (here by
not-vowelled,
first,
Imperfect Tense of
in the
,A>
,A>
third.
and
its
but
vowel
Thus instead
> .".Ox
.-*
for
fo think, suppose.
run
j*
x-
'
to bite.
^
UaT
6.
What
difference
Instead of
and
the
is
made
formal
in the Imperative
0/0
}Ju
>
I
^-1 we write ju
and
"{jA'
Why
there no alif-kasra
is
Because
radical,
f-jUail
is
needed
J^Uil
Yes
it
pj
to assist to
is
regular
pronounce
*i
jlU instead
*
jU
instead of
there,
no
taken
is
A>^
\i as
*^
jli
".
*r-
instead of
*!"*
.-
opinion, thought
commonest form
fn.
jyU^
Similarly
"i
of "^ IU
".
9.
first
radical coalesce.
it
the
"
'jjU
to
sometimes used.
third
vowel on
its
extra alif
8.
Tw"
""l^
*^
*'
!!>
jtj
flight.
Perhaps
Exercise 101
1.
a.
What
is
To Arabic
your
245
about the
thought
(Sad Chapter).
2.
And
3.
And
God
Then
5.
And
fled
verily (assuredly)
consider
him
to
("Stories" Chapter).
6.
And
and hypocrites
GOD
the thinkers of
(f)
(f)
Say
*:
if
("Confederates" Chapter).
*
verily or assuredly,
Exercise
115).
10.S b.
and
To English
is
used after jl
J which means
(see 128
10).
(from Al-Quran).
ujJ I*
I//.
'
VsCiU Ui
'
^
.
Lj
( \ )
/
/
,
(Y)
\
(r)
>-
>
. .
:A>.
i^
7ji
x^
""^*
s.-^ OjjA^
(tj
(o)
Lesson 103.
I.
Form
This
regularly formed
Doubled Verb
e.g.
from J-k J 3
to indicate,
show.
-
Xij
$&
,-,
Ji
2.
Does
the
Decidedly
radical
so,
when
in the Jussive
it
is
manifestly
for,
as
we have shownbefore J
one
difficult to
**"
sound J-k
JI
If it
were
o.
I
j)
to
happen
o>
in Arabic.
.-
"-V
is
never allowed
247
(b) In the
- 0>
"^
A A
Imperfect
-
-*>
Cz
"to deceive").
248
To Arabic
Exercise 103a.
1.
2.
3.
him
to him".
"He
4.
said,
We
will
strengthen
with thy
fore-arm
thy
brother".
6.
7.
5-
without) God,
enemy)
whom
lest
God
they revile
despitefully (as an
in their ignorance".
To English
Exercise 103b.
you".
'
'
7T..JJ
-,,-,-,
>
UO^j
^
"a,
-i>
"
.
IjJLft ^
^XJ
|iT
i
a,
*
I
o^
^-
<W
sr'
t
'
>>>
">
(v)
'>
(t)
',
Or)
til*
jy.^
^ J^-^i L"*
.
jj^
>
"'
*'
- ^
" K.K
'^r^
*3
(0)
(V)
2.
"Passive Voice"
is
is
will
= ^U
ilxil -the
known. By others
similarly called
J^i^
*^
agent(subject)is unknown.
The above
>.^U1I
J^li^U
==
Or J^>cJiJ ^-^
"Deputy
169, etc,
Agent".
on Syntax.
249
Lesson 104.
HAMZATED VERB.
1.
In
It
2.
In verbs with
RULE: A
hamza- fa
vowelled hamza
vowel.
}
>
changed
^u
to the letter
homogeneous
>>
leaf, for
\^
belief
is
..-
j~*
l-o
c
^,
Similarly,
written
we
write
alif of
it
to
but
prolongation, to change
is
fo take captive.
(S^
y
jft
is
iVt
*))
to the
conventional custom.
Conjugate
lH
forjU[
and
3.
y*\
>
^'^
w
I
_^
&*" becomes
'
when preceded by
and ju|
,-*
'JS"~
is
with sukun)
Examples
'IbeJteve,"
radical) what
(p. 242).
(ie.
I
i
is
(i.e. first
j;*j
first,
hamza
silent
be hamzated
a verb
lr
^G
l
x
c-
~
4.
there
above rule?
to the
any exception
250
altogether
5.
take
Form J*UH *J
The one alif is placed
taking; JS
-^
6.
!j-i>- -A>-
What happens
Refer back
weak
the
is
rejected
JS"" eat
ljl>
madda
one hoping
thus
-vl safe.
our
to
Ijy j command!
radical
first
to
letter
5)
"Change
that vowel
if
is
*U.J!
Thus -*>^ He
'0 *
7.
of
Examples
'*i
J^AX!
VU
>
hamzj) Jj*
,%.
^Ul
from the
>
'
"
-M
w*y
r-
initial
(having
jj*f>
M ^"VU
->
hoped-for;
be
AJaJl Jp
Similariy
will
(it)
JjJ
VU
an eatable
'
y
jj^ U
subordinate-official;
8.
Vocabulary
X
"
(a)
to order T*
3-*
damma
Verbs taking
*"
to eat
'
"^
^
"."
^o
Imperfect: to hope
in
*"
to take
(b)
Fatha
^->>
to permit
permitted.
^
I
t:
to
be safe
to regret
^*-
'
*^c
(a)
Kasra
in
To Arabic:
Exercise 104a.
1.
"Then
2.
"And
the
Eden
to dress
saying,
is
"Of
tree of the
it
all
and keep
Adam
it. And
(the
the
evil,
~
i
r
x
it
^i<-^
1i
5^0
r
^ I'M
>
t>
\^
>
t
i-
-"
s^j
for in the
15-17).
l^ I^LSj (\)
),,.
r
J
Ji
ot 4J.J 'IwjjVil
<l^/tojl
^ ^
Jii
__
':
(Gen
English:
-
'-
ihe trees of the garden thou mayest freely eat: but of the
To
8).
Exercise 104a.
>-
'j
(T)
2$t
Lesson 105.
1.
We
may
come now
it
take
to the
Damma
as middle radical.
>
Fatha as
hamza
in
^^
jLJjC<j*j? (J*y.
,,
to inquire
to
^ e Drave
^ LJ
Kasra
2.
The Mudari
,^Jo
to despair
of "to despair"
<jLfc
3.
The Imperative
'JUI
of
UL.
l~>
What vowels
7.
What form
It
Masdar take
will the
not
c
verbs mahmuzat-ul-^ain (having the ain hamzated).
many
Examples
Oy*
Madar:
of
request
and
J^*
a question',
villainy
despair
C>
i'-iX
4j
8.
IS
Revise Lesson 13
at this stage.
Jl
Important.
B
u*
crj*;
-
^
'
11
dl) Ul
x-
f^ J
r)
'J
li
1'T-i
aV (0
Ul
'
"Ask
and
of me,
(Ps. 2
possession."
"And Saul
And
(l
Sam. 27
me and
5.
"Ask thy
7.
father,
elders,
(Luke
II
to the
10).
tell
thee" (Deut
yet
me
26).
6.
l).
4.
and thy
for thy
8).
wind" (Job 6
(V)
despair of
will
(any more)."
3.
~"
inheritance,
2.
cJUi
si*
1.
(^)
>
To Arabic
( \ )
ill
I'LJ (o)
b.
J
X
'
Exercise 105
C-
^.1
x>
*^
7-V 'iUp
'jy
'V
"
?
32
/,
7).
2l).
said,
(Gen 13:1).
Verily, or truly).
Do
not
253
Lesson 106.
I.
Give exs
Meaning
of
hamza
254
We
things".
7.
will
What happens
hamza
from
"simplify
to the final
derived
is
*^J
now be
to
and
word "prophet"
of the
is
but the
*
Lesson 67
-not
c
Qur an
in
anything, something
^\^\
Tfj-)
plural
(Its
What happens
The
is
is
^n
$-^
'
has been
i/a.
<Uf (Lesson
I
^^
7-
*U^'
a diptote)
^^
r-
~**
form
plural
^^-Ji
As
is
'.'
the
J
**
we get
^'"
i
'
Compare
To English
Exercise 106a.
/J
'
to
(^)(3
'^1^3
>,
To Arabic
name
groan
^^
^y.r-*
'
groan.
(From al-Qur'dn).
>
Exercise 106b.
Read
llxj.*
J15 (f )
^
1.
the verb
^
i
--
^o
w,
u,
<****
1^
^
-Z
j'
-
>
in the
of thy
2.
3.
He
said, "Verily
am
people".
4.
And
5.
Then,
likewise
if
revealed
we appointed
thou
to
art
thee,
in
ask
to every
doubt
those
prophet an enemy.
who
[were]
reading
the
255
Lesson 107.
1.
to the
Returning
Yes
is
it ?
already doubled
if
trebled}.
just as in
The
would be
before sukun
and X.
VIII.,
it
alif.
JUJ
2
>
3*1
ii
6
-
o>
'
ui
U;,
3J
8
10
JUI-I
TV English
supply
V. to be verified
be unloosed
3-
To extend
I.
What
is
Take
out
to
VIII. to
be done with so
II.
verify
contact with
III.
extend
IV. to
VJ.
many forms
II.
to
X. to request supplies.
?
II.
like
rest.
and V. so regular ?
Why
Because the effect of doubling one of the two original "Surd"
radicals is to separate those two in all parts of the verb, in
are
II
Why
are the N. of A.
and N. of Object
Because their
"
alike in Conjs.
distinctive
-j.
C.
JSC
b.
6jSn
A-i
xi
joaoi
i,)
jj
(Ztt
of munitions.
means of
As-far-as
it
all
transport,
(up to)
country
many
of
Then
intense
(lit.
^y
^r
.
"
men and
Command-
a quantity (portion)
War
Office,
they
(/-,
and so on).
Aimy
of Occupation in
we were
'
i",
L,
has been said that the army extends from sea to sea and
number
--
r"
him with
re-inforced
this
^'
RE -TRANSLATE TO ARABIC
There arrived
;J
o^A-^JJ
^^
-'
1-
'/ u-
^o
Ui
b.
J^
"
"
''
Exercise 107
u,
s-
<Jlk J-J^"
-^
as
vowels cannot be
'as ju Ji jal
ing)
VI.,
the radicals.
^tiO-
>
>
We hear
III.,
a.
ivi
uiv,
256
a great
is
ready
(prepared)
camp
The army has several armoured trains and "Maxim guns" (cannon
it has deserved
quick firing), As for the Ministry of Communications,
attack.
great praise.
257
Lesson 108.
DERIVED CONJS:
1.
Let us speak
2.
What
And
3.
is
IV
HAMZATED VERB
of
Ill
Conj.
Conj.
How
first
of
of the
^^
<,
"j\ ?-It
same
j*1 from
is
It is
By examining3 wv&Uil
Example
-X>-1
from
_/*<
^ i
/H
II
Ul^aU* c-y^ll
*.^1
to
reproach
to
cause pain
tin;
-^'^
-*>'
j-
^5v
jtjj^.i
.ll
1 ^>
>
i^ >
0"
r.
J&l
Slif
^j
1-0
j
4.
To
(J^ vI**U^J 3
place in trust
J *^
Learn
C^
Learn also
^^
a conference,
^-^^J.
:>*
which
(See 63:
to write a
,>
sufferer;
a
is
7,
Agent
;
~~i~*
10
Noun
footnote,
excused
0+"
'
>
J U
>
be sociable^^
J'm ^>
+-jl to
>
5.
> ^ 1
bookJI
.^
d j*
painful.
of Place being
andc/ ^*I^}.
^
an author; delayed
a suffering
woman.
~ 258Lesson 109.
I.
only.
J>iU
VL
c"
-7
&"
Id-
Where
In
aie Conjugations
there
II.
is
a possible
II.,
VH., X.?
example
JU
to
is
it
not
Why
more
in
Which
to suit, is
used of food
I.
person;
^
is
J^Ur
to
and
times used of a
^^Jl A~3*
VJI
augur good,
^*Ut*>
to
bode
*'~
'
to
some-
together) while
society).
to congrat.
written alone
is
prophesy ui>
**
ll* to acquit
to
'
*-:
commence
Also
to be pessimistic.
ill,
is
'
Vocab:
J*uJ
-5^0
to
Ul)l
reward
(Add
l*t>
to cure
5-
to
hide (a thing)
l~>- J
to
accuse of error
&/J
to
inform
to take refuge
UJJ
one
to
be
self
filled
'{.
6.
iv,
U-C^
warmth
to seek
II.
-o
to hide
VIII.
to
X.
miss aim
to sin,
Conjs
II.,
and
IV.
rj
ui
l>
2.
2.
3.
o >
Lf^
4.
5.
4.
UK.:,
6.
i!l.
o
>
>
li!xi-
l-JI^j^J-J^
10
Exercise 109a.
1.
To Arabic
bility
being-filled
taking-refuge; pessimism
assembling; beginning
congratulation
suita-
acquittal;
Also
suitable
congratulator
one-requited
Exercise 109b.
optimistic.
refugee
one
260
EXAMINATION PAPER
A. Translate to English
10.
aifUHuj
/
x^
~^
-*
AJN_
rf^e"
'
\
^Ss^J*
^
*>-. *^
^/0;^U>-Hc^
^iJ'O5^
X-
(0
\
(V)
^
f
(0
(
(v)
V.I
/^J
'
l)
^x
j i.
cisC> j
j '*
^^ j
*
csC?>U
*'
'
~* *
4i
j^^i
I?
'
(A)
>t
B. Translate to Arabic:
1.
Ask
2.
The school
3.
believe in
is full
GOD
let
us begin.
[women.
5.
Ask pardon for thy sin, and for the believers and
(Write out The Fifth Commandment).
6.
The
7.
4.
girls ran
away
(fled)
from
their teacher
8.
Kingdom of God.
Thus (so) God loved the
9.
believing
(f).
the extension of
the
10.
C.
As
world.
r
our praise.
(a) Preterite,
filled,
and
Lesson
111.
AXD
EYE, VOICE,
EAR.
Arabian Wisdom.
(T)
(r)
jl-HSI
s>t
Jll j Ail
^J j^
vJiill
(a)
i"^
(l)
(v)
(A)
Translation of aboie
1.
Rest of body
[is
to
be found]
in rarity of
food
Knowledge
3.
Two
is
a tree,
and action
its fruit.
the seeker of
seeker of wealth.
4.
In haste
5.
6.
regret,
and
in
consideration safety.
Three things please the heart (we should say the eye)
(i.e.
/.
is
the river)
and greenness
metrical rendering,
license"
jn-lJ!
oj^J?).
(i.e.
water
"Three things
send
away
"Poetical
grief
Paradise
is
under the
feet of
children).
262
Lesson
112,
>'
I.
We
come now
By comparing
be
to
^ilfrl
to
107
sick,
-v*-'
What
J--*
hence
found
will be
to contain a
those with j
(a)
JLU
(b)
<^ij>-\
(c)
<*a5U
~~
or
in the middle.
with j
or
as third radical.
be added
to
weak
third both
2.
7 with 75
resemble) takes
its
madar
in
and note
5,
Compare 74
j and
"weak" verbs
Verbs with
is
U%-
1JI
called
letters are
1.
What
as first radical.
3.
letter
or
and
mean
to be the Participle of
with j
first
does *ll*
"letter of sickness."
2.
What
Uill
""LnJI
Jlt
that
Ifd (Conj.
(resemblance,
III.,
to
or assimi-
X*
lation)
In verbs
Ya verbs
Verb.
having ya as
first
radical,
what happens
For example
^U
,jjo
to
despair
(of), (in
105
2).
40-
ilr
l*
LT
LJ
}Q
5.
is
^l
/jI :
>
6.
Is
from
26 3
we should have
^J
matter of
but, as a
^j
got
if
the Past
fact,
damma
By our
RULE
over-rules the
thus,
8.
j~*y
Jil-
2.
is
^J^
Do
a.
To Arabic
4.
Our crops
5.
After long
5)
"to be dry,"
^j
"to be easy"
are
is
ease.
fruits.
mildewed
trial
this year.
(experience)
4)
climate suitable.
7.
3.
ya,
the radical)
i.e.,
(63
first
"to be awake."
Exercise 112
1.
PERMUTATION
The same
Vocabulary
of
over the
will
meet
Exercise 11?
b.
To English
(r)
,
^4
n
r
i,
l:rtjj>
jyl jiiiYi i;
^V,
/^t,
',
^^^Ji ^>">JI
(t)
(
- 8
,'
'j^-t*
(*\)
(v)
x/
the
264
Lesson
113.
ASSIMILATED VERBS IN
1.
We must
rules.
Lessons 38 and
page
refer to
3 (^jlj Jl:)
39,
under Lesson
104,
>'
(page 104) \^A>
Assimilated Verbs
it ?
j like
in
Ex
40.
-V.
\^
\{y
'
are there
to
be un-
four,
namely
\($
wholesome.
3-
This form
is
not used in
-
'
"\
What happens
to 'Ui,
L/
"U
^
shewn
in the
'
,
^1
Uj
That leaves
Ui ai.d
4.
,-
following table
wau
and
in
to promise
to give birth
to find
to be
to connect, arrive
to describe
jj
__
incumbent
>
to arrive,
5.
What
come
to stand, stop
"
did
we say about
UL
That
its
in
Lesson 39
s-
to
be found
in
<
in
Assimilated Verb,
6.
Does
265
-0 -
J-AJ ^*3
wau
**
Verbs on
fear
this
-*
form are
to
V^V' %T J
exceptions in
/.
inosff.y
be
(In
regular;
Pa n
i
7.
The following
We
the worn
^Jafl
^0^
eight verbs in
J^
e.g.
is
shall
etc.,
J>-^ J>-J
mention
replaced by
J*^ J3 and
to
two
ya).
-0-
UL %i
although
266
13,
But a great
by adding
it
many
o
>
U,^ attribute
^
il^ connection
may, how-
***
A>~.
take the
ever,
Exercise
form
Ui
To English
ll-l a.
'
*>
j jj
'
L^j
O^
eyx j
l'
jr"Q*'ji
^i
5^V
fei j
^ 9 t
Ji) j dAt j
4>
\j
j j 4:.
li
i'
j)
UJUJ"
"
-*
j U-U
\)
fo
^f>+
'^l
."^OtiiO
O/
(T-
o"[^0^0l"o'[
UU
*>
^Jj^j and
v.^1^11
\
)
"
"
"
"
i
Put
His throne
Had
(seat)
U)
Man's nature
all
is
<i)
ju
i^-
"
j^^x.)
( N
'
here.
[earth.
he been relying on
'
1.
2.
4.
<^^?
<j
(felt
lau).
6.
7.
It
5.
is
incumbent upon us
confidence
8.
found
9 There
10.
it
is
in
him
entirely.
no-one
Not every
to
city
is
in the
as
house
it is
at present.
267
Lesson
I.
Derived Forms
What
Neither in j verbs or
of Conjugation
in
114.
verbs
is
II.?
to cause to join
"
to deliver (childbirth)
x-
2.
Conjugation
.
vf,^
No
special remark.
Cl'
,- >
jl
|X>
Wau
Conjugation IV.?
madar
U-Ua^ ^,^1
|^> "."
>.
jujS
to join to
3.
III.?
make
to
e.rs:
\h
'i
2/l^j"
to necessitate
-*
4-
What
becomes
up,
=*
>
JaiJ
in
IV.
\
'
J**
5).
" '* ^
6.
in
'
Conjugation VJI,?
Any
Yes,
^^
^^0
^^
I
to
be found
difficulty in VIII.?
Ju*
verbs on form
Conjugation
(iii
list
care),
'' #
thus
"7^2."
to the
wau
after kasra.
in
to
-*
1
^ir
J^oT
What happens
wau
usual permutation of
to deposit
Jli
The
\-&
difficulty.
In Colloquial
7.
No
wake
- >
JaJ^
lt'l**it'**t*-i
v>Uji^ J^^; -***i'- to have easy circumstances
5.
permu-
to
^ -o ^
^*>-jl
These undergo
(See Rule in 63
f-jUaiJ
to
tation of the ya in
'
'
f^j'
^ ^
^o ^
I
P^i
Jr
**
cause to despair ^/ u
to
explain
^i
-^i
clear,
^^
to leave, deposit
^f 3\
to cause to arrive
it).
al-Masdar?
268
x-6
ask to stop
to
->
awaken
z\
J*~**J
^ J^^-4 ^GjN**
lUUJL*! JaUL^
is in
IV.
of^
JaiLJLu*
verb,
'
whence we
i.- >
>>-j*
U:* agreeing
VIII,
useful
words fif
1
*
jSGu*
*
trusting
and
in
Other
J-A^ connecting.
10.
Like J*^UI
but changing, of course, the kasra
j^l
^ 2j* deposited
II.
*-*
Is
Yes
'
that
"*
is
<J.CvliJL
agreed upon
to fatha,
(('..(/."Sound" Tradition).
(c. /.
63
/ and 108
5),
>
A>
^Ui
x*
>Ul
i.
/,
ai
I
2.
3-
r^-*
*}
4-
*'
5-
6.
8.
>
10
269
Lesson
115.
HOLLO W VERB.
*
1.
lijVVl Ji)l
-"*
2.
Why
so called
letter
or^
or
'
"drops out"
The
(a)
<.
Ui
on the form
It is
> -"0
What
Medial Wau.
named
in the Preterite.
Revise Lesson 24
3,
4 and apply
it.
cJC;
S/C;
JC;
JJL;
LJLi
(b)
Medial Ya.
jU*
(to
become)
to
be from
We
applies here.
but instead of
j^*0
assume
^ J^f
}
ya,
and get
to
A
y
*
(c)
Medial Alif.
lyli-
4.
But
..
^^
gives C*x>.
UU-
liiU-
but
is
(b)
and
feared.
sliU
5.
What
is
the fundamental
That a weak
RULE deduced
from
3 (a) (b)
and
>
(c)
letter
What happens
The
passive
would have
but
^-^>
the
permutation
^>
wL5
"^
^_z*-
also
0>
and O-^-
^*-j
7.
being
<j
J^
been
letters
Any change
Yes
the
in
weak
was betrayed.
).
*-*!
J&U11
letter is
replaced by hamza
l>l*
speaker%l?
t
becoming
J^ going
introduce
cJ^U- afraid
^"^ sleeping
^>
The feminine
8.
Any change
(a)
regularly formed by
is
in
J^*il^
thus
>
ij)j*A*
vI^U dying.
r.
^u
:
*>
(e.g.
*>
(b)
measured
(c)
From v^*
'
but 9-j^
to
^ ear
*'
'
is
What form
does the
possible
to ya
OU^r
madar
take
Jy
j^*
^
death; ^3
-..
fear;
<*-
^0.
act of going, or pace
/>-
* articles
a saying; /-> or
^0A>
^-^ sold;
sold.
<\y
^.o-:
thus
fearful.
^.-
of selling
j\>:
Uj**
written
is
Ujj**
"*
we
_/l*?
^1
speech;
*.
repentance.
^y
act
/\^
^ $*
..
sleep
2;r
Lesson
1.
We
in three classes
118.
to the
according
medial
letter of their
Imper-
'
>\
Very well
feet tense.
join
u^A>"
how
The answer
is
that
yaqulu just as
written
classes
its
Jli
:
is
becomes
Jj>
ho
so.t/s,
(b)
*_^Jo
he
sells,
J^AJ
yaqwulu
Jj
hypothetical passive
yuqdlii.
Medial wau,
o>
(a)
the form
is
2.
but
ya, alif.
>t
becomes
'^i
JU
Passive
>
he fears,
(c)
3.
Inflect
"
(he sells)
Lx!
4.
Why
Revise our
RULE
letter
"When
it
is
into a corresponding
changed
ie lt two sukuns
Turn back
mav
to 115
).
revise.
This prepares
J
.
us for the
(jazmated, or jussive).
93 (Lesson 36
really grasped,
6).
There
is
no
out on page
RULE
be
Inflect
272
>-
>
**
"
iu
NOTE
Some
and Al-Qur'an
of the poets
in eight instances
>
<
only
A^ J
he was not
UVJ
6.
7.
Jussive of
"He
(c)
0*
,1
was
still
further,
and write
not.
UUf
tit*" J
liUs
jj
J4
il^"
8.
,j^
>
"Fear!"
Imperative
lit
9.
"He
Jussive of (b)
did not
sell."
-.Jo
.v
t^j
r
.^r
^
10.
Imperative
1
i
V
\
."
"Sell."
>
!
U^
11.
^^j
Jussive of Passive
.-j j
"He
(it)
was not
sold."
1^1*) j
r
I>C
"
..
12.
Give a short
to sleep
list
of
273
Hollow Verbs
in frequent
use
274
Leseon
117.
Does
Hollow Verb
the
differ
in
the
all
conjugations
No, only
e.,
-.'V?
-f"-
-,'-
-f. .i
JJ
J**-~J
in
J**l J**
We
will
upon
VI.
Ill, V.,
II.,
&
IX.,
-*'-
,*
to straighten out
come
'>
;: >
,*
\. &A>
to cause to be-
AXJ
.*
*9
'>
to outbid another
".
~*
(at auction)
to
oppose
to
marry
t&
^.>..
adorn oneself
to
to be dissimilar
b
LJ
l^)
V UX> V LJ
.
3.
What
(a)
principles
Weak
letters
may
to be black
by a
(II.
& V.)
or followed
undergo no change
by
4.
'
(or followed)
bounds
,a-.X> /jA^>
to be white
to exceed the
letter of
prolongation
(II1.,VI
II.,
''i^
y/?i
j
'
]
'
>!
y,
^o
"I
V,ii_ j
"f
'
t:
5.
Now
(Compare 76
3).
^ t
AS
(or,
he stayed, intrans.
Ul
6.
What
is
observable here
The occurence
of our
5)
"Weak
letter
7-
What
does
275
come from
j\j*\\
comes from
? j**,
c.f.
j%.U*>
(76
4 and Il6
2).
>
8-
Watch
'
....
**
>
'
,.
UJir
,1
r"
9-
10.
The Passive
(a)
Aw
MV* U)
uT
r
^
'
'
,
f'jU
uT
> IA>
'.5
(b) Jussive (he
was not
raised).
CUT J
Cv
pi
II.
J^UIl
^1 is
j*
^
^-"
restful
J^*
prolonging
removing
-^
\
^
I
j*.s.\\
*fj*\
>U>
obeyed
i"/
^M
C^+*
A>
;
fatal;
^j>
j*
>
.
<^&* beneficial.
*%
**/
^ll'-^
raised;
making permanent
>
(L
<-V>
^-I staying
A>
>
J.
(J'3*
brought back.
removed;
\'*
U^f*
insulted;
-2/6 o
13.
JU^
It
should; but
15
not of
AS
**W
from the
&
insult;
Ac-LJ^I
A>^
is
<*1
deleted,
Is
'
obedience
^ ^
and
get ^IS[
to
avoid
making permanent;
3^
we
latter
act-of-raising
lengthening;
4JV*i
15'
adding
t-"-^
and
'jot
of
S>\
cOlal
killing;
4TU|
removing;
4^j>
o
&
x-
direction.
management,
weak
Yes;
is-lacking-to
Wisdom
accented consonant)?
is
lacking to him
(Subject
is
is
them" (Rom.
is
i"j>^o>'.-o|
f^-JJ>
(=he
is
destitute of
"
it)
*x<
>
o^
^.
"j
To
23)
-uf)
\S^L\)
Exercise 117.
coll
j^U
l).
(N)
J
(Y)
Jlil"J
(r)
^
'
J__
'/
Vui
(c)
277
Lesson
CONJS:
I.
VIII.
(HOLLOW}.
"to
...
Supposing a passive of
written
VII.,
bow would
were possible,
it
be
^-0
Since
form
let
".
f JU>
JUJ
2.
&
VII.
118.
.*^
its
takes
passive
(if
its
passive
any) thus
(if
^&>
'
in
any)
-O
>
>
I
^UJJ would
'
Or even
3.
^0-
3 \JiLj
.A.J
NOTE
down
(crops).
^O^
4.
If
the Jussive
is
One
VII.
..
-*^>
transitive
other
example
is
'
(j*'-^
to be
^0^
..
-X^
etc.,
ISU
oy*^ ^*'j JPUJi ^' in
What becomes of the
1
5.
6.
of the
verb
^ui*
when
tractable.
inserting the
i''
...
Thus ->U^
7.
VIII.
permutated
A>
i
I
to ya
'
to increase,
be augmented (see 89
5)-
- 2780.0
Passive of
jll>-
to choose.
^->-
>
I
1
Give
10.
The
11.
of fjta\l
^^
-^
J)Uai!
C'
r
to
0^0
occasionally heard.
is
*
9.
^
>
be adorned.
what
the Imperative
Why
That
is
Jussive being
(j
etc.
is
^
I'3-
14.
"r
KWf^
are alike
^iu
d! s-UaSJ (Jussive)
^**j
The Masdar
p.
According
jjg-
j^y rr*
to rule.
Exs
comfort;
:
s
A>x-0
jLj>"
'
-*
choice,
option
increase
j>lojl
^x
custom,
279
Lesson 119.
CONJUGATION X. (HOLLOW).
bfcj to
I.
*/-
"
'~
Jl*2.
"..
be upright.
Jjf*J
^Jll
^til
of jLiL-l to
consult.
>
V
(J
.A.**
>
3-
jUll
of
v Uil
(J
v j^-l
to scorn
to
^t-.-.)
(J
(compare with
x-
X-O
"
3 above).
"
I*
of
^UiJ
to
"
*"*
i
>
etc.)
etc.)
28o
7.
-.J
Jc-liil
Examples
*>
benefit
8.
Jjiil
>
Examples
p<*\
,>lil~*
9.
the
Is
No
to that of VII.
similar to that
is
it
S\
(j\^^ A
despising.
<S^ answered
i>UeI**
cAkl*^ possible
masdar similar
but
request)
profited
scoffed at
(a
JLjLL* receiving
^^^.Z^* answering
Govt
to
^JU^A upright
cAkL~*
and VIII
^^ -
of
ness
ojLtJLul consultation
or prayer)
10.
Is
4.c-lLl^
sound one
VII.
power,
we found
i>
and
Uel**
answer
a request
(to
ability.
in IV.)
treating
an accented consonant)
(i e.
Nouns
t>
iUl*J
uprights
/
VIII).
impossible.
_/v.
(contrast the
IV.
of
prayer
its
weak
(see 117
letter as
14).
The
root idea
or
examine
answer
is
enquiry,
(legal
(^1^)
etc.)
Another
example
to
^J^l^>\
o
&C/&c'/2'Q>
~)l
Exercise 119 B.
consider correct.
The masdars
are
A^^M^^U
^)i
A^^^^J
To English
* kt
(\)
(r)
(4, r^jLi
x
^ '^^j, v
\ujc5"
*>
s-
j
t
0-<9
o ;^
--
(See
1^
'^
l^.S
p. 281).
^iL Ij^ii
^
I"* *
"
'.
jl-x^J
i
I
( t )
/-.\
v^-^ ()
Exercise 119
To Arabic
a.
28 1
(see
page
280).
1.
Be tranquil
2.
How
3.
(fern
Note
It is
not in
my
6.
my
request but
was impossible.
but she
her,
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
To English
.,
'
i
'% j
**
^-
'
iu
>
^^^
x-
(r)
^" S
(0
<
^ C*
jui
>0
o-^
* *
Q^>
ji'
x-
*-
- *
c,
120.
'*
>> ^'
(at all).
>
word
Jii JS
^
U5U i!uy
^5C1
o
^_ jlj'J
s'iW
&/
^
I
l^r
t*
J cJ j j
(A)
J ^J
(V)
j'j^'l
'^i
(A)
282
Ox-
0-*-
B.
To Arabic:
1.
2.
3.
You cannot
find
coins.
very merciful.
is
is
described
by
others.
4.
We
It is
6.
The
didst
was sold
at a
masc
:)
small price.
"Awake thou
that sleepest,
and
arise
We
the
Army
but,
Q.
We
10. Is
C.
weigh
it
in the balance.
meanings
of
will
Commanding)
of these verbs
and Fern
Lesson
121.
(Coll
y
(j>'}>
( ,/V-^ ji ) <_)*>
" "
*'
^!
" *
Salutation
>
&S
'
1'"
<^ ^ -^>^
Lesson 122.
1.
Why
is
Naqis
is
is
2.
name because
given this
much
name
better
any of
short,
its final
But
off."
it is
its
used by some
is
come
to
^M
be defective
radical,
^>-
VI
j^JIJ*fl
expl. in 148
16).
Meaning
>
(c) to run,
Is
* y*
be hidden
there
any on J*jl
Any on
Ji
Give
(b) of
see 39
is
and 113
5.
to
J*ij J*i
lil
No
s*
''
Ico
endeavour
S>
4.
Type-Form
throw
(b) to
3.
o"
&J
(d) to
&!
Example
(a)
^Jo
Uo
throw
**
>
is
the
(c)
of
to
585
run (Note
"
u*
r>."
w~
(d) of
6.
What
4>. to fre
ia
is
hidden.
(i)
radical
(third)
viz, (a) to
(ii)
(b)
wau,
and
thus JI^co
j J^*^
What form
Always
will the
weak
is
it
is
radical
supplied.
the
weak
the fern,
dual
and
also,
weak
this
damma
in (d) a
and the
(c) to ya.
is
is
with
radical
jazmated
is
affix,
(c) all
(c)
dropped there
also.
where
past,
it
is
^
t,
Is
(a)
its
the
weak
Noun
Indefinite
place
alif
In the
Nom
and Obi
cases,
thus
it
is
<_iU-
(b)
Defined
The missing
radical
letter
^l*
(c)
(j U^l
The
Feminine
is
LfU- Lc-L*
Jj
&\
f\
^~-
Ll j Lc-l
is
:>
**
thus
of
Agent ?
omitted and
f{
'
$*j>
f-
(S^^
fully-declined
the
thus
Redeemer.
<-.cta
<-^b <Pi
286
Lesson
1.
What
The
is
wau replaced by
it is
2.
weak
ya.
radical ya
The reason
How
(a)
is
From
verbs
coalesces with
we
whose
the
get
restored,
is
5).
~*\ formed
J^ftill
is
Co and
-.*
3.
123.
radical
final
wau,
is
Also
called.
this
radical
and instead of
>-->
hoped
for;
pardoned.
(b)
From
we
get
**
^jj thrown-down
JO ^
^-^
wau
damma
O
built
^x-
*.
is
to kasra
What
(i)
is
to be noted here
There
is 710
wau
thus
(fruit etc).
4.
5,
ya
{^-^ gathered
>
to
permutated
2nd
In
(//)
fern, sing,
,*
287-
)+
(Hi) In
of
and
c-j^Jail
7.
What
What
the
^^x.)
weak
pi.
one wau
is
to wci'p (like
6.
^5v._-
becomes
radical
is
2/0
8.
to bs
pleased (like
L:
'
^>&
.
'0
What
Q.
ii
is
J*
obsened here
fatha,
There
(iv)
En the
diphthong
(
ija
and the
(Hi)
,'
..
./
is
of
alif
2nd
J,*i>
changes
fern. sing,
maqsura drops
forms
to
a
out.
fern. plu.
wau forms
a wau-
(au).
all
(i.e.
in
...1
and
three classes).
and
,;___).
11.
What do you
We
observe
The reason
is
maqura
^j
is
L>
that the
each case.
in
pardon
the reason
is
What
fatha verbs,
12.
288
Masdar
vU j
good pleasure.
hope
*Uo
call, petition;
289
Lesson 124.
I.
LJ>
2.
By comparing
wau
or
of
other distinguishing
the dual),
we observe
and the ya of
in the Subjunctive.
(^ )
mark
nun
both take
is
fern. sing,
Why
is
Because
maqura
is,
after
in
and
the
of the subjunctive,
all,
form of
6 with 52
4).
alif,
(c).
-r ) ?
and cannot
ago
.0
5-
What
is
Ox-
iLJ
" x
6,
~
.
.>.
^*A>
weak
letter.
*"
(b)
/.
Now
8).
>
A
(a)
'
L,
i>o
8.
Ol
LTl
rVl
it?"Sli
9.
(c)
Weak Verbs
Exercise 124
used
in Scripture.
Then
40, for
revise 122
examples
124.
a.
Plu.,
Exercise 124
J/^Def:
Indef
b.
Correct 124
a.
by classifying under
7,
a,b,c.
To be
Exercise 124.
i*
} '
*J>S U*
J
<>*
,
>^
*
***
A,
->}
^^
^i; iii
4]
o^^
^
~
_ o ^
--
JO
'
201
oUi^l
i,
i^
1;
^lt
js j^vi
q
^-oo
>^
ivi
\"
CA) ^
j>
\*'>
>
'
\
,A
u,
''
^^
1-
(j
^-e^
>
' '
:,
Jd ^JL--* t
Jit CJjFuZ'J^
\fl
JV
Translation
Sf
^!x;-
..!^
CiJlt Sj
\.M
-K
^1
^,XO
I"
JUJ^I
J*X*?
I
,
\
>
4J
^
<J
Once upon
Exercise 123
b.
U.
U*
page 283),
Jj
d>.
>
t
a
*
>
*
^
I*
*
I
lyj^lJLi
^f
J.O.* <^.j
I
(^JJ
j ^flU- O.'/ij
(
-,
,.
(^Ji
(r)
"
^^ *
I
(Jjil
(t)
^
<jl
;x
si
()
(^)
~ 202
1.
What
Lesson 125.
"DOUBLY WEAK Verbs"?
are
letters
i.
e.,
wau and
a ya.
2.
How
They
(a)
jjjl
Exs
them as
to fold
to
ji-il
(b)
Exs
be strong
to guard,
We shall,
126,
in brief,
has
Class
(a)
Class
and also
4.
of
5.
of
its
is
to ya
(3**
having wau and ya apart)
keep
ju
<
**
,> j
,
letter.
the
method
ya defective, but
its final
ya
Lesson
in
thus
up
(Lafif-Separated
to
wau
wau
"to fold
"to
quite strong
(c
f.
up"
be strong"
Ujjy
(b)
Lesson 113)
in the Jussive as a
its
and
4).
of
6.
r
U
^l
of
7.
\" U ^*J
"
i
*A>
U *&
8.
l/>
Let us
now
turn
also Defective.
X*
Jj>
LJ 3
10.
Why
LL
LJT
U"
11.
When
is
That
so
is
but a ha
sometimes
is
affixed.
,>-
o*
,0-v
4f
$.
12.
What happens
It is
weak" verb
to the "trebly
^^
inflected exactly as
two
^j
first
alifs
person
:
3).
C/C
UJI
I.
God
the
Queen
3.
Success
[Long]
to
its
it
(this).
7.
who have
ye
Exercise 125
and
a fire
branches.
4.
Long live
The birds of
5.
She wrestled
6.
2.
Another chapter
whose
fuel is
men.
8.
b.
'J-'J
SOU
(r)
t'^J
'^3
(v)
^;o
U jU
.ox.
|^
(A)
(t)
^Ju
(A)
&'
r
i.
ljl
Truth
I.
What
295
Lesson 126.
"DOUBLY WEAK"
(a) like
of lessons 104
(b)
Those
and
like
Those
like
They refused
2,
What
The
(c./.
41
+*->
J^^ J
verb,
What happens
hamzated
4-
*
I
is
C+\
>
^\
1
'
etc.,
^Jt
is
^^
similarly treated.
is
and JT
s
A-
115).
Agent are
*. middle ya
the second
the jussive
;j
to the
to return
'jj
x-
Lesson
<
"
of
>9"
to refuse (jjtf
V-^i V^
for ^>jl
The Nouns
l^jZ
and J^ C
^ T*
Hollow
which have
come
"
w
3rd
are oJ
They
or ya.
*>- to
J" t
3.
to turn
'
wau
115.
(c)
3jji
also a
verbs?
and
*lij i Ci
with
4^*j t\+H
middle
middle wau
alif.
Their chief
parts are
shown
Uli
-If
in this table, to
which
is
added
(see
below)
Li
290
4.
\^
use,
* [>
more
will
fully
be generally
sufficient,
on account of
its
exceedingly
to error in spelling
it
common
fif
-
r?
>~
This imperative
is ?io^
used,
JUT
(87
5)
5.
Is
the passive
Yes
as
it
is
^^ in actual
Thus
i^j>.
it,
a preposition, the
mas?, sing,
l^
^^
they
is
invariably
were brought
297
"
he
"to cover," with
See the passive of
4^e> '^J>
Jc>
,*
r*r
she fainted ( lit. "was covered over her")
fainted
L^U- ^le-
J>
or
T^c-
(fJLi dl
c. /.
6.
Is
there
any
Yes, one
really Irregular
as a matter of fact,
The Imperative
is
it
I).
much used
as
any
in the language.
thus
but,
The
instead.
(Indicative)
as
Well done
to see,
ng
is
Verb
jji
Preterite
not used
j\&>\
is
similar to
*j
and Passive)
(Subj.
>
(Jussive)
vs.
ks.
k's-
Jfm
'
~.
cXP
I
j
-2 987,
What
It is
It
is
^j
is
used with I
used
[>
1.
yJ^lr
a.
wonder,"
it
possible
another,
thus,
wonder
e. g.
you wish
Then she
or, Is
Interrogative Sentences
in
said, If
2) to
if
God
will.
see her,
4.
"I
2. If
3.
mean
principally
Exercise 126
O, to
(lit.
will
happen to you.
When the servant saw her, he went running, until he
reached the king, and he said to him, O my master, come
and look
at
her
when she
all
invisible.
6.
Then bring ye
7.
They
said,
[position]
'Hast thou
come
it
to us
to
in ?'
And Pharaoh
...
said 'Bring ye to
Exercise 126
b.
(sorcerer)'.
i
1
Jvtl Jl
'$
^Uj!
*i
'p*
(\)
ji^oi
0)
(r)
U
tC
Ufr
x
j^j
D Lj
xx u
I>
.y
(Y)
\ /
299
Lesson 127.
DERIVED FORMS OF 'DEFECTIVE*
>ui
**\
2.
3-
vU
H/'
5-
6.
*U!i
7-
8.
JL.
I.
u**
1
What do you
(b)
This
(c)
The noun
(Jamma
(e)
forms ends
in
is
of object,
indeclinable
of
5), III.
II.
substituting
alif
maqura,
weak
rj" O
weak
letter (c.f.
becomes hamza
(e.
x-
^LtiT
x
74
:
7).
after
(revise 77:4,5)
**
Some
apo-
The madar
Madars
(f
is
The noun
(See 73
10.
for the
which
in the jussive
copated
(d)
-.
J*>1
(a)
alif
'
g. VII).
300
2.
Useful examples of
jlxJj^J
a prayer-place
7 foot,
and 88
II)
are
etc.)
Vocabulary,
to be transfigured
to eat
63
a school chapel),
bend (railway,
a curve, or
3-
(e. #.
(c.f.
to
noon-meal
pray
to deliver, save
to take supper
to clarify
to mutually agree
to
^c>\
to
comfort
^**
come consecu-
tively
'V
.
-
\*
**
to
pay attention
to
cry aloud
,-
(to)
i
\
\ r
(*->) (Jt-J
to curve
^U>
end
to be decided,
to imitate
to be disclosed
to blandish
to be guided
(by God)
to execute
to be content (with)
^0
to seek to
-0
to fulfil (a
go far
vow)
(research)
^0
"
"
J _j~)
to consider rich,
^
t
-0
~
L> J-^**
I
1
'
to
show
to please
to dispense with
4.
Exercise 127
is
intended to be an exercise
much
time,
do one paragraph.
all
in
Weak
Verbs;
the words.
If it
(Isaiah 40
Exercise 127.
j^
-""X
<^
i"^
j^
ij
jl
tf^
>
,
Tt
"
*i<^
T. 'r\f
y_ uj jr. ii^
^fir*">
Ju-J by^
*\*\>
-i
^J
V"
'
>
l3^ >
>
'Jfl>
>'.*
c
--
i^*^
*
SV
\:
^^j
4^'fi
'
^'-^
P Lr
"
.^4)1
'''>
oy^
i"I
[}>
>'
>
ii
jVai
.00
Jt
"
ILS-
si
^u-
^*"*"J3
t Syj
'J'-
T^jl^O^.Ulj
l;vJ'(j
'
1-17).
>o
'~
ji^
i^&''^r~
u o^ C^j j& ^g& j
e>j~*^.*
t?^'
jr j
5j
301
M -'
&
.>*
\*~
^^ jJU Jy j
>">
.
''
(j^^? o^^X*
*u
>
^X'O
"~
^Ss^
>*
K
u
T.'-'Cr
Us2 j
,x
.^
<^ij^j
302
Lesson 128.
NUN OF CORROBORATION.
1.
there remain
first
the remainder of
is
But, before
which
of
doing
this,
will be occupied
and Blame."
of Praise
2.
What
It is
is this
Nun
jy ?
more emphatic, and
or, if the lam which
it
translate
it,
"never," or "not at
is
When
Lesson 29 2
all." In
(c),
called
The
JL$"l:)i
jy
masdar of
the
of
etymologically
J$T\
Conj.
jS~\:
II.,
to affirm, or corroborate,
oJf^r
and
is
).
3.
What
a5^l:il
affixed
jy
Only the
jUll (incl. Jussive of Prohibition) and the Imperative, and only if special emphasis is required, as after the use
of an oath.
4.
What two
It
in
forms
may have
may
this
nun take
"'
is
^Jj
said to be
JflJ?
heavy
is
or
called <L&.
it
may
jy
light
nun.
5.
How
is
it
The
a.5^:Ji
jy
weak
verb,
which has
its letter
now
lost a letter
that the
sukun
What happens
If it is
(a)
an
to
alif
thus
it
remains
of plural,
we
etc.,
left,
but an
The
"light
we
get
alif is inserted
dropped before
is
* *
we
write
this
fvlSO because
nun
^'
is
all.
before
get
instead of tj**lSClI
(d)
jl
from
^> "
not throw at
.,x
The wau
(c)
also
is
O
it,
^ Do
UJU, j"
(b)
303
and
the
thus
damma
to avoid 2 sukiins.
dual, etc.
7.
What vowel
precedes J^jiH
What happens
and
(a)
Jj>
(b)
we
find
damma, and
kasra.
to the defective
(a)
wau-damma
takes
It
j^J
(b)
on second
9.
How
is
fern,
sing
vowel led
<UJI jjJI
It is
its
is
it is
11.
Learn
12.
And
is
this
these
its
fatha
we have
noticed above.
the
the lam of
vowel
retaining
What
"
radical.
10.
/o
(j^y
its
retaining
(oath) to
qasam
mean
it ?
Observe that
"verily."
example
(a)
(b)
>
*>
.
^
"
>
V
^/
"
Nj
"^ V*
s-
.-
304
TRANSLATION.
Exercise 128
he got as
words "Thee do we worship," the thought then came
to him that he was worshipping sincerely, but he heard an
It is
far as the
a voice
(lit.
when he reached
"You are
time
true,
the
you
or not].
iM
<)y
'
**/
"00^.,
iti
^iLUl
^^
jj
i^ .1
'
iiCi >
Ji
>S CJi SU
^"^
Ll ^>JO
^
JL*>
ji
right, for
we worship"
voice sounded
o j-*
* s
J
\i
'
>^
J^ >':> U> o
*
(C^*^
^r *
"
..
*U-A>~
>J
J^U
>} CT pui j
j^
jj tu ju
> o
-x
.vj
ui
^J
li
c.5^^
ft,
4)1
\y
'
\
"-ttU >>
'
305
Lesson 129.
What
are the
Jli
%JJIj p-!xjl
called in Arabic
first
'* t
'
I.
Now we know
'^~
is
"jo
the masdar of
Only two
are there
of each
good"
r\\*
meaning
to censure, or blame.
is
"how good
(or
is").
is
^.*J
take a
it
may
It
means, "he
--'
What
word
usually written
3.
*s
*Jij
\
How many
is
the
>>-
2.
which
is ljL>.
quite indeclinable.
is
(jJLj
What
RULE
An
is."
occasional alternative
The
I.
This verb
inflection.
may
iC*
is
'2*
or
^Jo
which has
or
it,
This subject
Exs
is,
may be
the
Nominative Case.
-
of course, in the
A>0
Good
it
is
Jo
>
..
j JuJ
^JX
\
Bad
is
*""
^JLi
^Jo
RULE
If
2.
an indefinite noun
Accusative,
and
is
called
One example
Sterling translates
it
"Zaid
is
it
"He
used, this
be
now
is
good as-a-man."
must be put
an understood
Jrv-C to
will
will suffice
is
pronoun.
Lesson
fully explained in
(
^l^j
Jb
good man,
(e,f.
59
j "J>
is
Zaid"
in the
Jb
;
177.
j ^U-j
but
"/Ai
render
4, 5).
RULE
3.
fern,
dual or plural
The
subject of
*>
andJo may
RULE
4.
jj
Juk*j
followed by
itself
be
A>
Jb
Ci
combines with
it
in the masc..
306
5.
What
else
to
is
7-
Measure
Most
are there
Ui
4>
I,
verbs can
active
triliteral
those
certainly
'Li
in
What
is
function
is
by the word
is fulfilled
This word
the verb
Jil governs
How
generous
is
Zaid
How
beautiful
is
the view
How
good (goodly) he
L)u
j ^ p
is
'<uJ>.
^-
9.
How
How
How
is
Measure
is
L^L)
is
used
II.
generous she
is
That
thing-wondered-at 41^:>clil
How
&[>
is
is
L^i
and the
Imperative,
L,
v
good (goodly) he
How
How
excellent Zaid
is
How
L/
5^
<,
*.J*>.
j^ .y
*Li
ry
I
is
How
10.
Can
inserting
'
__
jl5
in the past
-
in
Form
*0 ^
excellent
the verb of
-
is
was Zaid
between
^^
-i!
C.
and
^i
<L,
l>
<x
^Jiil
Yes
by
-f.
Thus
How
307
Exercise 129
1.
O JEHOVAH
name
O
2.
To Arabic
a.
of
the
Hosts
Lord
up
(i. e.
And how
3.
How
5.
God
will save
them
Thy
He
day, as a
in that
crown
rather,
beautiful
is
(Zech. 9
How
good He
is
16, I/).
had he
died,
glory as
'How
is
And do
of God
glorious
having as much
4.
How
their
how
Lord
And
it is
precious
!'
are] alive
Exercise 129
crowd of
To English
b.
xx-
r~
-#
"
^>
--
0^--
jU"^j| ^>r !u J ^^
"
x
I
**^
^1^
>^
kj 3li (t)
"x
I
-^
tf-
tkf
/
J,
^ Jx ^
^^ vH
.
"
>
(o)
/
s.
NOTES on (i)
(a) ^.1 "O," can only be used
(b) We have before remarked that the vocative
:
when
it is
See 180
308-
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
To Arabic
1.
2.
Repent
3.
You must
4.
It is
6.
When
me
me
pay attention
How
man
5.
130.
to
did not
it.
excellent that
the girl
to-night.
man
is
swooned.
7-
She came
8.
Sell
what thou
hast,
and give
come and
follow me.
B.
To English
C.C,
O
\
(t)
(r)
Ju
'
i
u.
olTG
(o)
i^
(X)
"
(7.
and
plural)
0-0
^Ull
i,
(A)
fern.
-9
309
PART
VII.
-Lesson
131.
ORIENTAL PROVERBS.
1.
Knowledge
man
to a
is
in the breast
like a
2.
The testimony
3.
Man
crown
sun
in the sky,
and trains'
to a king.
of actions
(consists) of his
like the
is
is
his
tongue.
4.
If
rest.
Do
(
/.
8.
not level the high with the low, but the low with the high
down
"Don't level
promise
is
to
your cloth,
(lit.
According
to
10.
"Impossible with
Most
fire
men
is
aus
iji
things").
;,
l^
(Y)
(0
JUl
liiji
i\
(e)
jU V
(A)
^^ij^jftjii
(Y)
ft
(A)
JUI
3io
Lesson 132.
In
student's time,
we
<&*$
J*3
We
JUi
measures taken
said in Lesson 49
and
^Ui
to suit the
may
above
2.
Which
Jl*5
3.
ten.
Learn
If
in
Lesson 50
first
numbers
that leaves us
that the
^l*i
<i.*9
and
<L3
and Plural
together.
Form
l*i
3"
>
6.
How
do you explain
Li-5
(palms)
<*Jw-j
"doubling"
^
I
I
becomes
ILi-j
*>'*
7.
What
is
youth
ii.i
this plural,
instead.
and
all
of these
312
Lesson 133.
I.
Our
next measure
Because
Ud
Why
easily learnt.
is
it
Turn
to 58
Then
is
on
(i
and
fern.
313
A>-
But
to
mean
The
is
an exception
\y
to the rule.
a "^ or a turn
^.
manner
service
in
of life
4.3
is
Is
this
word,
now used
JjjJl
The Great
->.:*'
(S^f 7T
Ui
^ ^50
,>
singulars
No
(#. #.
v.-:
->.
^>y r
5.
>
<L3
of the measure
nation or "power"
Powers)
>
A>-
3j^
is
it
^".
Ui
usually take
**
j*
a village.
analogous
for plural.
to
J*$
Yes
3M
3.
But
J"
Yes, but
l>
(seller)
it is
JuL
plural of Jo
4.
has a hamza
adulterer
<L*i
Jo
~ VV pl>
a chief) is o
Similarly,
the
315
2.
Examples
ruler
of
316
Lesson 136.
1.
We
come
to plural
^-e;
and
j^Ud
j^Ud
A> > O
measures affixing
alif
What
is
the
learnt
first
in
J^O
plural
2.
in
iUi
all
take
another
large fish
These are
^^0
and nun.
6.
We
317
What
syllable plural.
is
observable
is
a form of quadri-
and
plural.
Exs
5.
What is known
It
lazy,
6-
o1
used for
a "distributive
one,"
unique.
What
or,
numeral"
in the
fe
*l
letter for
(6)
jWU
triliteral
is
all
Examples
collar-bone
is
(j&5
and of
of these have a
-0\*i
weak
a substitute.
nouns
\*
It
as
either.
jUi
and
319
Lesson 138.
SUP PL. TO QUADEI8YLLABIC.
I.
What words
(a)
originally, even
Many words which came
J- ^o
if
centuries ago,
%,
(b) substantives
^L^
letters
letters.
(c)
a professor, or teacher,
many
relative adjectives,
from
if
when
of
of
320
4.
What
It is
is
the
called
''measure/'
When
name
name
</*-"*
"form" or
*'
obvious
it
is
now
however, used
in a
general
way
5.
Can
Yes
f,
Mention
7-
7-
Thus
7-
Plural
321
READING EXERCISE.
fr>*a>-i
jw
fit
London Univ
TRANSLATION.
Exercise 138
and
the most
and
the world
No
legists
writers,
history
levied taxes
of
boon-companions
Be used
most abundant
also he
He
gift
was himself
to
savants, poets
Quran-readers, judges,
and
door
him up
a distinguished
classes
many
of his
was respected by
of Al-Rashid.
the
magnificent
taste
and masses
man, a
poet, relator of
(*Soin Original
!)
Lesson 139,
THE COLLECTIVE.
1.
What
is
the
of the expression
meaning
*+>.
~*J
X~
'
"noun of plural"
means
there
another
is
"like-plural" (semi-plural)
name ^>.
which
<u
is
What
forms
may
A/*
?
A,'
"
"
*}
Uiand Li
l*i
Some gram-
marians (not the best) even classify these among the "Broken
Plurals."
of
3.
them
Take
(Possibly
in
the
Lessons 132
first
137.
A>.-
sheep.
j
A? 8
Ui
we
find
*C*
Ul
,,
Now
6).
two.
Upon measure
Upon
a deputation
J^j
*>>.
"One
make up
a deputation
a collective idea
about
and
JUMj signifies
*".
servants, retinue
jkA>-
,,
people
y>
True,
number
(delegation),
Also v^jT j
ir<
is
0^^
a single
mounted person
or passenger, but
Similarly
oU-
'^
j caravan, has
a servant,
has several
,.
is
This word
is
A>
4.
The measure
J~*^
A>
or fine powder,
^J-J^ flour,
form were
examples
is
5.
is
adding
But even
Ju^c- slaves
and
s-
But
a collective.
there not
j\.+.>~
if
this
two useful
donkeys.
s>
to singular
sort of
?
Yes
this
formed by
applies principally
to
the
-3*3
*>4'
J.,*'
Noun
Intensity (Lesson
of
i!U>-^-JU^> camel-driver;
form
6.
is
What
<OUi
146)
U*i *-
JUi workman
r-
JW*
This
radish-seller.
the ending in
is
as in
"<&
booksellers
Ml
This
IG
long word
adding
Ljyi
7.
What
it
7-
is
to the
it
j*
that
the
when
"Noun
Thus
attributive.
to
Moors
*^fcu,
^-
trees,
fruit,
vegetables,
is
Single
is
the attributive
of Unity," or Individuality"
insects,
collective.
which
watchmakers io U-U-
birds,
generally require
if
to
ya-shadda of the
meant by
means
is
it
This singular
is
called o-b-
J'
^^
'
etc.
4-Ji
affixed to the
324
READING LESSON,
(
TRANSLATION.
Exercise UO.
The
1.
^ JO
form of
proverb is
"bring forth every sort of wonder").
Previous Sultans have had a splendid record (lit, have been
2.
this
dom
and orphans.
among
the sick,
wounded
3.
of learning
pedlars,
the head-masters of the schools issued orders to return
When
.
to their lessons,
firstly,
that
it
secondly, it
inhabitants to have the honour of interviewing the ministers
in their offices.
32$--
EXAMINAT10N PAPER
A.
Translation to Arabic
140.
who decided
to
woman, but
(greater)
They came
as they
still
whom
me
was brought
to
to
out,
woman my
"Take him
is
for he
To English
j OU.
ijlli
(7.
knife
(The above
B.
a knife."
Sulaiman then
is
share."
said,
"Bring
said,
"Do not
So he said
cut
him
at all,
to the smaller,
thine."
Jj&j
ii*
CSl^i^i^SCjiy
of the following
(t)
(r)
326
Lesson
141.
name
The path
path
Worlds
Merciful
we beg
Day
to
The Very-Merciful,
of
help
-Guide
whom Thou
of those
Nor
Judgment
the
Thee do we
us to the straight
,r*
Suratun-Nas (People).
(This
In the
Say,
people
is
name
The God
of the people
And from
*
/. r.
the jinn
Al-^ur'an
+ The whisperer
is
From
The king
Who whispers
in people's breasts
and men.
is
of the
Satan,
who withdraws at
327
Lesson 142.
Which
(a)
(b)
Nouns have we
of the Derived
jJu^JI
Noun
J^UII
^1 Noun
of
(d)
jUlJj
(e)
o^CSol ^1 Noun
found
62
Ml
of
of Place
(Sufficient
marked with
A)
(g)
(h)
JpUII
p.
in
asterisks).
(0
pj
62).
abundance
Noun
23).
Agent (Lesson
lSdill Nouns
in
(c)
is
so far studied
59).
>
A i^JLji
il^all
ciple" (Lesson 58
its
measures that
,-**
of
(i)
2.
(b)
for colour
Noun
oJ^-^jl ^^1
What
(a)
Ui
other Derived
,**J
SjJI
p^il
of Unity
Nouns
"Noun
/#.
/zY.
it,*!
and defect 58 4
"Noun
b).
of Once,"
i.
e.
7),
manner
^Ic-^II^J
this
noun
/Y.
"Noun
of Vessel"
included in the
is
JLA^
(e)
<LJJ1
+\
^J
(Lesson
lit.
lit.
144).
Noun
:
'
^J^-
milkpail.
of Instrument,
its
But
measures
2).
"the Diminished
"Noun
Ex
Noun" (Lesson
143).
328
:
Noun
/#.
'
I*-*'
Note that
(d)
"Form
/#.
and
(e)
~J
first,
freedom
57.
>'
JUILJI iu**
(g)
of How-ness, e.g.
of Exaggeration"
Intensive (146).
from verbs.
3-
Taking S^J'
*>
W*
means
its
you get
"act of striking"
use.
affix
to
4>^J>
a single flight
o^i
dying once
not universal
"act of
one draught
RULE
general
\^
A>-
Is that a
masdar and
^0 ^
*C^-*
this
*>
sitting-down once"
It is
"
"i-.
4.
give an illustration of
'"
to affix *
to the
masdar
tri-literal
verb
is
always
^-0^
on the form
U*i
but
it
is
thus
".
5.
o ?
^>
In
that case,
>-
A>-
SJb-'j <U15J
6.
What
To
oJ^ij (one),
may be
(a
c-yjl
^1
killed in a
bad way,"
e.g.
used for?
o^
thing
written
single stay).
was
7.
is
word
the
this
/^.
"Noun
^JLxJ
^L
'Il5
"he
u
^*
other.
is a little
Thus
confusing
it
The
We
will kill
329
Lesson 143.
THE DIMINUTIVE
1.
How
is
formed
By adding
word and
letter of the
vowelling that second letter with fatha, and the first with
^x>
J* '
cjamma. Example J->-J a little man, is on the measure 'J-.-i
If
2.
How
is
(a) to
is
>'*+
j^^>
insignificance
-
(c)
nearness
,,
XJ
J>till
the diminutives
What
J>
etc
5.
except
the
name
(a)
of
* ,
<-jG>&>^
and LA>
and
^J^
(Sj*-^
is
few coins
a petty poet
ofy&j
o
>
>
3.
~OL. )5
(b)
Form
be thus "diminished"
God
(b)
(c)
'
^u*
form
6.
^~
How
is
compounds formed
the diminutive of
<U)I
first
ai
JL.C-
is
How
from
a quadriiiteral singular
As shown above.
8.
From
From
^^t
get
^-^un
Vj-^ we
five letters
4J01
7.
half
}0 '
we
get
^j^
330
Q.
What
done
is
in the case of a
The diminutive
formed
is
broken plural
direct
from
the singular
take, the
thf>
Go back
should be learnt
my
11.
little
Words
it
tive of
in the
my
*-*>'
son
little
little sister
<jf\
we have
The following
^
;
little girl
my
'
J^j>-
thus
of prolongation
letter
<-^>
;
^> o
diminutive of
a rival newspaper-writer
'
':.
a small sun.
<~^++
ya of
Do
the diminu-
(a favourite
His paper
is
v-^-X-S
is
way
of sneering at
similarly called,
/J" -""O
& JJ
contempt,
To
*
"little
leaflet").
~'\
'
~-
''
^"
((
j ^*
-^-0^
Lc-d^Vi i^l
0x^0^-
Ul
The
J~\
little sister.
Thus
in contempt).
v-jU-J (used
Exercise 143<
^Ju y
case of
"
diminutive
Then
to the original
metaphorically feminine
Suppose
brother
These take
12.
Nouns which
RULE
males)
(if
non-rationals,
Oy~~>- j
1-0.
the plural
if
00^
word
is
in
Lesson
The Relative
1.
What
s>
is
144.
Adjective,
^U~il) **!)
tw
4-Lill
JU
(Noun of
Attribution),
also
-*
t-j^-JLjl
relative noun.
2.
How
is it
formed
(N. B. Distinguish
the
|%-*V1
'
;
."
01
Ya-shadda
(_
affixed
to
the
special relationship to
Egypt.
3.
as
it,
primal
remove the
[$ is
Meaning
of Relative
from j~**
always kasra.
before affixing
show some
to
(S^r^ an Egyptian
In that case,
noun
tl<
but
if
a femi-
after the
&
4.
Looking
(the
at the table,
two holy
The mark
cities of
is
lost a letter
5,
in all the
manual
(c.f.
to the
48
6) or
m-
* '
">
*t>
or 4th
(thus from
letter,
r>
8.
9.
*U~V' giving
Noun ending
we
t^JI
^^15
or
jij
10.
How
is
it
prophetical
>
From
4).
Is^j**-
very
may
"
-^
secondary (compare
t$^U
" "
get
5 ^
[j^
from
final,
Ji^
*t
from
48
(r./.
j[^^
wau
to
second, we
";"
v*
From
it
r"
to wau, if
A>
or
<5jU* heavenly.
get [$ j^
***.*
take
in in
These change ya
from
i"' 4i
is
&j** iWj***
similar
changed
usually
is
tf
alif-madda ^
in
>
apocopated altogether.
is
its
"^
it is
end, limit.
apocopated.
singular,
^G*
ignorant ones,
M''
^lf~*
from Jb^U**
that
I^^^A
Thus
from
x'
^^j*
Note that
(N. B.
In
11.
If,
proper name
(e g.
from
j\**J
(Companions
Two
from
of
and
Mohammed)
HJUj.
v-
fro
it
had
to stand, thus
j^jUaS
rules
'
are
(the
^J^***
province),
is
Exercise 144
334
a.
ULJ"
.
..
<wik
"*"
**
J3 ji
^ "
yjj
4* ^
"^
ij
>
*'
JLL"^3
>
f-^-i
4-yx J
>
..
UJ^
ji^
>
t* '*
>
j>JlJ
~*~
j
~
O^ixil
* *\''\**? \\.\*\"*-*\'
dju J 4
:^^
'
-^
'
+.
45b Ji
j_
Exercise 144
I.
.2.
b.
To Arabic
Abraham
NOTE
Arabic Books
<Lol "Moral
the language,
is
often called
when
or polite,"
i.e.
whence
literature.
4-yJJ
not religious
are
4^IOU>J>I
"The History
of
often
called
polite-books of
Arabic Literature"
335
Lesson 145.
I.
How
is
we
2.
3.
The following
Bakr,
(seel)
Medinan
(or-ite)
**>
Medina
spiritual
Spirit
l^S
What
names
It is
is
very
(tribe)
T-JJ
L-
commonly used
in
the
colloquial,
li
is
upper, lower.
a fruiterer
the termination
in the
so
frequently
heard
oriental cities
^ and
Abu Hanifa
Quraish
"Jjl
"paternal"
Quraish-ite
Note that
^>Ji
former half of
are exceptional
Hanifite
4.
Abu
>>
from
get
!<
is
in
bazaar-
(See 139
6).
- 336^
or special,
>
>.
From
4~^*a>- particularity.
U What
^j>
is
it
*>*
<L*C
!)
>$
6.
What
is
really the
meaning
of
<L^*IJ1
x"
S>
similarly ijl^oiJl
7.
(Moslem word
l>-
,,
4O^jl
Lord
Judaism.
or
get
divinity
Lordship
>
man
manhood
humanity
ijC-Jl
^
fjf-a*
it)
to philosophers, etc.
we
a deity,
0l
for
*2
2T
understood
j."
^'^
A/*
understand ableness
1 intelligibility
plural
plurality
one
<;J^
x"
unity
uniqueness
A>5T
l
being possible
possibility
,,
freedom
wealth
finance
4.JU
/balance-sheet,
balance
8.
Is
there
Many
\budget
Oj
came
.fS
Godhead
priesthood,
mightiness,
Oj*
C^-l^
humanity
O^5OL kingdom
in Arabic.
Oj^ry>-
337
Lesson 148.
INTENSIVE FORMS W^-J \
I
1.
What
is
Participle) but,
shadda over
added
2.
What
They come,
Forms
e.g.,
it,
with an
alif
after the
Jpli (Active
Noun
is
be seen below.
of Intensity
fclUjI
ii^)
**
an extra
3.
Taking
added
the form
to the
)&
ordinary form).
Also
(b)
baker
Habit (Profession)
(a) Intensive
Ji
J&
338
"
useful words
^> ^
*
i a great drinker;
e:rf>Y7 I
j^^C*
drunkard
(intensive)
*>-
a learned
man
^
to
affixed to the
some
*>
Ju loquacious
<*
JUki* honourable
s-
Exercise 146. A.
it
but
SJ
may
also be
2-
poor, miserable.
cnSC_~*
*
-r^WlB
Answer
to the
above
AlbU. j
to
be carefully studied
(7.
(r)
jUaiV j
I
-u^lc-
writer)
(e.g.
x
Ji
form
A>
Jl
X*
,L
^^9 S f
(Distinguish from
title).
J'
**
Jly
I'-
,^!
tf "jt
>n
CliS
(r)
-339 -
Lesson 147.
,THE NUMERAL
NOTE
I.
students
may
to ten
"
>-
!x"v >
>
JiTj
j&&
340
'
^JcJ
/The number
is
the opposite
[gender] of
the thing-numbered."
wo,
Many
*N.B.
students
make
a slip here.
to
it
thing-
How
is
when
declined
jUr
construction
in
'
How may
By
6.
this rule
illustrative
How may
LJ
is
Memorise
examples.
''several" be translated
a special
word
for this
numerals
^>- ^ -
(Note that
i*)l*
/.
important
to
^u
^
<Wa> *
it is
o
in construction
placed
'-a
..
o
-"
/v^-
"
^',
It is
j>
"4
^j ij"
..-o
*LJ
Ex
be best remembered
ev
There
remember
that jlli*
s-O
^,
All*
'
II to IQ.
15
u:
II
Gifl
6
~
Ic.
'
:.
'
-~
U*l
12
17
9.
How
Xr
18
13
*<uJ
19
14
By remembering
that while
the
^
first
^
CO
half
of the
^j
word
is
Why
Because
and
2 are.
34i
for
10,
j^Lc.
How
The
U*
they say
in
11.
"
/
~JMA>
jj^rtcjjLol
''several,"
X-
j^^lc-jlb-l j c/.
*M
^wl
'
"and''
but in Algeria
Egypt ^imlTi
to 100, etc.
7O
thus
etc.
342
Lesson 148.
1.
What
(a)
is
Numerals
10 place their
(c)
2.
But what
in
3.
it
cf. again
in the
Narm (Syntax)
but
177, 178,
,>jJuJi
3\.*
We
shall
illustrative sentences
^fc
God
He
The century
is
*C
<*oU*.
(j-oL-*
it
it
in 59
* J >\
A'*!
<j
UJLJJ j iLx!
4, 5.
'
4.1*
\\z~
s
U)
"first" to "tenth."
9
-*
-"
" V
-S
4JO
\*jj>-
fully
3>
5x**
\~*>
study
of
jl
j^L&Jb-l
100 years
99
}\>-
of II
4*)
JU-j
singular genitive
is
called in
It is
;>j.X*Jl in
"in construction" to
e'
6 j^
l*>- lxl
<*J
6.
But what of
There
the
is
first
343
one
is
is
we may say
in coll.
j,
>
In
7.
What
Fern
Masc
Fern
from
W*A*
^J
Masc
^li
**
^U
",
"^
llth
'
^lf
s
^\J
jC* I2th
XJL*
i8th
-
O r*~
igth
4th
2ist
*
8.
How
are
all
Iotl1
--
As 22nd
e.
"the-
"the third-and-twentieth"
seven-and-fortieth"
(II
9.
But <j)j~&
Yes
is
there
it is
article.
its
twice,
etc.
"twice"
etc.
adjective.
These, being
The most
'^
"
to write o"*
^u^ an
djJU
What supplementary
(a)
11.
is
usual
way*
344
-f
^-
(142
may be used
3)
(b)
UH*
(c)
*T>
two
thirdly;
The
.*
~J\ of Conj.
Jjioll
fourfold, square
Nj!
(Compare
five-sided, et seq.
^L*
triangular;
triple,
I2thly.
I*
Triliteral verb =
The
*x!l
Also
- i
Cl>U^l> Jl
Omar Khayyam,"
thus, "Riibaiydt of
tl
Ilthly ;^Lc-
*ljU octagonal.
Ul* secondly
firstly;
gives us
II.
in public annour.ce-
^Ic^lV
tenthly;
l^-tlc-
is
killings.
Quatrains of
^)
*lLiil
i
12.
How
FRACTIONS formed
are
with
Fractions
a fourth
jl-l&l
f(> j
Thus jju
iL> nine-tenths.
kasra or
needed)
a third
4*M* three-fourths
are on
denominators
small
half
a fifth
cJi^ai
is
vLiCUJ
z.
^J-*-
a sixth
j
;
either with
e.
^^
,x
damma,
J*i
jlil* two-thirds;
^^
is
form
the
more used.
Its
plural
(if
tj* 'i'j*
"part
(s)
of"
is
used
= three
parts out of twenty.
thus
^^r^
\tj>-
Tithes
f?
0"*
=
^
13.
In Arithmetic
^UJ-I 'LU
X
units, tens
"Percent" = ilJL.
}
i>
)(c>^jjZ
the plural of
"per mille"
annum" cJlj
JLS
jVlj
'^
JpLil); "per
j^J
*~^
90%
and decimal
"per
mensem"
r*'*
Triangles 13 uL>.
Trigonometry
>
Computation of Triangles
OliUj ^~>-
Squares
<
14-
How
345
is
When
(a)
same ways
nouns
as other
is,
to
>-
as
the numeral
in the
it is
iujVl ^JlVjl
defined by
*-
(b)
state
men =
the
men
j' tne
*"J
ur
(c)
JC^jl
its
noun
both
have the
article
"*
CJjCx:kJI (oCliJl
The following
(d)
(i.e.
is
numeral only).
But Wright
(II
244)
modern
which
writing,
usually unvowelled.
is
have put
This usage
the
"Chemin de
Per,"
similarly explained.
is
JU1IJI
is
JCJl^lj)
#
*U
and ^JJLa^li
also
the tamarind
(lit.
16.
VERBAL CONSTRUCTION.
>Z
SJaiJl!
(^JXI ^^i) J
the-strange-of-race
0-0
noble-of-disposition
-J.
S"
s*
(J>^VlXiSC')Jl
What
is
to
'^011
the youth-little~of-experience.
to-the-
- >0 ^
\L3l
"^
the
^ / ^
5?
17.
'(.<>
pnre-of-heart jCx^-Vl
able to
S'
O*
is
S&l?
the
antecedent
346
being, in every case, an adjective, and the article prefixed to
it
Think
so to speak.
18.
of the phrase as a
compound,
The
The middle
The
15).
(c.f.
month
month
part of the
month
>-\
Exercise 148.
Copy
it,
the following without vowels, then insert the vowels in red ink, correct
finally translate
*'
,.
?cJl ~
s
^sls-
A>
.,
/-
^
J
jjA+zz
JJ
^A.^
back to A rabic.
'
'"
&
--
t'^l A
>
&
"x-*
^
-t....
>..
<tt
j^J JiJ JU
1
(1~
(Jlyi
j
t^>
ii'
JU3 o^Uli-
>
^^J^
:3bJ
I
I
as
^t
JJ
i>
"x
>
i^r;,
*^
tf
^^J
&
\ vf >*
^*
<J
'
"
"4
?(
JLJ
LU
L>
dA*
347
Lesson 149.
THE PARTICLE
I.
We
particles, but
more
We
be studied.
to
there are
Prepositions are
(a)
Inseparable
in,
Separable.
(b)
to (sometimes,
O ^
with.
by,
for).
or
of oaths) <i!j
(all particles
as
like,
Inseparable
i]
(a)
By God
jilT
a man.
like)
(or,
jCJjS^as
#=
(b)
Separable
jj
into,
in,
concerning,
*,-
S>
of,
to,
unto
s**
Jl
away
2!
J^>-
up
to,
of.
'3-5
for
and
^.*
L5-^).
as far as.
except.
over,
above, upon,
against, etc.
*>'
jjJ with, or before
or
(i.e.
in front of).
V
JLL
(in
some books Ju
since.
i or
"^
LP
construction
with.
L-.
(c)
68.
^i Ju>
We may
subject
sign
^8-
is
in
as
prepositions
etc.
add
<!L>j
the genitive
S jllc-
iC
jll
Oj
Someone may
the
"Many
,P
^s
is
>'
ask)
2.
348
all
^\S"^
is
great
we
will
men-
349
at that time
then
at that time,
JlLJ
at that
day
at that
hour
not at
all
(with neg
4lJ
gratuitously
except, but
4J&- z
'O
(he) alone
perhaps
(they) alone
(she) alone
and
time...".
00
The Conjunctions
Name
-X^'t
V
|
J,
We
grammars.
0.
have used
these
all
difference between
"
5C.l
l>
^SC*!
jl
j which
and
simply "and",
is
_i
which
the other.
it is
difficult
In fact,
is
:>[
o
a Quranic
y
>
ij
**"*
it
z\
Since
we have been
(and un-Arabic)
Wright
classifies
J>
pctrticles
one from
to distinguish
as usually an adverb,
a conjunction.
justified
by
faith,"
A jV
I
etc.
l>
or since
j^u^
*
_^
Note that j
before nouns.
I^J
(Conj.)
"Since
>[
7"
jV
etc.
are
350
*"
means
U^
"either,"
lj
L;l
and
man
jlT"
and
j!
j!
are
had
it
fv"
-
4"^
>*
state
the
"had
jl
or else
or,
j thus
or his wife".
jf is
_>
"either he or thou";
yt
''either the
followed by
is
it
is
it
supposes
non-existent
condition
compounds
of
it.
mimimum
Begging
^j
with
request
= "but for".
V^l
it is".
letters
"even"
^J
usually
**0""^*>
(j
10.
j) :>3
The
X^
wJjS "I was wishing that
Interjections:
nouns
/v
->^
r
b
it
The commonest
O Mohammed,
interjection
even"...
^ before
is
sometimes shortened,
is
>'
$.
j\ as
particularly before
\^
Q my
T'
erl
after the
noun which
and *V
i^ have been
"
"
come!
from
is
u
jlx^.
how
which
is in
"come
to
far!
as
A
CJI
flown away
^
and
".
or
Ut
"
"
meaning
the atrocity
in
God
prayer"!
jlli
C^JLxj
"
^J
that
forbid
"
Of*
*
"How
had been a
(or,
lips)
is
Also
"
that...
"
!
The Egyptian
alas
wide
as in
bird, then
Never
).
r-\
'*
peMm \^\
!j>
had
[^
inflected in
it
Article.
Ex: el^ijailj
&/*
far
it
son>
Silence
351
II.
Then
there
2*#
isC/pail
a stone falling
(onomatopoeia)
of Sound.
a crow's croak.
JjU-
Noun
Exs
J^L sound of
READING LESSON
150.
4JI
j>xL i
C-U?
Lj
'
((
^U
Jail
^ cn^il ^ (>jl
liU <!Li
*^^-J
^Ai J^
1'
-ji:!
^.^.Ij J^-J^
-JI
U <->Ul J*
<Jt^'
*-U
4-JlP
J^-^
ULi
>
((
NOTES
Ai
ftU
OX*
))
1.
2.
His
first effort
read
"My
poetry
is lost
on you as a necklace on
(black) Khalisa".
3.
"My
poetry shines on
(is
adorned by)
There
is
that this
(letter 'ain)
its
eyes
352
EXAMINATION PAPER
A.
150.
(t)
4,1
^Ull Jju
'
>U jl
(r)
<s
(t)
(o)
5^ sCl
5.
Translate to Arabic
1.
it
will
We
do not wish
^j^^y\
be possible for
come on one
God
(%)
me
of the early
'
4X^-) because
*x
(.5-te- )
is
here (found)
but the tenth and the eleventh did not turn up (reach
3.
us).
That poor fellah has not yet sold more than three-fourths
A>
of his cotton
4.
to
will.
j$
to
4*.x3
*"*
it
to
if
will
- >-
Jc2)
visit
J& igjA .U
^U?
The Messiah
said to his
He
5.
There
will
no repentance.
C.
need
353
NAHU
ARABIC
FIFTY LESSONS.
IN
Lesson
1.
Into
The nominal
Inflexion,
word
is
(SYNTAX)
151.
is
division
into
is
^j~* which
means,
very
O^
practical study.
Hence
the
from
best
in
fall
literally,
and
the author of
to
all
But,
150.
But
in
order?
Oriental
was very
The
If
my aim
is
may be
best
shown by
syntax we
quite different
of
want
a quotation from
Prof. E. H. Palmer,
at
German
for
THINK ORIENTALLY.
Arabic
Oriental order
in
Wright,
shall find
them
full
p.
287 of his
the
grammar
rules of
of anomalies.
But
if
European
we
discard
from an
and
3.
ARABIC
and
verb, etc,
point of view,
we
and look
shall find
at the question
them consistent
logical".
What
is
200
354
DEFINITION OF
NAHU
PARTS
ITS
j >
4i* w
^*
u.
Xoo
AND DEFINITE
NOMINATIVES
o>*a:
ACCUSATIVES
GENITIVES, ETC.
APPOSITIVES
SEQUENTS)
(OR,
NY
NAo
*lyJI
^'j
JUil
^-dlj ^>,<)l
(EXAMPLES OF PARSING
4.
The above
table should
^l^c-J
now be memorised
Ui^l
in order to give
It
famous of
all
commentary
modern Syrian
of *li>
^1
on di(U
,j\
How
is
*
definition,
two
The following
>-jlJI
5.
(most
quoted from
my ARABIC AMPLIFIED,*
in
published.
jijl I,,
initial,
Nahu
medial or
j/ jpi
Sarf
Literal translation
355
final characters of
is
known
is
the
known
(i.e.
when
in sentences
or phrases).
may
From Sarf we
hamsa
of
Accusative,
*jf
J>
is
(not wasla)
learn
why
u'
and
*!
are
e.
To be
Exercise lol.
(see
i.
Nahu we
But from
has a sukun.
i!l>
V*
mim
be memorised)cLU j
\
e>^t
-j.
4-,
6.
READER).
Lesson 152.
^ -XX
{
I.
What
It
is
is
meant by <Jo
words
What
and
/jl
*^
is
^o
^l>.
and
Jb
*.
or
>^
e. g.
each of the
'
<^- (sentence)
compound expression
conveying complete information,
^
>
the sentence Jb j
3.
2.
PARTS
L.J
word)
(a
ITS
t:l>-
or
as
more
e.g.
of
two nouns, as
U^- j^*$\ or of a
"
->
verb and
noun, as
Jb j
r
n>- and
as
the verb
and implied
356
4.
5.
What
verb
that
j-<2>-
->5
is
or particle, verb
J~^ ^U) j^
is
or of a particle
in
(i. e.
and
6.
What
A
and
\j6i
\Ji
1^5
(i.e.
particles,
j and
What
the definition of a
noun
is
or
that
What
can
+
the
of 2nd. fern,
noun
relation to time, as
8.
of the Agents,
it
j;
also the
is
it
-^
marks
and
of a
JlJ
noun
It
it
in
that-which-is-predi-
lit.
cated-to).
9.
particle indicates
in itself (i.e.
^U and
it
cannot be
It is
dis-
and noun.
Exercise 152.
(See
READER).
357
Lesson
153.
^TENSES OF VERBS
1.
How many
Three
^W
J.JI
Past
(///.
c-;U*U
resembler) and
the
^\
^MV
Imperative.
2.
Then
.>Vl
not called a
is
Certainly not
moods and
Mood
tenses,
moods
(Indica.
tive,
Even
is
often used.
The Arabic
How
is
By the
O
4.
It
distinguished
111
^ J^l
Verb"
.l>-
+~>-
of feminine J^*,L^
said that
is
indicates
,^111
may be used
^i?ui
"actions actually
either
The
historic past
to
denote
(c.f.
when
They
it
Give
details.
at
and English
Preterite)
as to
sat
down
God spoke
(b)
not
(a)
is
^yjl j^>-
3.
headed J*xiU^I
the expression
Ji]l 41*jl
t.
Wll JI^>1
Jittl
<J& ^Jl>'i
to
The English
moment
to table
Moses
"perfect"
($"J
}&
representing an act
which,
at
the
Those
whom
to
us by your presence
iij^a^
U-,*J$
O,-
N.B.
(l)
^J>>
.V
^I*J
Verily
N B.
we have placed
(2) Jti
plus
jo
(c)
An
optative
Jll
"But
to the preterite.
llU>
o*-JI
/J
**
^.
it
therefore future
meaning
...
in
jl5j
<
prayers, curses,
her
*lu
God
ikU>
The Sultan
God
him
preserve
<U)1
jl^
<^*>-
,>,
May God
^'
curse you!
May God
they
(d)
negated by
is
may God
^,j
not
^^
If
you were
to die
4}
An
...
<i)i
^++
agreed
you
sell
Wright suggests
God
...
said (says)
(are)
forbid
,lH
it
to
of this use of
give
it
to him,
you
!>
o;-
for him.
it
be as
wish,
5.
Why
is
Man
usually called
p-jliU
Because
it
359
(in
arranges,
God
j&
disposes
<ttl
j^
jl~y
'
'I
>
God knows
6.
What
distinguishes
>
:
l
<WI
pj^Jai'
e.
7.
(a)
It
it
pjlii!
may be used
By
can
it
*^
be restricted
the use of
are passing
one knows
or,
as
CJ^ as
as
Oy:
is
It
mean
Jkjjjdl
what land he
in
Future Tense.
or
of
to
as
(c)
<j*jl
the
<_>
future
^*
LA
U^
And no
by the use of
CJ-
(ii)
The
Your Lord
will
particles of
or U)
,****!
( no t yet) is
not
much used
j^. U
to
when
<C>J
o"^^
it
^o
^l>
<j
(N.B. This vj
will die.
J^
o"
and
J.
C*J-M also
limited to
Present Tense, as
How
(b)
denote
to
Imperfect, with
he
comes.
360
He (upon him be
It
8.
Q.
used to be there
What
It
Has
It
it
must be able
meaning
Imp
to take
To
Exercise 153.
-XpyJI
command
of a
and
jj>
or request.
-V>^l
contain
the
(It
Oj> but
must
it
must be able
it
to
do
so).
Lesson 154.
INTERACTIONAL VERB. j*JUJ
1.
If
\&
called
which
f\
what
is it
some
called
have
proposed
name only
2.
(a)
What
Ism
classes
i
(j^b
*\
Examples
it
call in
it
by
it
"Semi-verb" or
its
proper Arabic
fi'l.
is it
divided into
Far be
to
function of a verb",
force".
it
(from me)
">
God
forbid that
Great
How
is
^i^
is
be said
the difference
wide
it
is
villi
jU
a technical abbreviation of
JLj
them
A.ic <i)l
Or, roughly,
him
Jw Upon
"God
bless him."
(the prophet)
(b)
Oh
(_j Wonderful
^1
'V
ugh
*-l
f-)\i*
36t
jli
dear
e>\
"e
(<-)
yl
So
U*
let
/**"
be
it
Be quiet
Cfl*\
s'
-*
Cj
3.
jj
V*.s
(by rule)
The above
formed on
t.
4*U**
are all
a definite
J'V
this
but there
is
one kind of
triliteral
j>\
After him
Examples upon
Mind
J*i
^'
on the form
J^ Catch
to
him
JU
j>\
J*i
^-**1
declinable
Exs
be
NOUN OF SOUND
4.
What
is
the connection
latter is
between
'^)l
^1
and Oj*a)l
,f^l
(a)
Sounds addressed
/%.*!
to animals, etc.
To sheep
To camels
(b)
Sound made by
a falling stone
Sound. made by
These are
Exercise 154.
all
L^L^
crow
being subject
to
no
rule.
to Arabic.
Unimportant,
.562
Lesson 155.
DECLENSION AND INDECLENSION
1.
How
do you define
vowel of
word
2.
(or
the
or governing
then said to be
is
^j**
is
particle
is
then
is
Uninflected.
"!$->*
The
in the
change
a regent,
J*U
The word
is
is,
as well as the
in origin,
is,
J.^
in general,
noun
but parts of
it
it
are
are
^*A
.
^.~A
^W
to
is
"J.-^ also
JLJ^I)!
otherwise
5.
^_
-llJ!
is
4.
and
word caused by
(Indeclension)
said to be
3.
Then what
frbJI
-^
(declension or case-inflection)
<J^c.Vl
final
Jjp^VI
What
is
jy
jVl
fautpjliil
V
Lesson
is
PjUail
the literal
meaning
Thus
in
whereas
u)l
N.B.
only JL : * whenattached
128), or to the
Vj*^
Arab grammarians
^A}\
"Built on fatha."
is
(see
"Firmly-built."
nun of feminine
declinable.
of
^^
^ ^*
means the
state of
which
*?*.**
is
it
symbol.
6.
Upon what
^ul
is
363
take)
it
'
x
(<t)
TtZAJl^Jc- ^.-u*
(6)
(c)
/.
(a)
"^
when attached
to the
wau
of the plural as
Jj^**Jl Jf^^*
Upon what
_,Vl
jjSCJl Jp
is
^*
"built"
(6)
^XAJl^Jp ,^+A
(c)
Ojfi\ O-V>-
when attached
to
totally
when attached
to a
nun of feminine
wau
the
(in
unattached as
nun of corroboration as
J& ^^A
^z
of plural, or ya of
in the
2nd person,
as
(d)
*j*
c-^
^.
its
[weak] ending)
>
case of a
in the
8.
What
about
weak verb
as
*y j^'
^jl^ail
"*^\ll^*l'!l
Turning
to the
NOUN,
(3) relative,
(6) interjection
sound,
10.
Is
there
They
(8)
>
j^^^yij ^aj/u^'i
as
to -A-^xn j^J
which noun
is
4Jo^aJ
" ?
(4)
noun of condition,
some adverbs,
(9)
demon-
(5) interrogative,
154),
numerals from 13
(/)
noun of
to 19.
Arab grammarians)
to
be
^.-^
like
'.'
the
the
364
Lesson 156.
THE DECLINABLE
1.
What
2.
How many
CASES
are
called in Arabic
t*j Nominative;
clamma
.'___
pressed.
(J^*-*-
sign
3.
What
4.
Which words
(a)
or
Genitive;
The
but not
^/-l )
when
These are
as
U^^
and
v!/j
letters
'^
j^L^
Is
there
still
The verb
^ by
1
of
in
lord
of
4**)!
^^
j>-
VI
brother
first
;^>54).
the
worlds.
L^*^
j^%"
Jl*il J*A)|
(j^ j
is
of
5.
Jl>U^\p
cnl^c-
Also ujJWl*
(c/)
its
are a ^ vowels.
^i father:
possessors of minds.
ex-
..."..
(*j^' Jussive,
in construction to
expressed
sign
<_
JjcOM
^^
their signs
an
is
original
sign
The Dual
its
its
father-in-law;
(e)
*j>-
^A-
sign
Accusative
fl^'
are there,
original
(6)
its
^*a>
Thus
...*.
VvH
kinds of
vlX^'
said to
weak
show
letter) as
its
in
365
Lesson 157.
(INDEFINITE AND DEFINITE
1.
What
Taken
(c)
in
3.
classes of
these are
words
knowledge,
How many
Seven
of these
meaning
quite literally
lit.
iij-il
2.
the
is
^A j
(a)
is
definite.
are there
43jJu
Noun
(e)
defined by Jl
The Pronoun
ju^Jai! into
Into
That which
jjU!
^n-LjJ
is
the implied
is
how many
4.
jjUl
5.
How
It is
is
apparent,
-^asi
is
classified,
divided
according
to
ui
whereas
be understood
to
Pronouns common
L^V
(r)
'
J^
and
That common
to accusative
to
in
&
^- \-
and
in
^u^
6.
Into
(a)
(6)
Accusative as
^U
is
^-a.'
S*
and genitive
^jJ
j
+
*Z+
cases, as
4-oU-
sub-divided
(see
and branches
in
U/1
in
separate.
(b)
^&3
sub-divided
j^+*i
is it
expressed, as
i.e.
pronoun supposed
^^
divided into
classes
j^^~~ j jjo
(a)
Noun
(f)
in
Lesson
25)
(see 68 :I2)
The j
and
in
common
it is
most of jj
is
^-\j^
366
to the verb, as
O^l
^\j^
^.^So and
as
nun of precaution
the
i^-T*
^iJ
elc
an d to
but not to
for
Q*i
we say p^i'^J
and construe &> Ul
8.
U*'V
U>j
Lesson 158.
PROPER NOUN
^
iJ.l is a
1.
-U>-l
name placed
and
How may
Into
it
>p
^^
(a)
it indicating an
four classes,
declined, unless
being used as
(c)
be either
may
It
individual, or (b) ^5
2.
(or,
i'Jl
Compound
Simple, which
SjA*
is
usually
ex
-Xa-l (b)
Compound
(in construction)
<jU^
^j
^5j- as Csj*j^>-
as
i^jSj*
^ -^^
(d)
^*^
dicated
3.
How
may
it
show
a verb
be classified
As regards meaning
it is
and
surname
the antecedent
divided into
or epithet; this
is ^>
'
or
/!
its
is
^^
title,
-^J'
in
(a)
(b) <-^-5
Pre-
^U*I ^j>
else
fully
it
>-
(a)
a construct
(c) /*"*'
as-X^j^)'.
which must
1
-^"J -^iJjjU
noun of which
which includes
all
As
*
to
Compare
during the
its
noun, as
-*~^j
Commonwealth
in
England;
e.g.
"Praise-God Barebones".
367
Lesson 159.
{DEMONSTRATIVE
1.
What
The demonstrative
How many
b
masr
s.
and
jv>
forms has
CrtT
noun of sign)
(lit.
which denotes
as
sign,
I-X*
and iJo
it ?
<o or <J
or
that
is
by means of a peceptible
a certain thing
2.
the definition of
is
dual fem
v>
(common), also
for plural
*V$I
jb
fern':
s.
for place.
3.
How
i!
J may
with or without
be affixed to
or
<J
or
v>
if
it
**
is
while
forms, as
4.
What
It is
may
&^j\
the
is
alone (without
^J
is
called
* found
^^'
^*
in
and
'4*
is
commonly
used,
as in
aJ^>
l^>
\
(In colloquial
is
5.
going
Can
Yes,
it is
or
^^^^ hayigy, he
to come).
be used instead of
i! ^
examples
Exercise 159.
^U
in
As
is
j^)l
usual
the
student
is
Lesson 160.
THE RELATIVE
1.
u^y
a
that which
How
it
is
Into
this
sentence
connected)
is
<L^?
called a
special,
is
Jp*j*1 divided
IJA^
is
specified object
after
2.
(lit.
singjjbUl
plural.
3.
to
relatives.
u*
is
common
either,
rationals
to all
f^^
c5-r^*i
I*
;
admire
to
non-rationals
all
(or,
it
is
*>-j>\
'1
/J
means
4.
What
The connecting
i.e.
^-^
(narrative
clause,
number,
gender,
etc.
This
pronoun
called jfUl
5.
-XflJI
dU,
(Y)
dil^JJl
(o)
1.60.
Arabic
to English,
and back
V^.-JJ'
cJuT U
Exercise
to Arabic.
Jiu-l
(i)
is
369
Lesson
161.
How
**
**
\\
2.
Can
To
3.
s>
this article
"
"
Does
J^ ever
or previously mentioned,
be prefixed
:
proper names
to
(j*L*H there
no
is
rule.
jLJ
^-ju*^y
known
"
Yes
It is
<
*\
is
BY CONSTRUCTION.
4.
"
noun
^J\^A
Jj^jll
defined by
is
construction
nouns
to
Jl; eJ^*ll
annexation
^WiiaJl
becomes defined
it
iJl
"
by
being
annexed
above-mentioned,
:
itself,
ojUVl
^J
viz.
by which
as,
VOCATIVE,
5.
The mere
^Jx.
^ or
To
its
define an
tanwin as
intended here.
Exercise 161.
may
is
370
Lesson 182.
NOMINATIVES.
(
We
here
commence
new and
programme
1.
What
It
2.
in 151
Which
156.
noun
its
we take up consecutively
(a)
is
v^JJ/%^1
3).
First
Iju
may be f^j*
j^\j
^j
jo
and
its
sisters;
(b) verbs of
u>
being-about-to;
ijtell
3.
Jc-lill
How
It is
^vi1
Can
sisters; (d)
jk
shall return to
^^
and
its
Second,
a predicated
defined as
is its
'
<^ O^>di
predicate, or
that
is
very
What
*\
O^^dl
I,JLIJI
common
is
6 or
what-is-related about
in
called
Arabic.
'U^-^l ^L?-
and
Sl^l
it.
Such
a sentence,
Nounal Sentence.
it
may be
indefinite only
^**'j5
L&ll
J^'J^
the-spoken-about.
^es, indeed
5.
its
we
sisters.
1-^-1!
4.
uj and
(c)
JjUl J;
^Ij^ frb
J^l)
there's a
if its
l^s**'
remedy
preceded by an interrogative as
is
>
j 3j
in JjCll
it
tfl
f.
6.
What
is
the
meaning
the
in
A>
a described-noun,
originally a substantive
It is
it.
given above
A3 ^-Uc-
/.
^j&jA
or
"the beginning,"
always put
is
It
Ij&il
of
What
it
is
a <W?
O^^
(l) j^^-\
may be
in the ordinary
There
not a
of course, be sentences
will,
meaning, as
as in
in
"The age
of a slightly
two days"
(consists of only)
different
(jv*jj>
*
(2) j-Ui)
may
be
(is
^>^l
When
may be
is
j-JJ
must contain
a phrase, as
called Jajl j
sentence,
pronoun
in the
9.
jil
in
LJl
to link
sentence
pronoun
dlUI
remorse
(contained)
is
praying)
invariably observed
It
sentence
result of laziness is
Knowledge
8.
<l^- a
it
oJ>-\
^Jaill the
Ja>lj
is
the
No:
may
it
consist of several
etc; as
attributes,
<*'
10.
Must
U"-l!
always precede
j^\
If
(b}
If
any ambiguity,
is
one of the
is
naturally
as
If
^A*1
are definite,
J?*^**^
-X*
*v
-V>
reverse order be
the
if
(for
which J^j
of
^^
becomes
11.
If
-A*1
'
restricted by
is
When may
(d)
When
it
precede
//zz^s^
gatives, etc.) as
its
'
iJjH
(jf\
its
subject
When
^' ^^
When
as
1-XxJu
j* jal\
t
I.
y\
JU
man
a mistake
for
it is
evident that
:
if
^>\^
we
of
said jl-^!<
what
1-XxJj
^1
I t
\~ft>\*0 jlj)!
May
**
**Jv
(interro-
^-^
a prepositional phrase, as
'
it is
(6)
verbal
*.,,
is
(jj-ir.)
>
r^^'
JJM
The Predicate
Jt
J^J
<!>
wl^ as
4wf-
is
(c)
nouns of
T*
verb as
*!*
those which
e.
i.
(interrogatives, or
observed,
sentence
when both
a sentence
j|jj| <J
is a
'
as
"commencing" words,
commence
condition),
(c)
following
there
it
in the
must be suppressed
in the
.'
following cases.
^tl
and
(a)
after
(6)
When
(c)
It
Jj as
LP
<tt
373
X.J
^
j-W*
used to allude
is
to
as
it,
->
it
4P-Uj
A>
MAY
be omitted
of (J& j>
II.
The
Had
lil
if
may
predicate
the context
(or,
clear,
is
thus
instead
i*-ij*
is
perished
is
that
,*.**
l^So.^
jJ>U)
^ j ^^
had perished).
present,
Also
in
had
one or two
Lesson 163.
^GOVERNING PARTICLES
1.
(from^-J
^Ij
IJL"JJ
~\j>
^4*1^JI
affect the
and
particles
meaning
of the
Why
We
for a
little,
to
be*-
Ux-,,*
Examples
3.
(a)
(b)
Of what
we
Verbs which
(Lessons
make
>
?^!^
first
163, 164).
Particles which
(Lessons
the
changes upon
sentence.
make
165, 166),
the
first
(c)
4.
The verbs
(1)
^f'j>"lj
(2) 4>
5.
374-
jlSlCina,
167).
and'sisters.
Name
Oi^l
7<~0\
he became).
,,
Ou
Jlj
T~J
,,
,,
in the
in the
at
,,
he ceased not.
I*
he
left
not
off.
tj
:>
6.
he relinquished not.
he became.
whilst he remained.
he
and
jl5
and
their
its sisters
4*a5u)l
is
not.
nominative alone
them
be made.
7.
Can they
Yes
the heaven
and
<J*)*\3
OI^^JI
i.e.
J^b
existed.
u
JAA
as long as
jo
There
j^jj
-r*^*
was
8.
Do
If
375
there be
any
praise.
be was.
to
same way
lo ^^JL^
in the
Ij
Certainly
wilt,
but get
politeness.
Q.
What
is
(1)
past at
(2)
all
your Lord
V^
>b and
^jjJ
rj
What
is
NOT
is
<~>
etc.
(*-*
ai*
I*
^r^
'
I* ?
>~
j ^-^
<Uil
c^l^j
accompanied by
always preceded by
s
-J
=aslongas)^
^>
imperfect
is
J'j and
11.
of
by the use of
tive to oblique
10.
meaning
).
The predicate
Am I not
its
J'jrj
^>^
meant by
are four parts
I*
meaning
itself
C/Vj. ^3 ^J
U%
as
-376 -
Lesson
164.
What
II
*-VJ
^*
Then why
When
"about to happen";
express hope of
its
taking place
sort of
Mention some
Class
of
the
II.
May God
Class
frUjI
May
heal him
III.
Noah began
of
called
is
^Aixll
third,
first
dlijlj^
ijUll
I.
chief
name
the one
The
under
III:
2.
collected together
i.e. it is
action,
are
jUU
4,
I:
of verbs
three classes
this title
IMMINENCE)
to cease
to die
it
be
jl
O^c
<UUI JLOO
jl
^
V^-l
Uol
to build
;*L^
jl
JL^I
an ark
1>^_X3
^.AJ
?--y
-^Jo ^c-UJi -U
-i.
Moses began
(I)
c.f.
to
jlJi)l for,
il)l
and
^*-t)l
Ll^
j*
Li>
377
4.
But
do not understand
verbs which
where
The
is
make
if
all
U
5.
Are
4>l
these are
these verbs
in the case of
is
a verb in
pja
which
y'^>-lj jl$*e.g.
all
be used
of them, of
jLj
->u
in
The guest
What
is
~&
is
closely
resembles
3)
Jl;,,
No: four
6.
be observed
in 163
you say
(as
the subject
the predicate
predicate of
hope he
will
come
U
!
thus
its
meaning
^iT^iJL*^
(^r^
Lessons 165166.
PARTICLES RESEMBLING VERBS
r.
We
come now
known
to us as
to Class B, this
If^lj o[
They
from
are said,
by native grammarians,
i.
to
e.
be "distinguished
their subject
and not
has
far-fetched,
in the
2.
Mention
'J
<jj truly,
^5o
or verily
but, yet;
C^J would
3.
378
What
is
They
if
jJ
that,
as
l^
though
haply, perchance,
*
that...!;
no
may
it
be
facfr'J
act
sentence,
making
the
01
noun <^>^A^
first
of inna)
4.
then called j\
(it is
^\
is
noun or subject
the
called jj ^A>-
dlftr.
j^JI
lo
4il
Jj
4JL>-
^.1
JU
*i* LU o
^;U
"j*
5.
How
That
is
a technical point
The
(first
2 examples)
ol
/.
used
<J\
is
(a)
JS
When
the
or
is
meaning
its
derivatives
innocent ^jr
is,
>J
*fUl Jj^
i.e. (i)
at
commencement
of a sentence,
as
^5T
(It
will
^3 jjiptf bj
<
5?
is
shortened to
IJ
^ b^i
5
b'
clause
a subordinate
to introduce
(ii)
379
By God, he
(iii)
my
is
brother!
4^
<j>-l
**
//.
(vi
O is wsec?
When it (with
<Wlj
'
its
J^E. dt
.///.
Either jl or
j^
(b) After
jj Olj>It
allowable:
(not
?^
'^
Ex
U 3 C^^
SJ
6.
J ^
(a)
is
tf
"
^5
^JSA^I
means
what does
is
point
will
Thus the
sentence.
JtJ
JU 1^-
j^SCl
> >
be lightened of their
*
nun-
case
original
mean
may
^
^^J
this
it
'
had
of
^>-j IJC^
the original
in
noun
J*U y\ becomes
nyn
mukhaffafa
rt
reads
7.
Suppose U
action
The
is
is
there then
?)
is
suspended
UJ
N,B,
any governing
is
if
I*
be suffixed.
Ojll Jl
jyL.
UV
38o
LiUll
8.
What
the
is
V is
This
word
called
whole genus,
and
i.e.
khabar
its
AJlJi
the
la
It
^^-UJJ
but
<rj?j>
last of
makes
thus
ever
9.
Why is
this,
and indeclinable
^ No
^'
man
deity what-
action
is
case
*i 3 V,
jlaT Yj
lesson
May
the
Yes,
we
it
^^ V
there
is
j^-
<j
3^
J>ll
J>--^ j
separated
has to be repeated,
Vj
no sword
is
iJLI
and
its
special
.V
JV
tl
V,
The
write
J&
J^J ^
+^\
^ll^JI^ ^^\"j^^>
*^>
suspended
<J
Jj.!
Then,
^ir^
Jj
>
Other examples
11.
"*y>-j*
O^-J
impossible to say
it
means, "no
tacitly
Jii
ismv-Jj^;*
is existent.
Because
10.
V means
^\ "4\
<il
its
it
C-r*)
jj O'j^'
J>.ll
is in
J^
the house.
often omit
<j"^.^-
be omitted
^^
Compare
written on cheques.
^-^ ij*
or "only," usually
"
jf
and
12.
What
the
is
meaning of
The
derivation of
now
to
mean
pleased
me
AA^
may
which
*^ "no
it is
equal," from
*-*
"especially." **-**
f-
whence
it
comes
is
Lesson 167.
1.
We
the
first
affecting
7t*>y
i.e.
lf>lj>-1j
jo
and the
was the
'i*r
particles
the third
and
last
Y^J>-J
But
why do
the native
Cj
t-XxJ,!
we now come
to
grammarians
be called "VERBS OF
Thre are
They may
MENTAL ACTION."
etc.
which the
1-XlJJ
(a)
(b)
Verbs of certainty
(c)
O\L.}\
^^^
Lj
-Xc-j
.cjj
first
two are
-3823.
Examples
Original
JU*j>U)l from
this
comes
U)U*
Orig:
Orig:
N.
If
B.
is
(.
usual one,
it
was convinced
Abu Hanifa
held,
(doctrinally).
held
be allowable to
4.
Thus with^lj he
object.
it
to
make
Give examples of
*tt
^)j?l
i-ji^JI
^i^
3'j>
^'
cSl)
J^j 6-^)
5*
Jj**"jl
We
He
$.
made
used the
What
staff as
Cwl
li-*>-
IjlSG UaJl
a crutch
of the verbs
to
^VOT originally
was
a direct,
(^ e
-A>-J ^-r*
and one an
indirect object).
**
gave
The
6.
(to) the
winner a
As
Three-object verbs.
e>U~
prize.
fr
_>U)I
J^ : !ac.!
^ CH O^^^
*-i
'.
AM
>.
IM
supplement
to this section
we
will
These are
Examples
We
God
Uku
|Jbj
showed Mohammed
will
show them
[that]
to them.
Ac-
Olv*^
Lcl
*i
<il
383
<f
was informed
my
that
friend
L>lP
[was]
5;
may be
and
its
may
/%-J
now
Je-UJI ^JS\j
^lp ^i.-^ O
written
in the passive.
Lesson 168.
THE AGENT
1.
We
It
will be
remembered
The second
J-c-UJI
like,
2.
Oy
now resume
is
is
"
that the
What
J*U)\
The Agent,
the
is
is
first
Noun
of
'
These are
like"
j^>-
<j^-'
'"e
madar may
Participle)
precede
-x>
N.B.
J^Ull
action, as -A-**'
was
denoted by
In certain cases a
class
"
What
Nominatives.
3 '*&
tricky sentences
3.
(a)
Summarise (and
JfcUJI
be a personal pronoun
be masc. or
(6)
the
If
O
(c)
(d)
If
Agent
as
fj>
the
and
(as in C*>\j^>
),
and
C^U
and fj>
its
the Agent
case
may
may
verb,
If
If
in either
it
^LJ
separated from
is
or
OJi>
verb.
dual or plural.
sing,,
may
is
its
the verb
it
and
is
Agent
(j~-l)}
(e)
fern.,
384-
may
fern. sign.
either
allowed, as
is
or (j~*-^Jl *lk
is
is
allowed, as
JUj l^
or
(/)
If
the
Agent
is
j^Uil
N,B.
Distinguish from
I.
jli
jlsiUcJL-sJI
Hebrew usage
as
o^U ^1
1*
in this case.
.
N.B.
in
2.
which
j^l
is
a verb
'jjVl
jy>UI
is
verb; in other
jjX>UI
jli
is
all
is
Many young
students
fail to
What
its
(a)
is
JJ*A* (Accusative)
its
object, as
^IxjT
-LJ.x!l
<3^
regard
to
(b)
But
if
there
is
385
pronoun relating
to the
(c)
Similarly
^U
if
is
merely a conjunctive
is
-to
j (S~\j^
fJ^
it
^r
Lesson 169.
DEPUTY-AGENT
I.
What
is
the difference
is
It is
place of J*U)I as in
2.
What
is
s-^
called
^J
J*UI1
because
it
takes the
f
like"
(occasionally) be replaced by a
masdar
or
by a
j+^^\ <j*
**&**'
which means
3
^j
also
*U^U-
^Tlj originally
^>U
and gender;
LJ?
Sljll
>
we get
^J"lJ
- >
(i)
Jb
^f> ^j~^
from "-5UI
4.
^j^ua*
C,A>.
^UKji.i.
jUiiJ!
^j^> jl
^rlr^
(ii)
JfruJu^U may
.
386
a ,
or an adverb, as <JV
or a prepositional phrase, as
was seen
(iii) If
there
to
was
'
^'j
j*
j*
{*>
J^
^
the matter
others
In Arabic,
they were.
we say
4lU-
<J*
j*
The
rest
remain as
object."
I
S!
5.
N.B.
^Idl
>
- -
is
called
<Ai
"JU!
tu
oU ^Vl
4^*7
Lesson
{
Give
l> o
deputy agent,
I.
170.
ACCUSATIVES Ol.^JJ)
which we propose
to treat them.
Accusative of Association
V
A**
Accusative of "Exception"
Accusative of "State"
Accusative of "Specification"
Vocative,
tfte
etc.
(jM
Specialisation
2.
^J
<j[
on
we must
v.^ljlll for
also is said to
be ^J*A+*
3.
Define
A)
A.
Jj*i!J
is
JjwAXl
the Objective.
(or thing)
upon which
the action has fallen (the verb being in the active voice) as
iJJI J**\
<~>j~*
same thing
passive
4.
Is
A>
It
may
In regard to
J*U!1 ^I"l; denoting the
^\j^
""
v-^UI
^.
W*^
the verb
yu
4j
is
JM!^
to
active
^^
as
be a j*lU
^.1
as in
<*-->u>Ji
j$ or an attached pronoun,
He
me
mean him
'
'!
J^j^ \
himself, or,
(**
ft
"'
refer to that
very thing.
5.
If
thus
is
to
make
it
disjunctive,
6.
(a)
The
If
may
object
*f+j\
(6)
"s^xJI
JUJI
or
jT
one of them
(d)
is
^-1 *j
to
7,
as
it,
May an
Yes
the object in
we must
come
first if
tell
by the
object precede
in the latter
but j*>-j
'-C.*
its
verb
Why
its
(a)
The
verb
but an agent or
&
agent at
all
11*7
171.
is
masdar written
strengthen
Exs
order.
^ABSOLUTE ACCUSATIVE
is
agent from
Lesson
It
is
<U>-U* ^*ir^
3*"^
Because
What
which
I.
as,
tell
must precede,
it
Since we cannot
Ul
restricted by
If
The
it
"v-A5JI L*$i
as
iJu>
^! j,
an attached pronoun
is
(c)
as
other,
(e)
388
it
(it
may
after a verb
from a cognate
first
kind
is
"
root, to
called (strengthening
J*)
as in
-389(b)
2.
Can
the
uf jj ^ 1/*J^ JJ-^"
madar be replaced by
Yes; by
(a)
its
<i->^
(b)
Vjll
(c)
O^
(d)
d^ui
its
(e)
What
denotes
its
its
its
(f)
its
(h)
by
JS"
explica-
"^li
I
manner
APji
j^w-JU
as^*
crosslegged
o^
number
5**
^>
in construction
with the
:
3.
else
(u^*
a^* lf^
r^
(g)
any thing
[$ '$
pronoun,
its
called
synonym
demonstrative,
adjective,
is
J:
madar,
as
11
the
of
which
lost sight of
Steady
7C.-
ill
ft
ii
^,.,"1 Jl
Lesson 172
ACCUSATIVE OF CAUSE
I.
What
does
4^* Jj^'
(which
is
denote
(i.e.
the motive)
of the ac*i'on, as
390
&
JUy*
lij.
A LolT
my
C*\j**\ chastised
^J
What
It
must be placed
4^ Jj*^
in the accusative
same
verb,
being accusative
and be
fulfilled,
when
indefinite,
(i)
the
J-*A* not of
^^
(ii)
tf
of action, as
3.
But what
It
is
\~>-
meant by
who
loved).
^U j^*
of emotion,"
Why
should
Because,
if
jUa* JjJu
5.
But,
if
it
it
as
madar
be a
Sjli
which
in the genitive.
"I
came
to
4J
water.
4"jJ
JjdJ cannot be
WJ^
is
When
it
is
accusative,
^v
*vJ)
He
^01
tl*
quite indefinite,
Cf*>-
its
vJO
came
jOI
he went to
* as
it is
put
make
iu.xj|
<j-A*
wealth.
*&&
O*>-
knowledge
being indefinite
i. e.
placed
is
it
travelled to get
Jlil
the rule as to
out-of-charity.
i.e.
^
him
(a)
would be called
What
it
In cases in
6.
<>
s*
\*y
wLu*-'
<a.xU
Oi^j
llJap'
we gave
to
the city
was deco-
(b) If
defined by
"more usual"
The
391
(/'.
accusative
preferred) as
e.
is
In the construct
used, as
Jl31
to please
state,
j-^
^^)
U?j
(4)1
Oj\f*^*
ancl
^! j*
-i^J[,
said to be
is
4)1
is
^* j*
repro-
or
C*>j*
<J>j>-
Jlill
may be
s*
j^f/^*%' J^J-W
God.
Lesson 173.
^ACCUSATIVE OF TIME & PLACE
1.
What
It
is
ClJ^ill
noun used
is
was performed,
action
O J^ili )
as
which the
^Jt*
^J
prayed
at
night
&
!A-*
^>XA
e^
^J
2.
walked a mile.
This
N. B.
=*=
Adverb,
^J>jU
^ij!ill
may
(jA^-l
be either (j^"^
means
"specified,"
^L
is
or^vWhat
as
called jlSC*
is
O^k
A>-jUI J^t>-
came yesterday
whereas
^^
means "vague,"
as
c-t*
d^U
travelled for a
period.
(j*^-' of place is a defined area,
whereas
*i!
as -X>~i' in
Oj
-W-xl^J
^j
3-
What
the rule as to
is
392
cJ^Iall
(a)
(b)
Of
OU^JJ
accusative, as
(c)
of place must
(d)
Quantities
joUU
4.
What may
j-X^U as
(6)
SjUNl
inthe genitive,
as
>JI fjU
as
put
J O~
(a)
be
Jb*
jJiiLL.1
C,^
^.1
meaning j
and
(c)
AAA)| as
^J.^* CyiSJi
meaning
as ^
*'
5.
Is
Ojiall
Some
or
are
declinable or indeclinable,
(*J>j*sl*
non-adverbs,
i.e.
O/^t*
or
e.g.
you may
say
i U
(i.e.
with
also
L*-^-J
as
as
^^-
J
lil
loj*
vl^
while
was
-^*>
sitting.
N.B. Note the use of the accusative, and of the genitive after
6.
Revise vocabulary
26,
page
68.
-^^ as
393
Lesson 174.
ACCUSATIVE OF ASSOCIATION
1.
What
It is
is <
noun preceded by
shows
in
Ex: 'j*^\j
A^Ual'
Irvil!
j'j the
wau
Leave the
]j\
(wau) meaning,
when
only accusative
conjunction
to
<**
-^'-%'
is
it
called
be accusative
J^il
it
it
(to) fate.
cannot be joined
it
what precedes
This j
done.
is
zuzYA
of association.
reads,
(a)
a special j
or
i^ail jlj
2.
***
^a)ij
pjuLMj
by a copulative
O^iL
-^J^^
travelled with
Zaid walked
Now
it is
in -U^-j
^JL?""* ^ a ^ ar>d
pju
Mohammed walked
together, ^=Zaid
In
^j>JulA-^i there
is
no copulation,
for,
When
1-^ j^
-h
to copulate,
j>j
wj
the
C^J^* land
^i^^
rea ^,
doer, the
nominative, as
(c)
In certain cases
is
j^c-j
J> j
J-x5l
either of the
two
3.
Is
4*
much used
(J}*li
In the poets,
example occurs
in the
Strange to say,
it
Aruh-waiyak,
is
it
394
Quran 5*\S^ij
go with thee=Z#.
5^*1 Iji**-
pronoun).
Lesson 175.
EXCEPTION
1.
.^.iLiil
it is
written in
the most
common
is
2l
VI) excepting
this
aMj^bJxJTo
'
disease there
The
2.
When
raws/
meaning
examples,
(b)
^IJLAl be accusative
^1
every.
*
*^
j>c-l)l
Ojd
then
also,
all
^IXJJ by
(a)
is
which
is
must be accusative, as
^-tLJJ
&
&
l-kj
j%\*
^Jj*
in the
above
but Zaid.
jJ-iLal
may be
is
made
a cM>
Appositive (see Lesson 188) and take the case of the preceding
word, as
uUj-U
3iJ^^[ Of 1
-395
(tf)
to
is
what
then
incomplete
dec-
is
is
^x^il
jt
though
(as
).
iU
Vi
4U\i VI
L.
U U
^JiV> J*JI
- ^
* rJ
3.
What
Two classes
(l)
Either
j^
Since both
or
(_^j**
are there
&
tfj^-^
(l)
LiUj
(2)
may be put
l-te-
either one
are nouns,
'
^.tU.1
ISO
P
What
Jl
The
special case of
(or
(f)
by
A^
-A--
^-lL*il
(2)
UjUf
itself
the usage
jU-
is
may
^c- U
"
has been
being now
(which may be
i-Xpj
*j^l
^Jl
p2>
^j
^xJJ
adverbial preposition.
<d.pl*
in the genitive
very roughly
See
transferred
to
governed
looked upon as an
p. 65).
j^-
as
^j
^j')l Iji
preceded by
".Ji Uc-
u juvi,
ii
^u
is
necessary:
~~
396
Lesson 176.
STATE
-
I.
is
state
<
riding
example JU~'
the
is
cribed)
object jL>2.
It is
-jL>. jl
A^C^^J
^^ w>
above examples.
oJ&~j
3.
(a)
It
>
may be
Occasionally
it is
God
believe in
a primitive
when denoting
,,
price
^
noun
adjective) as in the
(i.e.
,,
(e)
4.
^J-^j
alone.
\^
**
Wj^
when
^*j
u^J*J
arrangement Lu
qualified
by
and
Jj
Ui
?*?
<xU.j
b\>
i^-^-
^ 0^5'
a descriptive adj
*C*>
metaphor
(d)
yourself.
reciprocity
(c)
defined by annexation to a
(/;)
des-
"I"'
C^>i
41) I*
is
JJl
3i
(the
but, in the
agent J^**\
\ii
.A**'
Ij
Jli-1
Is
\'\
this use of
it
is
Lj
very
- 397~
occurs as a narrative sentence
It
i )
^>(^
Zaid came to
me
^?
but
of
hal," as
iJlU
^JJIj
(ii)
An
(m)
Jvi-l j'j
J^
"1 j
must be con
it
wau
\J^>
^LJ <j*vJlj
as,
hand on
The
or,
rose
left their
they went
*-
(iv)
head
when
was young
j**^>
ur
had
the sun
Jli-1
^U
risen
W
-**-*
*r^r
the thousand.
J^*5
or,
as (JJ~$^J jlTjMMl
name given
to a
of a preceding
of Jl>-l
O*U
177.
SPECIFICATION
commonly
Lesson
_^.-
and that of
I.
A**lj
home, thousands of
jj with ^
rose, the
Is
his
They
5.
his
>.^
is
the
398
*
ti
-U^-
is
example
happy,
word
matter
59
(c.f.
\<*&
clears
in-respect-of-soul,
the
4. 5)-
'
of-soul
of-origin
2.
What two
(a)
may he
,/.
(a)
called Oi-AJI
number,
This
etc.
understood.
-j^
applied to nouns
is
Examples
(substance).
Jr*-~c
-U
jjjS
5b
lineage)
expressed, or (b)
(=
We
bought
tv;o kailas,
corn
i!a-
~*'/s
AO
is
measure of capacity
They purchased
We
The
other kind
earth
it
is
made
5l> jj^-ic. 4
in
Question
(///.
We
of land
twenty she-camels
examples of
The
qaaba
He owns
3.
Mo.
I.
Other examples
trees
^^
-^
"*
iches)
we gave two
:
(J*^ ^^J^
IjUc-il
1
I in-i
^~*
l'^*
^"^j
^^
How
I
399
uWji^
<A-J
>
U^
\.
ff
(lit.
4.
But
is
^5
it
^^
<> ^-^
\-\
^A
L-
^^<^
.
rather than
&
*s
Yes
OlJul _/^
truction
4*U>Vli
is
or
by the use of tf
Lesson 178.
^SPECIFICATION OF NUMBER
1.
This sub-section
is
students) that
it
so important
for
4,
we show
Here,
it is
^Ju!i
its
form of iUJI
it
was
close connection
JA.-X
but j* can
Nos.
310
and
required;
*^>
j^
plural, as
(b) In the
4*Ja, .A,
1199
J^-j
^U
genitive
JU-j i*>
jl
illustrative
is
?Ux
^1&}\
in the
An
^LJ
in
(c)
j\-
example, given
2.
in
f*& ^JJ^'\
and
other
400
books, might well be memorised here
Or
3.
the following
is
dual
(a)
and
and
te-ij
and
man)
except
for
the
used.
is
What
where are
1000, but
in colloquial
4.
Gender?
applies
and
II
to
numbered.
also
12,
Note that
the
to
units
this equally
of
figure
21,
A>
22 etc,
Examples
3~9will
jUjlj^-J
be, in gender,
&
5*
(c)
10
is
JU
:>j-U)J
^tc-
^jJ^
when
:
^.Ic-
^2J' iu)l
What
exs
-XJj
single
JUj
not
Le.
IjLs,
but
it
compounded
is
when compounded,
5.
cr
ojk~*
&
*=
(c?)
-^>!j
,^^=1^
^U
is
'
as
Multiples
\ jl>
of
10,
o^-e- ^-*-
show no gender
distinction
the rule as to
Since 4*J^ means "a few, not less than three, nor more than
nine/'
it
Ua> r tP 4Ja}j
JU
"
*a>_j
*
v^,
39.
AVI
<Waj
"
*\
C-'-S-
401
Lesson 179.
^ORDINAL NUMBER
I.
What
is
**\
by the ordinal
as
JM*
a descriptive adjective,
it is
x-
in
agreeing
gender with
noun.
its
iJU US ^jJ
The
^3lj ^JLII jL
moons"
(sun
that
God
"2
is
third.
4
2.
On what measure
is
(j^l
the first?
it
does, as
What
is
is
its
noun
an adj
in
being defined by
^\-5OI
c.f.
(a)
The compounds
1119
take
1}
N. B.
Jj^-
is
'j& m
(
(6)
with
^ufsji
Exs. tl3
4.
it
5.
>-
the cardinal,
or oj-^f-
(f)
if
defined,
8).
^^ U
^
'
C*
by
jj-1^1 the
_?
'*
ic
as
ordinal,
&.
5.
is
why do we
say
L^y
instead of
"How many
question,
(a)
402
kinds"
the
9-j
when we ask
the
called
first is
interrogative,
<-ot^4l**l
**
and requires
How many
to
chase this
of
is
(informative) and
(&& *(j^j^ v
it
has to be genitive, as
Exs
not interrogative at
means
"several, or
used to possess
colloquial
How
is (b)
Very
easily
\'Jf~*
is
dist
from
-Ltlf^u/VI
annexed
This
servants.
vjae-/jsfj*
j^>-
called
many."
^5s._L
jui.
*
many
(jV
is
it
all,
-X"
-)
(b)
be put
preceded by a preposition,
if
But,
noun
its
He
is
(a)
puts
is
common
poor, give
him
in
%
\
Egyptian
few
piastres.
<
its
noun
in accusative,
noun which
but
is,
6.
'
'
In
0^\
It
means
is
a word (j
"lots
of," or
W*JJ J-*2^
^ 5^
provide
own
its
U*
food.
somewhat
^*
similar to
"how manya"--.
(J*>
^J Many
403
Lesson 180.
VOCATIVE
1.
such as
noun mentioned
is
(_^^l
to attract the
l>
owner's attention as
-X-.
A^U-
l>
t.
2.
The vocative
3.
What
is
of eight classes
Proper name
(l)
d 'JJ
^H^'J
is
ii
particles are
>
>
it
c-9 ^t*J x
-J
~,
damma
as
3^>
ye lovers of justice
j^jl^
jLn
as
l>
s>
(3)
^Ua>
<
In
~,U)lU
I-
(^)
oZjtAA*
construction
^JIUI
J
4SI JLC-
j^& ojj
Indefinite
1;
and unspecified, as
(the cry of a
<>
(5)
blind
man) ^-U)
This
is
cJUaU>
!x^j I
-X>.
indefinite accusative.
Owi
Semi-construction
&
accusative.
(6')
f>-\ <j
^^ ^
word (\
or
'
with Ailll
(any) well-doer.
if
is
the
used, as
article the
404
>
***
(7)
(8) <-J
J>
FOR
^CALL
One
it
of the sub-sections of
What
(1)
are
its
three forms
^ or aloj I and
181.
HELP
VI
<^l^
is
VUl*Vl
Call for
is
Sometimes
(3)
Sometimes
to distinguish the
as
U^S
I
>
\
only, as
<^
^y
^>idl
is
It
is
by J as
(2)
What
help;
>
uiJ
Preposition
one he
3.
Either C-j
J.SoJ
2.
or .fcl I
Lesson
1.
I**
<U)'
*l
I,
written
or at
its
i-Jill
is
what water
colour,
to express
its
sweetness,
<^
etc.
admiration at
ticle
as
being
d'jJj
^j
>_?
with
9\
poor boy
But u
is
name apostrophised
also used,
in that case
405
there
(CJLif
5.
(a)
no special
is
What
O my
(c)
It
may
may end
retain
in
may end
Hebrew
the
its
slain
name lamented
original form as
and ^-^ I
UJ-l^j
in
(to imitate
the
allX
grandson of Mohammed,
Note
In colloquial,
What
out,"
UJ
we say
O dear, O
dear
**$
is
is
^i-^ll
the opposite of
whereas
^->-
jOI
is
Fatima Jf^^
for
which
^-^J!
chopping
eye
N.B.
6.
(c.f.
my
SJii I
^JLJ
It
^-f ^ O
s-^Jcil
(6)
liver
as
suffix,
For
is
off of the
^>l^
a "broadening
end of a word,
we say
7-1^
L>
Ibrahim we say
Lesson 182.
l<
What
s-LpVi
ing.
is
(incitement to action)
is
*\J?*\
and ^>tlJl
warn-
406
on an unwritten verb. Ex
of
<U-XlUo$JI
(l)
In
(l)
(#)
(.j?)
(honour).
fJlJl
means, jJb
By mentioning only
dlUj = ciJ(L,J
oriLlj = cUjjiiJ
against, as ^X*.Vl
Beware
How
is
is
warned
and
against, as
1
Ol?JbeJtj l!U
this.
The
'official'
Jl>'<
It is
11,1
>X>.I
explanation
What
iJbj
C-jiSCJIj ill
lies
of innovations
The elementary
I.
= JL*Vljjb-l
3.
(2)
warn.
2.
jQ
lion.
means <Jl!lj
equals
^ax^
is
phenomenon
of an accusative
upon
O5
^Jl
Ex
but an
-U/
i??2/?/zerf
^-^aJI
or
(
governing
it
in the accusative.
J-^1
acts
reads
>
lJ^ ( Vj"'
-^
'
407
VVe ~~
u^'
~~ are
the Arabs
mean
generous.
2.
This
called (j^Lax>-2
is
^y V
>LjjVl ^tU.o
specialisation.
Other examples
We,
the Arabs,
are the
(i.e.
poor).
Thess. 4
of
of prophets, have
company
most
t>S\J!
15
liberal
on their guests)
End
of
Jj,
t^jl j^
^ J ^J (JA^
,J
ot^:ii)
Lesson 183.
oUy^
GENITIVES
1.
Nouns
in
of two kinds
( i )
(ii)
The
is
are
OU^UI
are
tJUail
of
two
usual kasra,
The
letter
five
nouns.
when
the
noun
r-"
(ii)
in construction.
signs
signs
^'jJ>j.
By what
The
nouns
2.
or
(oL^^ti'
4jili
\^\
is
singular, (and
O\1*^JJ
(b) reg.
when
it is
>
>
[J3
masc. plural,
in this
sentence
(c)
the
408
J^ljU -W
relatives,
(iii)
Fatha
He
and
( ji-i
parents,
nearer
the needy.
JA*
<j
dwells in Egypt.
resumed
is
Jiil y
u-L'l
4*
3.
to
in
But kasra
Give
if
Jl
is
added,
as
etc.,
JiiVlsi^-
4*
X"
What
<~ijj>- )
Jl
Also UU-j I^PJ
Lesson 175
4.
Lesson
149)
Instead of
This
is
the following:
may
also be
memorised
him
&
God
from
me
'
\\
-
e,
Have
Sit
down
at
my
right
me
^^U
hand
^-c
One
On
[A
tradition]
of
Abu Huraira
the authority
"
c.
xi
A^\
We
in
3.
!^>-
J J^
-
<">J
^ u&
,|
409
And we
preferred
Of very
great importance
They were
There
this
is
some
'U^WI^*
'
man among
V Yj^JW
and)
21 IJ* <j
^.
cH
s
tT*
^o ^
like a lion
He
I
s^b-
people
is
Jac4\
to others
t-\h
X*
Jj>!
morning
Lesson 184.
ANNEXATION
1.
What
are
"Nouns
The antecedent
What
are the
3.
How
(i)
construction, as
are these
^T-J*
>
<^*-*
as^j^jU?
?
r-y X^A**
may
be taken to
mean
"Tj^
^^^
^\
cJuJI
"
Those residing
is
(ii)
S^J
(i)
Arabic
*Ji
2.
is
in Construction" called, in
watch of gold
Cairo
D^U)l^jS
l*
S^uJI
410
In ^Jaill
(ii)
'A** as
<uU)l
Jj
old,
HiviVI
usually, <-*Ual1
tall
Jijb
V->^
the one
j^jl f
of stature,
who
is
derived adjective
in the
ij
is
no implied
and that
of dual, as
There
struck Zaid.
days of
What
(i)
i^ilill
Verbal Construction
5.
What
(i)
(ii)
are the
plural
Jl (but
LJall
in this point).
same
&
*1 ^-j
but
oUai' here
SiUVt
and
<M1
nun of masc.
must be deprived of
It
(iii)
tanwin, as
its
It
(ii)
loses
Sli
as <LJLi>-i *iiU?2i
is
a derived adjective.
(iii)
if it is
The
noun
itself
already defined by
or
Jl,
pi.
as
(b) if
it
annexed
is
^^-^ ViJ*^
to a
the strange
<r
of race
6.
(i.e.
the alien)
noun
nexed
to a
3>i^ JtUl
as,
N.B.
itself
J&\ ^>JJ
annexed
to a third
J>> ^Ul
which
is
fully.
though
not,
C
jLjl J>
tjjl
while
defined
p. 68.
(Vocab-
Oy:
26).
J^ means
>-^, (j*
ma Y mean^/h)i{ji*j
JLp|
an-
by
The most
Revise care-
to be <in construction in
always, in form;
(c) if
or
the benevolent, or
meaning
C^s Jo
means
or rt^a*j
J-^l
or
^^\(J2*
1*3.1
{
7.
What
the
is
./irs
personal pronoun
'
Examine
the following
at
He
is
one of
my two
my
From
danghters
difficult,
my
How
own
is like
rule
jf>
10-12 on p, 88
^Ua^
for
we
easily seen
it is
like hudai.
say that
Truly
(J^JLr^O;
<^Jy2/i
<
in
ojJul
my
it is
What
to
honour
is
my
life.
as in
<
kj^j.A*x)
oj-X&*
the
OlS^^-l
vowels are
alif.
say
owing
annexed
implied or under-
N.B.
What
We
judge
-J*
^5"^"
guidance,
something
stood, as in
10.
my
that
We
I*
-b-i
^X^
me
that love
these examples
hudaya,
9.
teachers
We
^
.
stick
(J-^'^-^i one of
8.
'
V"
^UoP my
^L)i
to the lack of
euphony
(lit.
heaviness)
is
if
called
ya take damma.
412
Lesson 185.
APPOSITIVES (SEQUENTS)
1.
Is
the Appositive a
word
the
Precisely; *jU)l
What
meaning
literal
of *jljT
is
tive,
-^
substitute.
by adding U*J'
find
f*'^'
3.
Commencing with
(i)
(jyi.!
M
<Ja
conjunction,
<<
^y
corrobora-
iJalafr
under cUJl
it.
followers, sequentia.
descriptive adjective,
with a similar
declined
is
appositive,
word
we
five
shall
vI^Jl real
of
attribute,
is it?
the
qualifies
noun which
it
We
(ii)
^x
"causal"
v!>
attribute,
denotes
quality
Exs Oj\
it
^ f>
follows
it
J>ji-X&
This
is
man whose
itself).
affair is strange.
motherwas han d S o m e.
I
entered
whose form
We
the
is
garden
beautiful
^3
^
>'
'-
,
|
in
^,
^^
,,
.j,
cs-
>
4.
What
J>JI usually
is
Usually
is
it
may
it
J!te
^jf-i
as
a derived noun,
Object ^J^+A*
But
413
Noun
or Attribute as J~?-
or
masdar (used
also be a
of
a descr.
into
as
adj.
word ji owner,
or the
5.
What
A>
^D 7dU>
or of
of being turned
came
Agent ^jU*
when
it
is
jjbU S^Z
l-A*
Js>jl
capable
or a
*U- this
man
or possessor (j*
3* ^\**
J>-j
^,
j>-j)
agrees with
(a)
vl**l)l
or
indefiniteness,
(b)
in
gender,
(c)
in
number, as
which
C^ll
it
follows, in definiteness
as,
.
..
generals;
What
..
JjjV^
(d) in case,
6.
as
Oj** 5*
as j^Lili
olj>l>
its
or indefiniteness, but
qualifies the
agrees with
it
it
as to gender, as
FOLLOWING
noun, and
414
faults
Remember,
many
meaning of a
Other examples of
This
man whose
passed a
>
Wj**
that
in this connection,
practically the
7.
has the
jl
relative pronoun.
>
girl is
man whose
honourable
>
>
4xi*l
Remember
4JUiU)l
U-j!
s-U-
J/^l
J^>
that a
rjT
ijlT
#>
N. B.
and
^-^-^ ^*JI
( o jljT
8.
status
#'
is
also a
i;
iS
4i^
attribute.
Lesson 186.
CONJUNCTION
I.
What
which we
v-bj
is
treat here,
Jac-
uence and
is
is
often called
well-known
whereas
There
very
is
The Arabic
little in
(J-*xll
Conjunction,
common between
cJjSac-
it
the two.
is
that
follows
is
Ja*M
a
is a
/w"
"conjunctive
or conjunct/on.
2.
Name
415
the conjunctions.
II
Disjunctive.
Copulative,
t.
and
or
(in
general)
^'
but
but rather
not
3.
to
show the
particles.
jjT-
Zaid and
He
Mohammed
insulted
me and
The savants
b j
f
arose
- *
struck him
Mohammed
>r
(doctors of law)
men
We
stayed a day or so
die,
even prophets
This or that
l;U
fathers,
heavens
^
f
dJli
is
here
Take
-IU-I
Jj iJ jJte-vJtf
4.
sentence.
God's
If
the
is
Kingdom
of heaven
<^
^-
will give
an
with
you your
"
/^i Jl
f'JjPr
conjunction
and earth
He
To make
rewards.
(2)
416
- -
1^3
l I
'^**^ O^3
pronoun
implied
^
J^"~*A
(3)
j^e
first
We
Lxs-U-j
To
left
This
be added, as
^ Wj
5*"
is
ciOo j ^Jo
In the case of
as,
dlU-Vj
"neither
...
I-X*
**
etc.
(4)
s^
J^V
cilJi
Vj li*
Lesson 187.
CORROBORATION
I.
What
is
J.5jl)l is a
word.
It is
*>lT
of
are
its
two classes
corroboration of meaning.
2.
^jjai)
JLj^r
is
417
first
word whether
verb,
A>
"
j^
**
%.
Or
the second
He
cast
How
3.
By
is
down
+*
-i
word may be
synonym
he threw
the pen,
s>
it
of the
down
elj
first,
as
J.A)!
a detached pronoun, as
t^l5
myself came
words, put
in construction
\
it
refers:
Are 5v
They
6.
(jt~*>\
of
it.
Colj
and
ufc>
when
saw
may have
Each of
the
men
C>A>-JI
in construction to the
Jb
..
f.
cn>rii utt
5.
all
A>
*-.
pronoun
them
women
Ofty
lxi5C il
smart
is
smart
AkJLi (j
418
Lesson 188.
SUBSTITUTION
1.
LMJI
is
*jl"
which
substituted
is
J-XJi
is
J.A,
jt
^ (j^V'
J-^J
to
to
whom
Ex:
me
it
eclipsed, a part of
it
comprehensive substitution,
J.A>
(3)
J>
preceding noun,
J-*Ji
itself,
Identical substitution,
The
for the
of four kinds.
Jj\k
(l)
JlJI }
i.e.
of something
his
name,
filled
Zaid,
i.e.
They
jL^jJlj
in
^^
Ol.
/.e.
me
J^
about fighting in
differing substitution,
iWl JJ)
*>
with admiration
flA'
it.
which
otherwise called
is
shall be
away two
mounted
or 3 minutes
4|ji
slip,
as
'^^ JjU!
3.
What
is
and
a,
to the
it,
4.
419
(2)
and
(3)
JUiVlJjj*
must be
in
preceding noun
\*jj>- fj+2J\
OA~$
The
sun, part of
was eclipsed.
plicative appositive
merely a form of
<aP
JjjUall J-AJl
the ex-
which we
it is
The point
5.
(ju-JI cJzSac-
may
consist of
**\$\
is better -known
than
p<j2J
"
(1)
title
after a
of worshippers,
(2)
z.
name, as
the
e.
A described name
A&\ ^r =)
^^
g^UI
jr j
3^ A
'
ornament
model worshipper.
_L<JI
^IJiiil
nickname) as
Ibrahim (friend
of God).
(3)
Noun
^utxjlu*
this
book(Al-Quran)
End
of
translate as usual.
420
Lesson 189.
^IMPERFECTLY DECLINED NOUNS
1.
We have already
into
is
^-^
sub-divided into
divided
is
and cJ^a^
declined,
Cj^}\ and
of full declension
noun
U)
declinable, but
^~>j**
fully
^J^a^A
imperfectly declined.
and
totally indeclinable,
Jj^V
we study
the sign
sion
2.
What
is
They think
"devoid of
is
that
all
O^Jl
Is
students here
9>j~+*
declension." Such
is
j&
cJ^a^
means
j*J* )
^ua* Egypt.
"imperfectly declined";
3.
made by
U^-aJl
In
<j*
means
fj***
Egypt
j~a+ (J
fectly declined"
There
is vital
and
its
fact,
construction
tanwin
is
its
full
Jl
or
declension.
by
In
into full
The explanation
stage, but
what
of
is
Byjy>j*they mean
^s)l in 6 6
:
(p. 16)
was
4 2I
**
Uai)
''Tanwin
is
C-
a quiescent
Ua>- ^J-i
nun omitted
in writing"
(z.e.
not written
reading Al-Qur'an,
etc),
the pause."
at cJdj^Jl
"except
(At the
*t
pause,
or
z'.e.
/^-^
".
^-^
O-u'
in
(i.e.
or
4Jj-X
jj is (there)
pronounced fil-madina.
5.
Is
No
(l)
C^X-uJl^jJj
7)-
first is
Lesson
is, it
instead
is
makes
it
190);
as <jMi
6,
this
(see
uO*^Ol>^
letter,
137
(j>++z*
(2)
same kind
of
<J>U and
word
it
for
jl^>-
(c./.
when adverbs
3'
for
<^j^
weak
UJ>-
S[
of
at that time,
we
write
(3)
iLUll
^J^
and
for
il^
^5j
J^yT (resemblance)
marians to be given
is
Jlxij
as
it
may
resemble
is
422
Sibawaihi*
*
(Sibawaihi,
So was
Lesson 190.
I.
What
the other
is
.xxi
i.e.
Hence
2.
What
Since
the
is
<~*j*^
*-^
become
is
said to
declinable.
is
called
meaning of
^fi^*.**
for
From
to
declinable
nym
it
to
i/l
causes
name given
means
it is
declinable,
more
O^^i*
189
we learned
that such a
noun
when
indefinite
receives tanwin.
3.
THE TABLE
*-^l
DECLINABLE
IMPERFECTLY DECL
Quad
PI
INDECLINABLE
FULLY DECLINED
4.
423
4jlJJ -U^ VI
O^-a)! y*
There are
pXJl
.
(a)
Noun when
Proper
^> 5*
fern
......
(i.e.
triliteral
bearing sukun)
is
name
foreign
i^*
middle
a silent
(i.e.
N B. A
i-
(b)
it is
proper
name
in
girl's
name
original lan-
its
*-t'
triliteral
letter
letter
must
>
>
be nunated, as
and 7-^
i>j!
(c)
^j* "^j*
niixed
of
compound,
Hadramaut
(d)
(S.
Having ao^^ j
at
all,
Arabia)
^>
as
t:
O^^J^
(extra) of j'
Ij
can be declined
l>j^ C*>
r>^ ^J^'J
(*.e.
and JZalz&
passed by
Oj^>
On
(e)
a measure of a verb, as
said to
pjUail
tense
Palmyra,
(f)
^1^
be^rua)i^
is
now
(These are
a ruin in the
at
Damascus
North Syrian
Tadmor, or
desert).
j+
is
asserted to be
a variation of
^*U
>^
called
7-^5
>
L/y) J^3
Saturn,
etc.
is
To sum
up, the
424
that
grammarians say
>
(a}
AttributeUdescr.
<U*a)l
where
adj.),
it is
C^
x-
*>
cM** UJJ ik
"
is
it
/v>-
which
is
drunken
^^
<'
7^UJ
is
as
>
cj>^
<
/"
jl^la^
U*
<J
O-
4>Hi but on
is
'i
<_-* ^
thirsty.
>'**
^i
(b)
jj^
This
p*
is
the J*ii
>
colour
(c)
etc.
(L: 58).
Changed from
a previous form, as
^^-3
2,
4 or
3,
^^*J
f'MJJ
5
at
^^
time,
as
or
///.
t^jvj Mw
Note that
feminine.
it
*l
It
but
(a)
it
always
is
iti(5y^
said to be
upon
Plural
form gets a
If this
^-
N.B.
alif,
Important note
5.
this alif
added
as in
(b) (^ as
IV.
in the
additional.
(a)
Ending
in^
as^O^
for
l^W
some
cn^^
plurals
it
is
X-
iUUi which
is
Lessons 52
610;
54
6; 58
64
4, 5
65
67
7, etc.
425
Lesson
191.
J)
***
Which
1.
is
The Arabic
2.
What
puts
without which
it is
Lesson 128) as
3.
Now
revise 29
^j**
3, 4.
is
UJJ/JI
The nun
(l)
and
(2)
the
nun
What
possible to the
of study
simple that
4.
What
Noun
is
firstly
of
(revise
y*\\
of feminine as in
Verb
in
j>-j
^*ai)l then
can be disposed of
it
^-^ and
What
Our order
be
to
see.
Ji J
in
48 which
of verbs
that v-^JJ
it
is
for **J\
(*j^
(ii)
In
<~*W
4X..L*
which end
Learn the
N.B.
five
in
) it is
forms
Note that
That applies
it is
it
(i.e.
e
^j^ai*
is
4^xi as
fj?A*A>
(JLA*A>
to *g-\
not to
^A> jl
Oj^\ ^^>cflLuu
so
few words.
is
^*alJi
{jjbJii
Uk-
for
(given,
426
some books)
inaccurately, in
weak
of the
In the
example
4JI
not
but
letter,
\y0j L
it
'
L-*-A>-
^j>-
only applies
really
ui^
4X*)i
is
the *u}\& of
weak
to
^*aJl
suppression
f j>-'
is
below.
jjiJ'O-te*
disappeared even
letter
in
,>
be studied under
to
5.
What
is
said to be
JAol *2
It
may
also,
^j
be used without
^SCj
When J
is
** the lam
lam of
the
U^ though even
<jlj
'
But
^yj j^'.J
*.
formed from
is
^!
particles
The
6.
15 and therefore
due to permutation
of
(but
Lesson 30
it is
also called
motive).
or together with
it,
or even with
preceded by a negative
C^-S
lam of
(N. B.
it is
called
djwJ *V
the
j>*\ **
which
is
^J^-
not
&
^^t
Ex
^JS"
simply a compound
5L)
is
find
jl occurring.
-j-
of.
V6
'
so that
even here we
The same
427
precedes an implied
really a preposition
is
> "
jj
which
* *
OV^iJ?*"
o
gets distinct.
-~l
y.S"
Jf>-
?*r~i
1
/.
Is
None
**.
and
J3I
li'
idlian,
from
jWu vJ^^i
^i'
idha,
which
>j
8.
What
o
is
<jl
is
<j'
not only
^^ ^J^*-
with
but also,
place of
It
is
its
the
also
masdar and
is
it
commonly spoken
of
as
ij^^ll jl =
'an
which
like
is
Lesson 192.
THE SUBJUNCTIVE
(Contd.)
o t
-j,
I.
To
No
*,*
it
may be
4j-X
is
suppressed,
o
or,
'
it
is
sometimes called,
428
2.
When may
one case
(b) in
instances
five
_$> after
It is
When
3.
jh>> l^-*>-
is its
is
it
its
as
permissible
<j*j.>^[
JI^>-
suppression ^-^-'j ^
>
**
after the
->*>
not God's
in five cases
not expressed
implied
is
^pci-l
It's
way
to
lam of
After
Wait
until
a preposition
until
After
j^
UJ4jM jlfU
t.
meaning^j^ (thus
return to you
(iii)
denial, as,
(ii)
or
O\
essential.
s_*>lj
*V
JA*:)I
is
suppression
though
it
unexpressed
(a) In
when does
it
ye are satisfied
till
they repent
<j^
or
of
JJI i
I
make
Sit
(iv)
light of difficulty
down, or
After
reach
my
aim.
4^x*Ji
But this
till I
*\f
the causal
(that
which expresses
effect).
Exs
(a)
429
Do
He
attempted
(b) Visit
me and
not, so
will
-W3
found not
-o '.
j\
/\.13
<~\*j)
honour you
J^T
^Xli
^jj
^
is
am
telling
you ^Ib-li^^r J*
wau
of association
4^1
to
What
^LDl
(a)
(6)
(c)
is
Do
will
will
bite
you
<
(e)
Incitement, or threatening
Wilt thou not believe and be safe
:
come, that
*
This, to
a Western
a conjunction.
student
of
'
&*
|
!
:-
>-*'? #J
"
1
? J
Hoping:
>
-*i-
s\
Exhortation:
Wilt thou not study,)
in order to please thy teacher ?
i
(0)
prosper
"I
Wish, or desire
Where goest
Interrogation:
thou ? that I may follow thee. /
(v)
not strike
(d)
(/)
and
in (iv)
preceded
Command:
_j'j
(iv)*
or <L-UaU
jlj
LJUJ
'
*\
*
I**
f
"*
|
J
Arabic,
t/
is
430
Lesson 193
THE JUSSIVE
I.
Our next
This
d>U}U
*j:U
is
be
Mood
the action
f3j^ by
answered
in 191
+j>.
J*A)!
Which
of governing
2.
L.
^X*
i
is
jj,>^Jl
AU/zi
4~*ill
(ii)
five
(iii)
4U)>
For
exs,
also
the original
^j>
weak
^1
Jx.H
result of
its
3.
weak
J*i!l
V^-l
(Les
by
True,
rise.
122126)
means a
but
^.J'
^J>-
it is
also,
c.f.
the
<*-**>
last letter in
i.e.
suppression
of
letter.
What do we mean by
f-A^
in the
letter.
4>^J?I
4).
<j* j i
he did not
sign, as in
pi
cJ_x>-
jjj|
<J
and usual
^ie
pl ura ^
particle
fj'>r'
^J^
an<3 llow
or of
which apocopates
many
^jU- which,
are there
in
either case,
(c.f.
I.
Apocopating:
particles
ONE
^j Jj
verb only.
Uij
all
(a)
<i
and
is
to
is
meaning
may compare
as
JS"
(J
x
and
c-jUall
two
from present
to
is
particles
that
etc.).
means
U.)
l>
two particles
the
not yet
not,
The
Their property
ive
U)
What
431
ad appeared
for
they
J which
is
commands and
used for
and from
Ex
^4-1
Let every
(W
6 and 192
How
3).
man know
is
called
J^J'
{<*
jLJ
*
jTlill J,:LJ
*r
o
May God
is
tjd\
bless us
(c)
Does
When
o'j
preceded by
or j
it
'
Oj~*
may drop
its
"
place
Then
let
him do
it
l:5jUJ
oUl'V
<U)l
^il)S
kasra, taking in
its
432
Lesson 194.
5-
U-
TWO
apocopating
fJ'jP*
The
6.
Do
first
all
two are
so,
it is
i^UI *U*J
is
none
This
!!
may
But
non-existent.
it
(to
put
do not apocopate
pjj?
number.
particles,
twelve in
Not invariably
there
verbs, are
it
in a
simple
second verb
may sometimes
if
if
be discovered as in
What
The
distinctive
first
is
Those fond
names
called
-*^i'
J*$
two verbs
first
J^-ll'
Examples of
two particles
8.
If
ye be lazy, ye
If
fail
"
LcT
A-U:*"
of the ten
>
Who
is
vl^"
shewn mercy
-*
|
^"-
'
^\
^j|j
|
'
(i.e.
to us you will\
good reception)./
Wherever ye
be, death
j
will overtake you.i. j
Whenever ye go ye
will sit
will
be
just as
honoured U^S^.r
but
(j~
you are
said under
c-jUall
shall be
strike
honoured
Whomsoever you
We
jj
>^
^~*5
shall be
Wherever ye two go ye
9.
I
|
shall find
Whatsoever ye ask ye
When
433
a Jro
u^"^
SCr
strike
^^w
this
Amplify
is
not in
statement now.
9
Example
J^tll^U.
-
-I
91
L/JI J.
r
Y
r
i
first
and
case, No.
the
most
I, is
usual.
the one
which
is
the subject of
10.
What
effect
upon
Which
it,
are the
Cases
in the other
is
^111
^W
observed about
is
434
Of one
^li'
may even be
have no
-U-J
i^r-J)
in
$f
pjlixl
^'i-
released
or
two
the latter
particle,
as
slx*3
f^'
j[
Account
for
be found
will
^A^
(L. 32
\^e-J\
higher
USAGE.
*.SCj
in
6).
may be
is
replaced by
M e
rcO
12.
Can
It
-X^x>-l
i/JI Ji be
may
May
Yes,
c-5
if
'J'
^.
omitted
else
be used
the
be
ye love God,
here,
c./.
also
silent
and
j-
doubled in
C^-^>
li
!'*
^> Ij
^^
i^-jil
j^
) thus,
i^-*'
answer w'j>-i
is
,A*J
be omitted after O\
"i
and Ij^^J
Speak good, or
13.
rcri
replaced by
thus
j)
So
J^
by
is
a ver
denoting a demand or in
^ O^^ **% O\
THE INDICATIVE
14.
What
did
we say were
Of
aM
15.
the 3 kinds of
these
we have
When
is
a verb
is
C'jUall
&j?j
Ji)l
J*a)!
J^l vL^'
dealt with J-iJI
^&
and
^j
f-y^
of the governing
What
are
Damma,
examples as
LT[J
^^^T jjjyJa
Lesson 195.
^DEFECTIVE VERBS
1.
What
is
the definition of
J^i
is
that
JuUU
which keeps
J.i)l
to
jJ
defective verbs;
whereas
O^d*
that
J*ill
is
are
the
real
i.e.
tenses.
JUi?H page
2.
<>.X*\i-l
3-
By jxi-
218,
we mean
510)
in sufficient detail on
A and
B.
*-
4-
Is
436
of expressing admiration
Way
Yes
flow
common
his as
is
expression
an orator.
L^>
is
fi
'
^ ^
j^
^ o<^ what
5.
Name
the
Blame
>>
in
Lesson
I.
of verbs,
i.e.
4 (page 305).
196.
The grammarians
cases,
it
is
If
>W*
first
is
obscure in some
two).
God had
the Accusative.
Examples of
But for
in
(a)
2.
Lesson 129
the people
(j-"^'
(6)
was surprised
(c)
at his killing
Zaid
l^
-
<W
4ttl
*i:>
ij
an
3.
What
is
In (a)
and
(b)
but in
(c)
with
Is
a verb
RULE
II
jJUdll
What
is
on
the former
is
Agent,
as to
when
madar may
govern like
its
equivalent verb as in 2
j-Ua-*
(a)
it
capable
above.
is
without Compensation.
it is
^**l
a quasi-masdar;
is
when
like a verb
its
p. 176).
meant by
~*\
jJ*s.A
(c)
of being replaced by
5.
and
(b)
Object
its
RULE
there any
between
is
jXall
(Revise 68
latter.
4.
the difference
43?
in
to be called
the
masdar
letters,
is
o
"
and o
is
But from
Examples
(1)
/^'governing
is
get
compensation
'jJkf'<*Jjf\
in 4, for
it
equals
oj-^3
cJ/u
IA^|
He
is
Exercise 196.
"
j jj and
like a verb.
his value
of the latter
we
of Js-Ull
You know
<jj>j
Read aloud
as usual.
(See Reader).
C**\
J^Jl
* 438
Lesson
197.
PARTICLE
In
I.
meaning
(i.e. it
J?-
particles,
made between
all
~ijji-l
meaning alphabe-
The
first
The
<-ijj>-
particles
may
Into 3 classes,
a.
(2)
^j>-
Particles of meaning.
(3)
common
*
:
studied
b.
(}W
u* ^ J^A-i
indeclinable 4^~*
tical
latter
3.
^**
But what
a distinction
is
particles.
that
How
*.
particle is:
meanings of the
particle
The
2.
to
noun and
and
d^
already
^*'jJl and
^j'j>-'
By meaning they
Prepositions
fj'jr
jussive,
(incl. particles
of oath),
and exception,
etc.
two-letter, etc.
and f 'j>-'JuL
(l)
Particles of Reply
The
(2)
two
last
<M
V'J^'
oV
ic-L
There
no hour for
is
has gone).
(i.e. it
repentance
<J
*&*
cl*J.'-9
'j
seldom used.
<J
much used
not
is
are
oj
Negation:
oV
U^Jv-Vj J^
j^>-
439
SJ
\bjl
We
jl^
(3)
Condition
(4)
Interrogation
(5)
Incitement
'
U^lj
(6)
Future
^Uj
V'_j!j
jl j j
W
^ -^- ^^
V
(7)
Masdar
particles
5?
^j j
"t
^j
Demonstrative particles
(9)
Corroboration
(10) Pleonastic
(^ j) J
(i.e.
extras)
^3 ( JJ^
Vlj
j Ij
J^j
jl
^) J U ( Ht ^(j-^)
^J?Uo
(12) Explication'-
He nodded
(13)
Wj
"C-
i'
o U-Uil
Is
*
"*-.
but occasionally ^
'Yes/
with^Ui
(14) Stringent
(15)
^JV
-^
LJ IP eUilU
Gl ^Ij
Expectation (Probability)
(but
/j-J
s#:
(11) Surprise
s<
51
j_j
Ij
a*
Jj jj
jij
'j
t.
(8)
^^
^-'W
Vl
"Vlj
t-
it is
Denial
<J-^
Adversative particle
5js)l
cJ^
^3_^
z.e.
This
is -^>
with P-jU
actual happening).
440
Lesson 198,
I.
^J^
Taking vlr'
is
He
iv e
used after an
inter,
may be
^yJl cJj>-l
prefixed to
We
(a)
(c)
<w)j
SI
<J JIS
said, Certainly.
From
this
is
a^J
as in Syria, ***}
and
He
The
are "Conversive,"
il
*tiy
liar will
U meaning
J^J
<j*J
a past meaning, as
giving pjUail
(6)
,**'
USE.
illl;
J> jjj>
Yes by God
is
2.
neg
their
(^J
(^1
examples of
^^-jJ
For
I*
to
mean
ij
^w
^j-X5Ol jXa^ ^1
the order of >->-j 1-A:^
^j-jJ
s*
\^ U
J^l)l
tJj>-l
Some grammarians
and
condition are jt
that
and
^>
,
is
as
and
I*
much
of
_y
compound
and U
and U as
of j|
is
of
j^
J>
is
^e.,
non-existence
^'"
God's conversion of
tion
w AX^
all
men never
was never
0^*^'
of
event
"i
w'^JAJfll
^Z
fulfilled.
>
L>
'
Jl^
^^
J^lj
'jj
jJ
441
particles of >j>-j\
pUxJ prevention
USCJ^i
up
4jil
had
^j>j Vj)
->Jj**
as
^~ ->o
of use of
Example
*l^xx^2)
perished.
s.
with
*\
*
~
wJw
5.
etc.,
Jl-ix^VI
7.
ijA^i!
may be used
God
believe in
6.
C^JUl
<ttlj
<^-^l
o^Vl
w3j>-l
l}^}\
iUVl
j)l
-A-SyJ! cJ^-l
slip
form of rebuke.
fJUj j^ji
the phrase,
to act
J\ jJJ
:
said,
^^*)l
==
-So
4,
jv>
^J
J^^- U;
dl;l
are said to be
for they
Lo
Jtl
jl di)l,
dll^
J.il
Truly
Don't you
here
am
I.
dliA^
as
J^Ui
and
Vl
p5o ^^^.SCL^j
commence
as a
4,
8.
J>*
cJr^l
jjAMia^ttlll
as
\^ ^TV-J
*
4.
God we had
died.
requires
>>
D^LS*^
of occur-
Jl?
aw, acting.
is
Let
it
a robber.
He
said,
Be so good as
442
Lesson 199.
p
4 PARSING vl- l
>
H'A3v>
'
V_r^
Jc-UII
j>-
J^-J jjSCjl
Jc.
p^
^'
\l-\
^l)
lj^x
(N)
JL>- j^pt
(r)
AJI
jlT
^^ J
n.>-
(etc.
).
TcSI
4x
UjS
-^
rci!
4^
4^0^ <^>j^
JU
"^
(t)
443
EXAM, PAPER
SET AT
200.
(a)
bU
*
>
***
jjj
'$
*
x-^
.I'"
U jj
1^
U)U
a; -
s
-,
x^
I*
-^
0>
**
^^ a*
c.
'"-5;".
'<
"
l
x ^
>
^J^l
Ji\
)".
4!
**
"
U*
^
I
lil
*"
'
.
-Jr',
o^
.-
UM! J
ar
Qi
<LAIM.| ojl^
dlji
J[ "*>-j
- ^
^
t
^1- ^,
>
<u)
"
-
^'
JU
Jui
It
<^X)
see
page
1.
(b)
2.
321).
it,
adding the
*;
3.
Give (with
may
4.
full
Give the
1st
J-^J
words:
of the perfect
"^'J
5*'-*'
(Owfi\
j *';
5.
of
-^
^j
'
**
\*
jU*
**
"" **
^^ j
each case
444
Al
Ui
f+\j\
<,
^w
ilV
dl VI
p.
^.jul! JUii
- Al,
VI
1}
SJ_,
J^. V
6.
7.
8.
and
subject, in
its
is
is
w)
situated on
foot.
We made our entry into the city about mid-day, along
with the queen and her attendants. But when we reached the
gate of the palace we were stopped by the guard, who said
that we could not go in without the permission of the King
(Answer
in
full,
Numerical Values.
Hebrew
44$
INDEX.
(Students should
ARABIC
Terms).
Abgadiya
letters, 42,
Accent, Rules
for, 9.
Accusatives, 386-407.
Changes
in VIII, 223.
of warning, 405.
Causative, 199.
cause, 389.
Characters, 40.
state 396.
Coalescence,
specification, 397,
association, 393.
,,
,,
88, 215.
Command, 81.
Adjective, 143-8.
Commandments, Ten,
Common
Adverbs,
,,
Comparative, 150-2.
Compound
Agent, 383-5
Noun
of, 58.
Agreement of
Concave
Tenses, 95.
(see
Hollow
Consequent,
ALLAH,
Consonants, 40.
53.
49,
143.
Antecedent,
verb).
Adjectives, 143-4.
106, 226.
III.
57.
Agent,
Gender,
49, 143.
Apposition, 144.
Construct State,
39,
150,369.
Appositive, 412,
B
BVsa and Ni^ma, 305.
Broken plurals, 126-9,164-70,310.
Quadl., 164,319.
of week, 163.
Declension of nouns, 132-5, 362, 364.
of verbs, 74, 362.
Days
Ancient, 135.
Defective verbs, 2l8.
Definite, 16, 20, 365.
446
Definition of Nahu, 355.
Demonstrative adjectives,
I
138.
Denominative verbs,
Deputy agent,
209.
385.
Derived conjugations,
Indefinite, 16.
of assimilated, 267.
.,
of defective, 299.
of doubled, 255.
.,
..
of hamzated, 257.
,,
Derived nouns,
156, 327.
Indicative, 74.
Noun
Individuality.
of 323-
Infinitive, 172.
Diphthongs,
Noun
of, 323,
337.
Interjections, 350.
23.
,,
Meaning
Jazma,
41, 8l.
of, 196.
295.
E
Emphasis
(see Corroboration),
Exception, 394.
Examination papers,
19, 34,
;>2,
65, 79,
,,
,.
Particles
of, 82,
53,
80,
106, 130.
84 430.
K
Kor'an, (see Qur'an).
Numerical value
Factitive, 199.
Feminine,
43,
107.
135, 364.
Madda,
33, 41.
Fractions, 344.
Forms of verb, 98, 101, 104.
Masculine, 107.
Future, 66,71.
Masdar,
151, 172,
Use
107-
88, 389.
Mimi, 175.
of emotion
,,
Gender,
of, 444.
Measures of
390.
of, 176.
310-20.
Gerundial
infinitive. 172.
Governing
Model form,
H
Hamza, 30, 32.
Hamzatul Qat c and Wasl, 198.
Hamzated verb (initial), 240, 257.
(medial)
251, 258.
(final). 253,
259.
279.
of, 381.
55.
of, 74.
N
Nahu,
Negation, Particles
Ni*ma and
Nominative,
J5i'.y/7,
of,
305.
370, 383.
12,13,75,82,439.
447
Noun
of agent, 58.
(Derived), 187.
,,
abundance, 157.
,,
action, 172-175,
l8&
,,
.,
.,
diminutive, 329.
,,
.,
Inna, 378.
,,
masclar. 439.
Noun
.,
instrument, 159.
Patient,
,,
kind, 327,
,,
160, 220.
Pluperfect. 95.
Plural of foreign words, 319.
species, 327.
.,
superiority 150.
Masc., 112.
object, 58.
Fern., Il8.
(derived), 187.
.,
,.
,.
Irregular. 320.
.,
"once," 327.
patient (object), 58, 187.
vessel, 327.
.,
Nun
reply, 439.
individuality, 323.
.,
.,
,,
,.
,,
Precaution,
of corroboration, 302.
Nunation,
Nun
of,
36^.
Predicate, 370.
Predicate of Inna, 378.
of liana, 62, 89, 93, 374.
Prepositions, 342, 407-9.
15, 420.
Prefixed, 87.
Prepositional Verbs 102-3, 220, 296.
Object, 387.
Oblique case,
"One
Pronouns, Attached,
49.
another," 21 1.
Separate, 64.
Onomatopoeia, 234.
Disjunctive, 176.
Ordinals, 342,401.
Oriental proverbs, 183, 261, 309.
,.
Personal, 64.
Relative, 140, 368.
,,
Demonstrative,
138, 367.
Interrogative, 64,
Prohibition, 85.
Proper noun,
Proverbs,
366.
incitement, 439.
interrogation. 12.
.,
Quadrisyliabic
.,
,.
plural,
167, 319.
133,
161,
164,
Transliteration,
Qur'an, 33.
Triptotes, 132.
R
exercises,
104, 142,
146,
Type-root, 55.
Tenses. 66,357.
Ten commandments,
Verb, Agent
,,
of
Salutations, 283.
";,
Denominative, 209.
Denoting mental process, 381
Sequents, 412.
20, 41.
Hamzated,
Hollow,
Interjectional. 360.
Irregular, 297.
Specialisation, 407.
Lafif, 292.
342. 397.
Substitution, 418.
Sukun,
of Imminence 376.
Sound
383.
its
of regular plural,
112, 118.
of syntax, 62, 69, 76, etc.
Shadda,
of,
p^cedes
of accent, 9.
of dual, 121.
,.
196.
368.
1 1.
Reading
448
of Probability, 381.
Six classes of. 98, 104.
,.
,,
of
Wonder,
Weak,
7, 41.
158,
306, 436.
241,262,284.
Superlative, 150.
Doubly Weak,
292, 295.
Trebly Weak,
292, 295.
Syntax, 353,
Sound (Strong),
et seq.
241.
Vowels,
Tashdid, 20.
Tanwin, 15,
Ta marbuta,
16,
41, 420.
43, 108.
Wasla,
Weak
28, 41.
verbs,
Wonder, Verbs
Words
jil
jl
J
JU
jl
o <;U
Ui j
jl j
l5Ci! JU A3
1
;>-l
^l
l^J-L
JUJ
v^
1
^j.^^i
>^
jJI
> ij
Jl ^Jl^ll **-j
ly^pAJl J
fr
JUi dt
<**U
s3
lid
LJ
jl
cAx^
.
43^*11
/-u;J
**
UU
liLJj
LsL*
U^S
Ujfl.,
la*
Ul/l
>.2:
ro
ju
Jl
l,
!A,
J li
!A)
^ JUr
4jil
i
juJljj.
ji-viil
jj^ll
lu"
*.* l)ll
c-ll
4!
JUJ
UP Li^.
JUj
ooy
!AIP
Ijjl
lf.1
1^.1
Jl
c-3
o
ji
^S
^^ J jl
"l^
^A
c>
;,
Jip!
yfc
U d!
JP c^j
^s
jl
^i
Ml c^lj
^j OjJ
I'l
jlel
I'i
(j.^ Uj
^J <>J-^* If ^AJ" jl
U15
J*
.JUill
o^ilj
dU^ ^^
!!>UI
dJiSS
2j^
.A*|
cJlj
A*)j Oilj
Ul
O^.AJ
I'I
Lj ^Jll J JUi
<i
Jj
J5
j*
;UJ|
LI
jl
<:Jlcj
JlClt
rr
<j*
44
(J^
Vr'Jk-fl
IjTli jJLl Jc
<j-*
A,
lp *^Ji3jJ
*~
<I^j*
A^J ^a!l *U
&** (3 c*iJ
^.*jS
A-.it
&
<AA-1
^A^ *
J*tJl
U^j jLi-1 AA
1
*^ o*sj Jl <wil
J^
^ dlrU L JP
^,-l^Vi
^p
<-3 dl!
Ojij
Jl j^ <*U
^-^
jl
dlA^iTj
^Wl
^y
J^ M ^AjJ JU JUI
JP
J:i)l
ol*^lj cJ^*" jl J
JliJ ll^Ujf"
vo Jl
jl
<ii
:i
A!
oj^AJ-l
ju *
^rJi J
li^ JU-I
jUj
jA^Vj
A-O
A^-
0^ c^l tf
^_AJ
SA?U ^3
^ii
l<i
db> ^JtU
dL~A;
If
jl j
^A^d
LI
^Jl*^l
<!
JUi
JP
AijAj
A*JUJ| ^/
;I> C>U:C.
<TA^5 ^Jll
j!
0*0-^^
jsl
Jj
jlj l^
J J&>\ 3 ^A^'l
jak\ ^>*
li
^C-^1^3 jAx'l
^j ^JJ
If
'"*"*
iivip
JiJ^ jl vUJ!
4,ii-l
/j ^LiJl Jis
?.UUI cJlS
Uj
dJi!
I'l
U*A^
dl!
^?Jll
^*
111*
j.-k*!
^\
^Oi
o
JU
tf$\
Jiill
K^ f JU
oliil
^ JA*,| Uj
s*V\
J^
s^l jU
dl! Is
dLiJ
<^;il
^^Uii
j UP o^
rj
A^|
jj/*
I)A A:
Is
ct
i ?
d^^ ^
diiA.'T
^jj|
j^ ^
(I)
L J.LI
j. j.i^j
^^u) J^IJl
jj
ji
^ij
= Keep smilingl
45|
1^,1
IP
d, j
>
d\!
UU
oilj J^^^ilj
JUill
^n3
^^^>rJI A<^
JTN.C
JU
^'
dlbUI JuT
dUslJ- *^
j.:^^l
A*
/*%
JAP
L$
tUlj
dV>l JAP
4
^11
^yuiilj
j,-
U5U
dl: t
dU^j
iJL-JI dl,
o^ Jufj*-Vl
Jl
^ AA!
jv^lj jyij
<i r Jl dl>
cJ> j'Vl j
j-ull
^Ul
JU*
^5di j ii^
dl;U>.i
dllu
*
*"
J ^xJj
(J
Ir
L'l
o^j
f-^^
i jl
jUI
AP|J
j.^ Jl
Ai! ,Jui)l
^^ ^xL. L.
jUI
i i
<j
^*J ^5*1
5j
JJ
^fl
Jl j
Sjl^U
Si
-JI
^i. Vl <5^U
JUi JUaSI
dL,iJ Sl
^4
^AJ
J.^ ^j-
^3
^Otj
oil jrlj
^^ L
i
*jf- di!
dl^Dl^-
J e^
jA;il
Ji;^ JP
Vj i J^l
^ ^y jT^^il ^
Jl
LI L
Jl
AAJ lI^UI
y*
Uo ^U
U ^3
0>l j
Vj
Jl^Vl
^*^
^^uj
A*
*b
<UJ *.5j
v >j
JliJ 5-^^
LJ15 V*-*
4
JUll \+
<J
iil
I*
-r**"
^.
^-iC
O'
^
4
V*^'
>il J
**u
txJ
>|
Vj
(*^
Jl*AJl
jl
0^
^fj
^,
^^
L-kL-
Lo
J OJ
J
J)
U
Ml
<*^^ j^
di
<>
*il
^r
c^
f-
JLJI
j5
J"
cj\ j
iJjxj
Vj ja!l
II
c-iJ
JL4!
:1
Lr
^UII
Ij
/111
4T
L*
f Jll
Jlii
Jl j
JJju.
^Jl rj JLdl
l
A!
-J
JlS
JL:
-U
-UJl j JUJl
$\
JUS
Ul
.)li
^\ dU,
Jy J
Jldl
jU^l
**yi e^ A3j
^Udl
Jl jiol
J* v>l j
VAiJl
A!
JU Udl
jl^-^l
U"
il
Jl ^rJl
^-
J^j jli-JI
.^
J^-Jll
J>)
I"
J
s^itl
*
Jld
jwtl
II I
^
O*^)
*AL;
?.
Jl 4~lj ^Jll
Cu
;>LI
'i
*^ j dU^
dJIUl Jl c^i.1
Jlii
<;
_;
JJ
^^
<Axj|
^i;lj
.i;
!|
^1
jc.
jl ^<.j
jl
P *Jaj|
jl
.U^ Mj
SjLL.!)!
^Ji^;
Jdiil Jl
jA-l jl
Ib
l3
LiJj
f-lkp
IfJp
^Ijj fjWl
^rJl L^jAP
(^JJl
1^^
Ulc
Lo
d\^t^j
JuJ!
(>
if>3
osj ---
JJ
<J
x*
L^
*Ai
O ^
J
^^> ^Jl
x-
Jl
L?
---
^jtj
l3
jl
IS
^U
A3
L-llL
A*)
<;>,
^ ^" >
^
i.
Ail
jl Jlij
Jil
LJ
j
[^
^13
^us
C'L.
A3
^rJI Jl
J^j ^^
d ^i3 dlo
^rJi JU3 ;A
^9\^
U^^
jikl
o^ ^ ^3 Ui
^ x, ^.ij
OA^-j.3
^XJl Jl ^*^NJ| Jl
YY
J (OKDl
dl ifcU
<J
jUj
a!t
<^j
LJ
jut
,0-**"
LA* 4*1*
ijl
Ji
s#
u^ L^ ^ iuj
.
.y
cjusji
^ i^-^-j
*^
U
J>*f
l;U
^A; M U JI ^f
<JI
dl;
jt
^lUj
'U
^!j <:P
-J
L,
JU
lii
dL; Ai L JI
^Lu)l jl
<^i;
il^l ^^
l
U^ JLdl
!"A\S
JU
jl
>r
oU^fl j
'^
sl
it'
xP-
J j^^ u
J
J^3- L
jld
^*J!
U*Up U
A3
C-jIS
jl j
Jj
J oj
-oil
lLl
rJi
uru
11
.AAJ
c->
J\
PROCLAMATION
UNDER MARTIAL LAW.
Whereas
arms,
Order as follows:
Art. I. Any person purchasing, or attempting to purchase or
otherwise obtain or found in possession of any arms, ammunition,
equipment, clothing, bedding, blankets, provisions, forage, naval
and whereso-
A.
<J|
JP
jU
JLdl
jl
jtj
jiTli
J.
Murray, General.
iV-jjj UU
Ty>U
^U!
Lfij L
J; Jll
jf
-5 -^
If ft
^X^
jl
^i
ijvJ
4,**^ jl
IP
/*-*
(t
d:>u
ilaLJ'l
o'.-o-^j
4j>Ju1
^^1 ^
Jo-
Jj
Ll.:^,-.
JL*,
l^ip
]|
jl
^
A)
**
LI
U^
j
Ui
iAJlit
U^Vl A^
J^IAJI
U* jo
;.;lii|
2u;liJI
;>ui
Uil <Up
JI
^l^Ml
jUll
^ J^lj jf
jJI
aj;7
1J11I
(Y)
jl
jjj JP
A,^
il
L^
J^
oLJjJl fUJl
l^i:
U*
Sl^lj j^UJI
^xo
rt
j.\A^
jj^-*^-
Jl
-fiPc^y
Ip
t^^.
4^
<,A:^i
<:)l>
ll
^^.
L,
(3
^ j|
'
-uj^J
^^j
jU^ O^T jl
^-1:11
c,5jll
<JI
-gJ.
^J| J J J J|
L.
J
C^xJI <
C---\^
<^
&y iujT
AP!
<rjA3
\
Jl
$
<<^l^ ^^
^^J ^J
<3 jj Lo
^j
jAi3 J
lr
^ii
111
^illj
"
jl
jl
<^
ij
^^Ll
JP s^lc l^A;
IP
JP
j-^
l^s UAxpl^
*j),
J*
OAJI ;,j
?.
4)1^1
^^1
Uj
J, dili
^1^ J--
(3) Rel,
lj~*~
J AA.3
^"-
'
(I) Steps,
(4)
Family.
M. decisions
(5)
(2)
A clear
register.
(6)
Harvest,
livelihoocl'
#jS>
^ ^W
l^l
<u-
J^l
J^3
JP
/
Jl <^jr
UP!^
?.
^U
A**"
jKlJ!
(A)
L.
jp
l)l
JS
-j
i
jr j^-Hlj
lj-l^^l
^IJUiJl
J^J
ili;l
j^
\p\\ T^ij'j
JJ
v-ilL jl
li^l
(I)
Census
Law
(2)
(5)
^^-^k) jl
l
<i
oU^JI
Country.
March.
(6) Lit:
(3)
(7)
_js*
j^
JA!> J;^ Jp
Name
We
have decreed.
(8) Article.
(9)
A*
jfc'ljAi
(r)
fUl
U* <^3
(>)
<plj3
(T)
j^Jl olAL
jlXjl
'
.
oV<
jl a^i-l
oUU ^"
xll
0^^1*11
^^
AT
dUj
JU-jl
(0)
Olc^y^j
Jl-Ji
jl^Vl
^^ J
Jll
JJJI
U iiJ ^^^11 JJ
all
j.
^S *}
j^JS
i i-ra ll
jv'^i)! j
'(cll^j
-(
jic-'l
J^
j|
jl
(1)
J^
A*Lj lij
Ammonia.
(4)
Depots.
(6)
Oriental Publicity
(9)
P.O. Box.
(5)
Company.
(10) Cairo.
j^H
(2)
Jl
-o^p
all
Chemical Manure.
Limited
(3)
Sulphate of
(Eg)
(8)
Addresses.
TN
J^
(0)
'
\
(1)
o^dlj
L:H
u I**)
II
oL-
'
J ^ ^UA^^l
J^*A)
^j
(v)
l^l
il
.l
^j ^
J-^,
l^
jl
j^*l!
-ojb^fl
Jlj^'l
(I) Messrs.
knowledge).
quantities.
(8)
Thabit Basta
&
Co.
Cootten-ginning mill.
(7) On God be the trust
College
Catalogue,
(15) Graduates.
(12)
(2)
(4)
(//'/.
(lit.
/;H ^ U>-
^ ^
L-A^J'
(5)
Inform
vapeur)
jlj
(///.
Situate near.
1?
surround
(6)
Large
(9) Evangelical.
or Curriculum. (13) Laboratories.
(16)
Efficient.
(17) Miss
Ruth Work.
(14)
Baccalaureate
(18)
McClenahan.
(Lat.)
<9*,4 ^i
!jii.| a
(I)
PI.
N.B. I am greatly in sympathy with the demand for Arabic to be the vehicle
for teaching school subjects. Its resourcefulness in such matters as naval warfare
etc. etc., is quite astonshing: the accompanying table gives a few instances. A.T.U.
Derivation.
3)
^/x.f'UJ.J
oA
cj-^"l SjuAl J! Ol*\JI
A-VjO
C_3 ^UXJI
i*>Ull
ij
jl
j^ J ^^.U
Sux;^!
jjS
*i; js.
JjA^i
<i^tl)l e-y,
4-JiAi
JjJl >)
Ij-Lui
jL'JI
j.':^\
JlAJ
Si
Jl
olilll
^1^ j
^f J^
^jjl
A-
/t-^Ail
Likll
Uj
ol
j ^ A;
1
rr j.- ^
*i
O^-^jl J J^^^J
t^^LJ o^l
J V L^^
*r^j
(^3
(l)
J,
'W
Jl j c.->Ux_]|
LVJj l^.j^
/fjpX)
jJI
/.*
jO
j oA)A?-
<^JI ^^
JJL:JI
^U
jl i
Jl <jP)i
t-
u
U* j^
rt ^i
.WJ!
^^^
i j
LJU(I)
Egypt.
Theory, hypothesis.
(4) (J/
makes the
(2)
"None can
tell
you
like
(5) Frank,
i.e.
Young
NA
He
this
desire to excel
(lit-
to imitate).
Names
of the
strict attention
their
(From Al-Qibla).
Lunar Months:
J^
!|
and
?J
j^
Lr
WA
ii)
J*!l
l^Jl*>
Jl
jlj ^Ul
^
l^
Jt
bl.jil
^A*
lUu^lj
S
"
^^1
J! J^aT
,^^%
<U> ^li^
r-
iil*
U^il
kll
,V>
(I)
Be
far from.
(7)
Gazette.
(2)
Physical.
(8) Past.
(9)
A,
jJl
^ v^> jJ
^]|
J Ol'Ul^l
riU;
A;
LLkJI
jl^u t^^i: j!
Banks.
^"U:il
Jjj-Klll
all
^^
lil
l^i
^^
(6)
-UT
j^
j^iJ
\J
(o)
(3) Chemical.
R.C. Freres.
l!ll
^il .A^
(4)
Botanical.
(5)
Abyss
NY
WV
^.SjjjJI-ijC-Jl^^il.-j
*
I
a>-
^'
If'J
L^
**
i
*\*^"l
(*ft>
^*>
I
7tf-
^W*
?..
^Ij3l J.>>
oly^
r*f-**
jJrl ^AJl
~)
^'^ Vj- 3 J ^f
% '4A
'
U^ Jp j>dl J
3^
1"
^'^^"
Ut^t. Yt J^ <9^U
.
J^
^y $*
xA
'*^*
/frj
j^
4,)^JI
JU A^ll
olcU
J^i
Jl Lx-^-lyj
^^
{j+
<j.J
ftAjft
jli' 1^,9
2*
eS
Ail J^liil
oUj
t^J^
^^ ^i^ ^^1
,U
A-*
J_y'
0^*
Jj
<iWI
f.
5^" ^A*-M*i'
Old
>-i
'.*^>- D
1^)0
/c-
MUSIC.
The inhabitants of Mecca ("the honoured") were greatly astonished last Friday afternoon as they saw an Arabic Military Band
of Music passing suddenly through some of the streets of the
Metropolis playing the merriest and the most elaborate tunes, all its
members being from among the natives of this country who have
like
become in spite of their youth, and short time of learning
the members of bands in other countries who have spent many years
in practising this fine art.
The distinguished and noble *Mahmud El-Qaisuni, Sub-Commandant, wrote informing us that when he proposed to form a
band for the Merca garrison from young volunteers, he had no
teacher to carry it out. So he began in mid-Safar to teach them
how to read the notes, untill a teacher arrived from Taif and took
charge of this affair in the middle of the month of Rabi'-al-'Awal.
*
titles in
translating to English.
&
s*
.?
~vr;*'
^. l***j
sr
L*U. k~*t
..
t>
'^-^
_**>-
^.ki)
OA|J ^*k
(r)
jl
(f>
L^nil li^U^L
cX^I j
P
U^ljJI cJ^I^-l
JL,jd.|
O^Uil
J_
o^ki> j VV*TI
4.3
^.ir
o ) ^w* ^A \
i
c*;^
<
**'
^"- 3
o*w?j
JUMl
J<lll Jl
(j Jjla*"
J^
J^l
jl
J^
^^Ak]
J;
t
*
j
^iJl
yji.1
oli
r*
-~
<
(I)
of Furniture.
direction, ie G. P. O. (5)
(2)
Pi.
of Machine.
Improvements.
(6)
2th
month of
is
u^u^i
Telegraph wires,
Our contemporary.
(3)
oj^uii
_,<*!
(/)
11
^..i
(4)
The
General
illustrious
NO
Ul
.OUI
J^>.
^ ^L
Ui
lj
;&
^>JI
L;L
L ^uLJil
^*JL, U
liilj.^-1
<^<i)
I-**
lid.
^-
Si^
wo jJ
j>
A,
1^3
(I)
1^1
jj| jljJI
v
.
(2)
relig
u
^UI
U^
0)
JJ
jLJI
j^L-l
rUjj *UJI
4*11
JLf" bl
JSv-
oljj^j SlJ-l
^jl
j)
^>
jLl
dili
<y
p^sl j
!j Jl
Al>l
l^J^i.
f^>. Jj
c^Jll
JJl*r
Jl
4SI
*
3
Jl
^fjJI
^^Vlj
^JI^Ni Jl
31U.I
^
(I)
(4)
By implication.
Constitutional.
common
(II)
purpose.
(5)
And
(15)
-u
and
after
is
(i.e.
j*
J^e
(2) Political
^Jl J^>-
representatives.
Enforcing laws.
Conventional language
Ji3
J^IJI li^iL-l JP
(8) Official
(12) Strengthening.
^^L;ll *iLll
(6)
acknowledg
(3)
jli
PI.
of *>j
34).
(7)
district.
Aiming
at
(or, practice)
(13)
Ties
(14)
Acknowledgment of favours
always followed by
v_j
It is
i.e.
Gratitude.
Send
for inspection.
:<J Ml
UP
Cjl
U
j^^ ^Ul A^JJ JI^Vl j^W; j j^UVl ^i^J Ml
si
Cji j
Mi
ji-l
<3
^U
*;l
jliil
*iir
A^UI
^^Vjt
JUj
Jl
OA^ j Lj Ulr
0)
oj^-
j,
"
oUU
(j
>-"jl j
A.^j.
Ml s\x
l^CT;
jM
JA^ jl Ml
U
(I)
U)Ul
UJI
worthy ancestry.
Worthy
posterity of
NY
< r)
>u
Jl
*
*****
JLJ
4il
IJjL
U^Li Oilj^j
y^p
_,
^yi
*"
4"
^-**
...
li./ Ijru
^^Ju
Sjr^r-
^j
AJ
^.yi;
U >Jj
<
L,
^j\i^j
c^iJ
^j\x)
llrUj
J>!jil
;i.*Ll)
oU>j.*Jl ij^*'
>l
Jit
Ux
iA
Vl
Uiuiiij
J-UI JP l^bd
I^Vll^l
o^lx^j
^3'M^I
LV' jp
^
U-l
(l)
Pasha.
(7)
Jp
Decree, order).
^P Uilj^j ^J
L
Referred
lilAip S^ljj
(5)
Governors.
Uil -il
(2)
(6)
JLJ
I'l
Highest grade of
NN
v,
**^1
jlil
TO j
c^
jl
L/J^> jl
I*"
^1
4U^
ilu-Vl ^wi)l
^^^JI
L*
J--9
LU
!UL.
Ml
^
^
,.:
JJI
->
|jL
-^-*
^7"^"
^"A^
JU^I J
x-*
/y
:
L^ v
(1)
(3)
(r)
/p
Suniia
l^^^
L.SII
/*/.
oljl
ij
^J
f-
..
x^l;ll
Ajjil
S-
yr
(Uil)
uA>
U-
J*.^
J^3l
lii)
(4)
(j^Ail kill
j<
course 0ethod).
Hijaz Railway.
l;Uy i
c /.
(2)
Application.
V^-
telephone receiver,
Agency
etter, circular.
(9)
(6)
Communique.
Owner-of-Majesty.
(7)
Chemin de
(10) Hashimite
(c./.
Per.
(8)
Official
History of Arabia).
V_3A^
i
.^>
<:^-i
^U)l
ju*l
<j| cJL
:>"
tf jr*^'Al**
S5L.AJB j-^^JI
<^i>
<I*Jl
^'^3^1 ^-)l ^s
L^ JJlj
p^
'
.lir
j! Ojj.9
A:
'Ojl*ll
jl j Sy^UJl
ojl
jj jl
<Ju*)l
^j-Jl
el'j^-^i
IjiT
^A
s-l^iJl
JP
U3l
jl
UP
(T)
pJl
JbAj,
- >'
j~ j
vfA
:
U^tjb li O^U
^jlj
>>
^;
knowledge.
j^C- i^JI
(2)
>
^>*^*
J Jj^l k^l
jl
Jv
(I)
4*1^ ^/O*
SaHc,
Eng.
European
French
-Fr,
Sala
//.
Written
(^U^l)
f^/f
<Jil
Eng.
JlUl
/* <J3
>('+9~
Written
J*
Coll. Advts. etc.
j,
J* AiO**
Ail^L-
ii
>
n iu-
Ji u^.:<s^j
<
4,UI Aij
((
^Jl r
*,-* J ^>j\
JM*U j^-i
Jipi
J j^l j jV)
jy^o
^j
JT
jr
yi
Jr>JI c^Jl j Ji
&
'
^*5t
!
Jl
A^ ^ j*
L^ 7"j 5
JS"J*
'
^^
iC-*"
s.li,
ii,
(I)
jli
beg to
,^J
."
>^3
jliAl j
v r
;J^U1I JL.JI
(2) I pray,
(3)
3^*11 -UP
^^
jj.X._)
<)j.*4.*^]|
4*^1
AP!
jl
JU-ll
J^
C**J^i!
e?
Those honoured.
i^iJl U
^
.
SA^^JI JL
*J^*'^ i^j-*-
U_-
jl j
Complete.
l;
Sic
Jl
.S
1^4 bjl^,4
(4)
>r
>
L.
Jl
o^Uj ^Jl
i*,IJI
}\ji\
(0
H>mJ
LJ
>
j idld!
jr
oUJJl
<A
iLJlAi
^Sl^t A)|
U,
4.ljac. l
T)
l
jl
jl
<I^li
(l)
(5) 'On.
(10)
On
'.-
behalf of himself.
(2)
(7)
(I I)
The
lil^p
>.i^jp
Interior.
Notables.
Salutations.
^^ 1?L^
IP-
(8)
(12)
Honours, Decorations.
Loyalty,.
L^.
(4) Sirdar,
(9)
Medal.
c^
Jill S^iill
J>k
jl
dUi
f>jl L&- J.li^i j.
O)
^.,111 j!j
iLwa5
\Q $
il,
-u,
ojj->
\yS
UjLf
1.3
j.,-
1^3
^^
^P
s.
^>
i-^- -.<
JJ
fiAj
Jl
j^J
ejl>i)
'
f.
(I)
Rods.
of Estate.
(7) Clerics.
of St.
L)
(8)
Mena.
4>.~jll
(2)
(5)
Farm.
News
(3)
Owner
of his decease.
of Felicity
(6)
title
(4)
Agent
(il)
Upper "Egypt
(13) Hailstones
(14)
Dhura -Maize.
<-^L! olj jj
ail
Jl
'
x>
V jl^j^ U. <^l^
UxL>
.kill
a>Al-!
^jp i*t|jj|
|
Li
JT l^f j oUS^ll
^1, jlLs
j^iV)
Jp Ol5^il A^t J
I
^iAi
Jli-l
^/jj^.^
bJfe^o Jl
j>^
O0
r
jjjtl
LI
^4
(I)
(3)
L i^5i>- ^
|T
cA-JI
(6) Authority.
[known
U"l
(7)
duties. (4)
Inhabitants.
(5) PI.
or
Administration
of Saturday.
The tram
<~U oA^
-P
ftJl^ijJl
llx)
jj
jllxP ^Jj^-Jj
"
(\!
^A^lJl
i.A.M.ftJ
<*A^
"
P-!J
^
^^aP Jo
tJiil
Ua*l
dUj
j eA^-l j A^sP-
J^i
di!
o o
A^U
.IJLJI
(I)
(5)
Geography.
Source.
(2)
Astronomy.
(6) Especially.
(3)
0)
Came
to
it
(4)
Strong men,
/i7.
stallions.
c/>U
jl
~:>cir
jl
f*i
A^
j^ J jV
^^**
.
dl;i
iJi
*"
J* (S^->
cT
J*
^'^
<
/Ui Jl
A
jfi
'
J^ A
Ill
__^
jA-J
a,
,j
p-
^^
Sj^^l
^* cJ'
(^
O*J
^*3>- Jl
JU
L; Jl
jO
U)
JA <*a>3
4,^-1
j 6^i}
Soul that
commands
Sermon on
to
do evil"
woe
Quranic quotation.
(6)
"The
Blessedness to you
(c.f.
do Exercise
new information
152,
in the
and so on.
thence (after verification) post to the "Ledger" vocabulary book. Read aloud
(to a sheikh,
3.
late
4.
if
possible).
to
Arabic.
Read aloud
etc.,
again.
AN ARABIC READER.
a)M
CLASSIFICATION OF SELECTIONS:
School Reader Exercises.
General News.
Specimens of Correspondence.
new Mecca
language of Arabia
Advertisements, etc
Extracts from
in 1917
Official
sJJI
<UH being
the
written
A.D.
(including the
^Jj &J
Organ
PRIVATE
to
Arabic
Key
Simplified
2nd. Edition
Copy No
PRIVATE
KEY
to
"Arabic Simplified."
PAPER
7 (A), p.
19.
(r)
(t)
(o)
COT
(B.)
A man
She
Have
ate.
killed a
A man
man.
struck a camel.
EXAM
She believed
camel
book
The
The
13 (p. 34).
Christ.
in
L'/rj;
vile
boy.
took the sword from the man.
He
o
.
c.
EXAM: PAPER
1.
The
tribe
2.
The
Prophet's daughter
3.
Have they
4.
We
5.
Didst thou
20, p. 52.
Sultan
in
of Islam.
is
see the
life.
man and
the
boy
'.
c.
6.
Didst thou
7.
Hast thou
8.
9-
(f)
(f)
sister
11.
The King of
Did the king
12.
10.
the
Heavens,
write a
letter
>:
A>-
^x5
(JUJI),J>JI
^
o
'"
C,
EXAM PAPER
:
25, p. 65.
(A)
1.
My
2.
3.
The owner
4.
He
5.
They
6.
We
where
is it ?
is
(giver) of the
handsome man
are the
men
of
Quran
(he
God
is
is
handsome).
(God's men).
city.
(B.)
L -U
(C.)
SEE 24
9,
page
62.
EXAM PAPER
:
SO, p. 79.
(A.)
1.
In the
2.
This
3.
4.
name
is
of
They do
The girl
5.
What
6.
We
my
Lord's favour
are
shall
9.
Why
The
write)
on the book
everything.
from the Quran.
They took it
They (f) do not understand
10.
God's goodness).
know
8.
7.
(i. e.
that
clerk
came
(B.)
>e-'-c
^3
C.
i.
SEE LESSON
2.
Active Participle
23
'.i/
C.>1 (N-)
EXAM: PAPER
I.
and
*
*~
^A*,J
3.
40, p. 105.
2.
*i -r
I
I
l*>
I
I
-*>
SEE LESSON 20
>
jOJ
2, 3, 4,
JL-
&
i
1
7- .>
A9c*'
i
I
V>-
i
'
8.
*^j
)>lii
niQ
(r)
3 G
V-
"-
S^i^l
(v)
in.
(1)
He
(2)
There
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Why
Was
Have they
(f)
EXAM: PAPER
50, p. 130.
SEE PAGE
40.
____
-,
___
II.
As regards
(1)
the two
sick
is
is well.
(2)
(3)
Worship
(4)
(5)
They
(6)
My hand
(7)
(8)
The
(serve)
are the
is
God
Lord
who He
is
of the worlds.
good people.
long and
my
foot
is
small.
by
bit.
(r)
'
oj. iAp
r,
"^
EXAM PAPER
:
;/
(r)
~~
60, p. 154.
(A.)
(1)
blessing of God.
(2)
God
(3)
(4)
(5)
My
studied in
brother
many
is
(are
schools.
an inspector, but
my
father
is
a peasant.
6
(6)
He
(/)
(8)
(9)
He
is
the
stores.
(10)
(B)
j
sri-
orV,V
jlil
^-
ly-r'j
>tjf
JLr 'CJ
JLxj iuJj
-V
j^ Jj'JA-
UU
*!
^j'^'o^
C.
SEE LESSON 42 5,
LESSON 57 13.
i.
2.
(v)
(A)
6.
(2)
(3)
As
(4)
Cairo
(5)
(6)
The Lord
(7)
(8)
There
to
70, p. 182.
whom Thou
(1)
in
(A.)
God.
is
lift
The
[peace.
thee,
lovest is sick."
no power save
(10)
()
EXAM: PAPER
(9)
( t)
in
There
God.
no strength and
is
[of
among
Egypt and
India.
the richest
men
C.
2.
Root
"
I
'
c, SEE ,
>
>j
^u
o.> jCJ
(t)
"JSJ (v)
4 o.
EXAM: PAPER
80, p. 204.
(A.)
(1)
(2)
Teach me
(3)
"It is
(4)
"They were
(5)
What
(6)
Hearing
(7)
May God
(8)
Are the
rules
(fern.
PL)
is
sore afraid".
it
week
fear).
of the
dictionaries (lexicons)
Noun
of
Agent mentioned
in
the
(9)
God
(10)
God
is
gracious (generous).
(o
(0
>
oUJ
>
LJlL
fe*Tli
(o)
"^
(v)
o
I
'_,&
*
Url>
l)
i^>j$j
JjS
-4.
(A)
IJ^A.
be answered).
to
(Ten
C.
C.
80
Madar
''Honouring".
He
honorific phrase)
(a
'
of
measure
*j
"His presence."
lit.
s;^
Masdar
of
II
Conj
a
Plural
>wl'
of
to give a
name
to.
j^-~**>
of the verb
explanation,
commentary
being
(to explain).
j*~*
Active participle
fem
of jfi
conquer)
(to
'
"Cairo".
* *
3
rc*x^i j-X^oi'
lA^-ai!
of
verb 7*^*
the
of the verb
measure JU^J
^1-^
The
to
praise
J-*-^
to surrender to
local
meaning
God
Mohammedanism.
is
" " *
>
of the verb
*"
of the
verb
7^^
upon the
f>
I
to
'
do good
\\*'
<
I
measure Jl*J
O
to
reform
to discuss
measure
JU^t
measure 4X^U/
It
is
the
word
10
EXAM PAPER
:
90, p.
a>
x
*
Jt
i-
_,x.
li ii)
ly.*
>
s.
l>
>*t
e
~>
.
J^JL*^)
"
,^v.<al
i1-\i^tV
J
**
)-*>
^ ^Ja^o)
5s.->
.*
^jU^i cJ^i
<l.>li
^J ^t^il^i
*f-
'
^Uw
j^ii
i^i!|
iJli
*^
ji ^sC-xi'
j
Sr
il
'
xxxx^^
^~
Si
l>i*c.
x
Vf
^^l
^ks> Ij
i* oj
('JJ)
0^.
^r
x^j
>^.
.x^>
^t
'
^ A
i.j
(B.)
1.
Let us thank
God
that
woman have
joined
the church.
2.
By examination
man
is
either
honoured or dishonoured.
4.
5.
Speak
6.
/.
8.
3.
as
you
like,
defeated.
God
morals).
my
work.
(C.)
2)
Ex:
(See 72*: 2)
Ex:
(See 72: 2)
Ex:
(See 72
1.
j^'
*
3.
f^t
To be
cut off.
" "X
**-
3^"
up.
^ xO
xxO
2.
To smash
3*"^*
To
fight to S ether
li
EXAM: PAPER,
100, p. 240.
(A.)
1.
was surprised
because
3.
We
him
5.
Do
6.
The
to
Do
and
am
with you.
later sin
(what pre).
however
(in
any
case),
we
we
come.
who become
learned
men
naturalised Arabs.
when
if
that
is
away
of
possible or not.
'
*
j_
i^!o j
j^u
G'j
(T--;
Lkj
,^i
juJ
US
L)
*o
U)
,AC
'i J'l
Jlij jl^ll jj
^*i
12
C. English.
13
(5)
(6)
(7)
ill.
GOD,
there
is
(8)
(9)
(10)
The carpenter
said
B.
"I
do not
like to hurry
my
work".
>
(X
(r)
>fe-i
*-
(0
(o)
(v)
(A)
C.
To
stretch
deserve
be
filled
write (a book)
abstain
think
14
EXAM: PAPER
120, p. 281.
A.
(1)
Death
(2)
is
repentance
(3)
We
all
The two
true
sticks
new
place.
be in
to
(5)
(6)
(7)
There
(8)
(9)
We chose
is
if
no benefit
will
in the
If
be done.
to reside in
this
your city
week.
'
1;
"
\+
si
'j j-
we
time.
first
he
in repetition.
(honest).
~'_\
*\
^i J^" j
(t)
(>
*
/It
-'I
dl)
i*
>
>SJ-\f
- ^
>
>^
**
'^Vll*x
Jy
s
j* di's
'
>l;)
J^J
lfc
>1"J1 jfUll
(V)
i* (U-.) UJi;
(A)
'
'
*^
ij ytj*V ^ O^^'ifctivi*.****
^ r %^-J
'
J- jl
*" "
j^iyi
j
.Jill '^
il>Jl l?\
(V.)
C.
To
consult
To
eat
To
put
To
raise
To
be led
To
sell
To
let
To
take
up
-j
U*
>
!*
To approve
To
'
repent
EXAM: PAPER
A.
i
;iiii
Ju
(\)
Uf.
"
x
(r)
(0
g vjj
^V
(v)
(A)
16
B.
(1)
The
(2)
promise
Paradise is under the feet of mothers. [A "tradition*'].
I will certainly beat them.
How excellent was Zaid
Be content with what money you have.
(3)
(4)
(5)
(7)
is
(6)
(8)
Bring me a dollar.
"Not long to wait"
"Every coming thing
(9)
(or,
is
"Tomorrow
will
soon be here"
Do
as dead,
N. A. Fern
C.
is
N. A. Masc
Verb.
J'J
<*u.
>
EXAM PAPER
:
A.
140, p. 325.
.s
^
I*
li
Thy
Uli
..
lit.
War")
near").
name
(10)
.> *'.
'-'
,
*
-
--I
.-
'<&& *i
i;
B.
It
(1)
was said
to
said, even
if it is
true
He
is .the
said,
thing
"A man's
praise of himself."
Know
(2)
in the
(you must know) that angels are kept like holy gems
God and do
they obey
(3)
hut
some of
to
spend
and actually
plural of
Nations; plural of
<*
Palsied
/*>'
oUj
j
-
'
'
oo
c>
-i".*
"i*.
verb
^j
is
Almsgiving;
to pasture a flock.
oDJ
A>
Sick ones
Desert.
Its
(J^j
or
jUC*
is
plural
plural of
voluntary charity.
^jU*^
JU
It is
People.
a plural of
Wise maxims:
Stone:
its
Judge:
its
3lj
Valley
^5
Deities
4*J
its
its
plural
plural
plural
it is
singular
is
is
is
Its
is
<*Ss~>-
upon measure
oj\*e>-
^_jl
the plural of
Flock; subjects.
plural
is
18
Deacons: plural of ^
Hands.
It is
whose simple
Ways,
roads.
plural
It is
is Jk
"hand",
is
ijjk
4.
**
i
'
Mothers
it is
word
^"
'
The
This
nights.
is
EXERCISE
1.
2.
148, p. 846.
word <Ll
bird in the
hand
is
better than
one
Thus there
Christ said
4.
who
"And we
5.
A woman who
6.
sent
him
God
8.
9.
7.
10.
declare that
your
is
will
give
1.
3.
4.
$.
6.
(pay)
the
first.
all
sins*
EXAM: PAPER
2.
does
lost,
Great
is
150,
p.
352.
A.
Would that she had been a bird, then she might have flown
away from us so that we should not see her again.
"Had your Lord pleased, He would have made mankind of
one religion" (Quran).
"Freely (gratuitously) ye have received (taken), freely give".
"Thee only do we worship, and of Thee do we ask help
guide Thou us in the right path".
My poetry shines on yourdoor as a necklace shines onKhalisa.
19
.x
61;
U U ^j* i.
U CT*JCi C
*
x-
>'
Or)
1>
^'
^^j.i^j Uj*i
-
"pSC
+
1,
}>
i)i?r3
o^
Ji
dej
*U
\l
'
"
(t)
^ '
j3
(o)
(-\)
'
B.
f,
*1
Ln<Ljl'
^jl >i'l
VL*Y
^M
Vl
uu-
ilia
Si
^
"
fcJj
',J
JLJ
(r)
(0
^'^
-
A>
EXERCISE
"
'jy .^:)
--x
>
-i
Jl
L.CJ
.;
JJ Ojr^:
172
(p.
IS
\f
-'
r r
".
Uv
cn*^ j
-o.o
A*-J
13 Arabic Reader).
THE KING OF
SPEECH."
When these pupils had finished their soug, His Majesty the
King drew them near to him (lit to his thresholds) and gave
(delivered) them the following golden advice.
:
"My children, although you are to-day but babes, yet you will
become men to-morrow, and the future is in need of upright men
20
who
make
is committed to them,
whiten their face) by their
good deeds. This can only be by cultivating morals first and
Learning only exists for refining morals and
knowledge second.
will
and who
and the
more.
Now
if
life
means
to that, nothing
And you
will repeat
felicity
(i.e.
here
is full
of
God (The
new
hereafter).
excellencies
country is
with what
is
accustoming)
felicity of this world
(lit
of your ancestors
and
and teaching
origins)
(lit
Thus learning
next.
study the
(lit
Truth)
and
its
waters,
step
a scientific
schools to unable them to realise these prospects
the
to
consider
means of promotsociety has already been formed
;
there only
ing education according to the needs of our country
remains for you to endeavour to be men. (From Al-Qibla).
;
EXAM: PAPER
I.
200, page
443.
THE MONEY-BAG.
A.
a donkey.
to ?"
(Where
He
?)
said,
to
buy
is
the curse
I-
B.
is
upon you,
'if
God
will."
21
2.
(a)
first
Noah was
Noah was
instead of God.
sent to
vealed to him
He
drowned.
*"
Z ^
^U
3.
(lit.
God
re-
(b)
^1
the
<W
>
dU.il
ji 5TU
>
>
-a
*^?
Ci^'il*
o-
j jUJ
I
A(^U
-.
JJ ^*U-^ ry
>i
^1
J^ j
>
J>-J
<W
^^
J^j
7-U
<,
^Ai.
>
r.
> e^
^ I^^JL^ jl j
-i
j^ili 3 ^ j^^r
^j^>
-u:^*
'
>u>
Singular.
i*
j^^
Word.
Oy j
22
4-
1st.
Sing.
1st.
Verb.
Sing.
A
Verb.
Verb.
'i!
/j
^ is
it
negates
all
its
Ism
is
v-^a^
but
its
Khabar
*"
Jt*"
tanwin
Allah
&
by
is
1)
x^J*'
%,
VI in Neg. Sent,
the vocative
in
f^j*
is
Khabar.
like the
^'
is
is
p^j* without
<
>j*al
2J
Sy V j J^ V
J^>-
correct.
Bait-ul-Muqaddasi
for Jerusalem.
is
Bait-ul-Maqdisi would
weak, but
Al-Bait-ul-Muqaddasi
may
it is
be more
would mean
be rendered.
title
"The Holy
"The House
(or
6.
7.
3, 4,
the
and 148
4x*- is
Revise Lesson 2?
PP- 383-6.
Jb:4J
" ji^j
'
..>
1
I- -3.
one
in
noun.
0-9
23
3j
~
dl ji>
6, etc.
*.*
>-.-
-o^
..
o ~
J
'^0^
^Vl 1
1
"
i,jjl
'
.jj
^^
"
University of Toronto
Library
DO NOT
REMOVE
THE
CARD
FROM
THIS
Acme
'
"-.
I1ON